HP PageWide Enterprise Color 765, MFP 780, 785

HP PageWide Color 755, MFP 774, 779

HP PageWide Managed Color E75160, P75250
HP PageWide Managed Color MFP P77440, E77650, E77660,
P77940, P77950, P77960
Repair Manual

caps lock
A
shift S
D
Z F
X G
C H
@ V J
alt B K
N L :
M ; “
enter
, ‘
. ?
alt /
shift

www.hp.com/videos/PageWide www.hp.com/support/pwcolorP77440mfp
www.hp.com/support/pwcolor765 www.hp.com/support/pwcolormfpE77650
www.hp.com/support/pwcolor780MFP www.hp.com/support/pwcolormfpE77660
www.hp.com/support/pwcolor785MFP www.hp.com/support/pwcolorP77940mfp
www.hp.com/support/pwcolorE75160 www.hp.com/support/pwcolorP77950mfp
www.hp.com/support/pwcolorP75250 www.hp.com/support/pwcolorP77960mfp
 HP PageWide 755, 765, MFP 774, 779, 780,
785, E75160, P75250, MFP E77650, E77660,
P77440, P77940, P77950, P77960 - Repair
Manual

SUMMARY

Learn how to remove and replace supported service parts on the printer. Parts are either customer-self
repair (CSR) replaceable, or field replaceable units (FRUs) which require installation by a trained field-service
technician. Use the provided parts diagrams and tables to identify the required part.
Legal information
Copyright and License

© Copyright 2024 HP Development

Company, L.P.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation

without prior written permission is
prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.

The information contained herein is subject

to change without notice.

The only warranties for HP products and

services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying such
products and services. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be liable
for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained herein.

Public Edition 1, 5/2024

Table of contents

1 Removal and replacement............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1

Safety precautions....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Conventions used in this guide........................................................................................................................................................................................... 4
Contact HP Support.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Removal and replacement strategy................................................................................................................................................................................ 6
Introduction............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6
Considerations during removal and replacement .................................................................................................................................... 6
Electrostatic discharge..................................................................................................................................................................................................7
Required tools .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................7
Fasteners used in this printer................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
Service approach......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
Before performing service ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
After performing service ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 8
Post-service test ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 9
Parts removal order ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
Removal and replacement procedures......................................................................................................................................................................10
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories..........................................................................................................................10
Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit...............................................................................................10
Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit.............................................................................................................................. 14
Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit............................................................................................................ 20
Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge.................................................................................................................................. 26
Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) .................................................................................. 29
Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive) ............................................................................... 39
Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive)..........................................................................47
Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models)..........................................................56
Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774)........................................64
Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only)...............................................................75
Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit........................................................................................................................................... 82
Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only)..........................................................103
Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray..........................................109
Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray........................................ 113
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories.........................................................................................................................117
Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit........................................................................................................................................117
Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors (base printer)................................................................127
Removal and replacement: Conditioner top front cover.......................................................................................................127
Removal and replacement: Conditioner rear cover.................................................................................................................133

iii
 Removal and replacement: Right tower cover ..............................................................................................................................137
Removal and replacement: Front tower cover .............................................................................................................................140
Removal and replacement: Cartridge door ...................................................................................................................................144
Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel)..........................................................................................147
Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel)..................................................................................................157
Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) cover.................................................................................... 170
Removal and replacement: Formatter cage cover....................................................................................................................173
Removal and replacement: Formatter cover .................................................................................................................................175
Removal and replacement: Upper front door ................................................................................................................................177
Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper add-on cover ..................................................................................181
Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper trim .......................................................................................................183
Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover................................................................................................................186
Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover ........................................................................................................196
Removal and replacement: Lower front cover ............................................................................................................................ 205
Removal and replacement: Rear cover ..............................................................................................................................................217
Removal and replacement: Control-panel bezel (MFP).......................................................................................................... 221
Removal and replacement: Left door..................................................................................................................................................224
Removal and replacement: Right door ...............................................................................................................................................241
Removal and replacement: Standard output bin ...................................................................................................................... 248
Removal and replacement: Document feeder............................................................................................................................268
Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges............................................................................................................ 274
Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP)................................................................................................................................... 281
Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA).................................................................................................. 291
Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly ............................................................................................................................ 326
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (front access) ........................................................................357
Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly..............................................................................................................................358
Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor........................................................................................................................365
Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge)............................................................374
Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor ....................................................................................................... 382
Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect................................................................................................391
Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover...........................................................................................................................400
Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge)...........................................................................................409
Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly........................................................................................................... 419
Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge)........................................................................................431
Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover ............................................................................................................................ 441
Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED .................................................................................................................... 453
Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly........................................................................................................466
Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover........................................................................................480
Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover..................................................................................................488
Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner).............................................................................................497
Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling........................................................................................................506
Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower........................................................................................... 514
Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower..................................527
Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly...............................................................538
Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge ........................................................................................................ 551
Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge...........................................................................................................564
Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly...........................................................577
Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly .................................................................................................................. 592
Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly.................................................................................................608

iv
 Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly .................................................................................... 623
Removal and replacement: Feed shaft..............................................................................................................................................637
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) ...........................................................657
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly ...........................................................672
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly ..............................................................................696
Removal and replacement: Duplex exit REDI sensor .............................................................................................................699
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (left access)............................................................................702
Removal and replacement: Module left paper path................................................................................................................ 703
Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower.................................................................................................................................. 710
Removal and replacement: Left door strap.................................................................................................................................... 714
Removal and replacement: Output bin REDI sensor ................................................................................................................717
Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor ....................................................................................................................721
Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor........................................................................................................................729
Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly ......................................................................................................735
Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor..........................................................................................................741
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (right access)..........................................................................751
Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors.........................751
Removal and replacement: Right side vertical path guide...................................................................................................761
Removal and replacement: Right duplexer.....................................................................................................................................765
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (rear access)......................................................................... 769
Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA) ....................................................770
Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket...................................776
Removal and replacement: Formatter...............................................................................................................................................785
Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+).................................................................................................... 807
Removal and replacement: Formatter cage..................................................................................................................................814
Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB)...................................................................................................819
HP PageWide Enterprise, HP PageWide Managed - Removal and replacement: Island of data ............ 832
Removal and replacement: Power supply ...................................................................................................................................... 837
Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system .............................................................................843
Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly...849
Removal and replacement: Right rear lower PCA.....................................................................................................................860
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor .............................................................864
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly.........................................................................868
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch......................................................................... 879
Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly ..................................................................................................884
Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor.................................................................................................................894
Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).............................................................................906
Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket.........................................................915
Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly .................................................................................................. 925
Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly.......................................................................................................939
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (top access)...........................................................................953
Removal and replacement: Wireless fidelity PCA (785zs/785z+) ..................................................................................953
Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models)....................................................................................................957
Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher)...........................................................963
Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher).......................................................998
Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) ................................................................................................... 1027
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (multiple accesses)........................................................1039
Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit..................................................1039
Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly...................................................................................................................1052

v
 Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD....................................................................................................1060
Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor..........................................................................................1069
Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct ........................................................................................................... 1078
Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect.......................................................1092
Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit ................................................................................................................................ 1111
Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan.......................................................................................................................................... 1129
Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit ................................................1139
Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly ............................................................................................................1156
Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly ..................................................................................................................... 1170
Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit .............................................................................................................1206
Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and
carriage kit ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1231
Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors...........................................................1275
Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly ........................................................................................................1306
Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor .........................................................................................................1338
Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor..................................1376
Remove and replacement: Trays .....................................................................................................................................................................1418
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and all optional 1X550-sheet input
feeders....................................................................................................................................................................................................................1418
Remove and replacement: Accessories ..................................................................................................................................................1420
Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory ...................................1420
Install accessory: Internal USB ports .............................................................................................................................................. 1426
Install accessory: Foreign interface harness (FIH) ................................................................................................................1433
Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly.............................................................................................................1434
Remove and replacement: Input accessories .....................................................................................................................................1454
Remove and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders...........................................................................1454
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder rear cover.................................................................................................................................................................................1454
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder inner front cover .................................................................................................................................................................1458
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder right door...................................................................................................................................................................................1461
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover................1468
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies
(PCAs).............................................................................................................................................................................................................1471
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder latch assemblies .................................................................................................................................................................1477
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder tray pick clutch(es) ............................................................................................................................................................1482
Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensors...........................1488
Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly................................................1491
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder pickup roller arm(s) ...........................................................................................................................................................1495
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet
feeder separation assemblies ..................................................................................................................................................1500
Remove and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder............................................................. 1512
Removal and replacement: HCI tunnel REDI sensor .................................................................................................. 1512
Removal and replacement: HCI rear cover ........................................................................................................................1517
Removal and replacement: HCI inner front cover .......................................................................................................1520
Removal and replacement: HCI jam cassette................................................................................................................ 1523

vi
 Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s)..................................................................................................1527
Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies........................................................................................ 1532
Removal and replacement: HCI tray presence sensors.........................................................................................1543
Removal and replacement: HCI tray width detect sensors...................................................................................1547
Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies.................................................................................. 1551
Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies ......................................................................................................1556
Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly..........................1562
Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly ......................................................................................1568
Removal and replacement: HCI right door.........................................................................................................................1574
Removal and replacement: HCI left cover..........................................................................................................................1581
Remove and replacement: Output accessories.................................................................................................................................1588
Remove and replacement: Inline finisher......................................................................................................................................1588
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher rear cover (engine)...........................................................................1588
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover...............1593
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)...............................1601
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover ........................................................................1609
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover .............................................................................................. 1617
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover.............................................................................................. 1624
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit ........................... 1637
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly................................................................1650
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor..................................................................................1660
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly..............................................................1672
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler...................................................................................................1682
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor..................................................................1698
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor ....................................................................................... 1715
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag .............................................................................................1733
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly......................................................... 1750
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin ..................................................................................................1770
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit.................................................................. 1798
Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit ........................................................................1818
Remove and replacement: Floor standing finisher................................................................................................................1849
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top output bin.................................................................1849
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack plungers..................................................... 1851
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher left-top cover ..................................................................1854
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover ........................................................................... 1857
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right upper cover .............................................1864
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover...............................................1869
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly ..................................................1875
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover .........................................................1883
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door............................................................................1893
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover..........................................................1902
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover............................................................ 1912
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door.............................................................................. 1922
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly..................................................1933
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies................................ 1952
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher caster cover.....................................................................1975
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly..............................................1978
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly............................................1994
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA ...............................................................2014

vii
 Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit...................................................................... 2024
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide.....................................................2038
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover ..............................................2047
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly ......................................2056
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit.......................................................................2072
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit ......................................................... 2102
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit............................................................ 2131
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1)....................................... 2161
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2)................................................... 2170
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3)...............2178
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) .........................................2191
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) ......................................... 2222
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10)......................................................... 2252
Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11)............................. 2274

2 Parts and diagrams..................................................................................................................................................................................................................2288

Order parts by authorized service providers..................................................................................................................................................2288
Ordering...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Orderable parts .........................................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Supplies and accessories..................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Customer self-repair kits ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 2291
Assembly locations............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2293
Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)..................................................................................................... 2293
Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)...................................................................................................... 2294
Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)............................................................................................................... 2295
Front view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP).........................................................................................................................................2296
Rear view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)...........................................................................................................................................2297
How to use the parts lists and diagrams............................................................................................................................................................2298
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner components................................................................................................2298
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785/E776/P774/P779) ........................2298
Parts and diagrams: Printer components...........................................................................................................................................................2301
Parts and diagrams: Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models) ...........................................................................................2301
Parts and diagrams: Covers (765/E751/P752 models) ...................................................................................................................2303
Parts and diagrams: Covers (floor standing finisher models).................................................................................................2305
Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies......................................................................................................2307
Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies............................................................................2309
Parts and diagrams: Left door assemblies.............................................................................................................................................. 2311
Parts and diagrams: Left door eject assemblies................................................................................................................................ 2312
Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies .............................................................................................................. 2313
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1......................................................................................................................................... 2314
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2........................................................................................................................................ 2316
Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly ............................................................................................................................................... 2318
Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies ............................................................................................................................ 2319
Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models) ..................................................................... 2320
Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher models).................................................................. 2322
Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher models)................................................................................. 2323
Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits.................................................................................................................................. 2325
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables......................................................................................................................................................... 2326

viii
 Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher).........................................................................2327
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray components....................................................................................................................................... 2328
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray covers.......................................................................................................................................... 2328
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray internal assemblies........................................................................................................... 2329
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet components................................................................................. 2331
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers.................................................................................... 2331
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies.................................................... 2333
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray components................................................................................................................................. 2335
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray covers.................................................................................................................................... 2335
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies......................................................................................................2337
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray components ................................................................................................... 2339
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray covers ...................................................................................................... 2339
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray internal assemblies .......................................................................2340
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher components........................................................................................................................................... 2341
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher covers.............................................................................................................................................. 2341
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher internal assemblies.............................................................................................................. 2342
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies...................................................................................................... 2344
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher flat flexible cables (FFCs)................................................................................................. 2345
Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher components .......................................................................................2346
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR)...............................................................2346
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher covers.......................................................................................................................2348
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1.....................................................................................2350
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2.................................................................................... 2352
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3.................................................................................... 2354
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4....................................................................................2356
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor ........................................................................2358
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam ..................................................... 2359
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit............................................. 2361
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle
motor.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2362
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit...................................................................2364
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit ....................................................................2365
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear upper shield ..............................................................................................2366
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly.......................................................................................2368
Alphabetical parts list.......................................................................................................................................................................................................2369
Order parts by authorized service providers ......................................................................................................................................2288
Ordering ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Orderable parts ..............................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Supplies and accessories ......................................................................................................................................................................2288
Customer self-repair kits.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2291
Assembly locations................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2293
Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP) ......................................................................................... 2293
Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)........................................................................................... 2294
Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only) ................................................................................................... 2295
Front view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)..............................................................................................................................2296
Rear view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)................................................................................................................................2297

ix
 How to use the parts lists and diagrams.................................................................................................................................................2298
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner components.....................................................................................2298
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785/E776/P774/P779) .............2298
Parts and diagrams: Printer components ...............................................................................................................................................2301
Parts and diagrams: Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models) ................................................................................2301
Parts and diagrams: Covers (765/E751/P752 models) ........................................................................................................2303
Parts and diagrams: Covers (floor standing finisher models)......................................................................................2305
Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies...........................................................................................2307
Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies.................................................................2309
Parts and diagrams: Left door assemblies................................................................................................................................... 2311
Parts and diagrams: Left door eject assemblies .................................................................................................................... 2312
Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies ................................................................................................... 2313
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1.............................................................................................................................. 2314
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2............................................................................................................................. 2316
Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly ....................................................................................................................................2318
Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies ................................................................................................................. 2319
Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models) .......................................................... 2320
Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher models)....................................................... 2322
Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher models)...................................................................... 2323
Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits ...................................................................................................................... 2325
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables.............................................................................................................................................. 2326
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher)..............................................................2327
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray components ........................................................................................................................... 2328
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray covers .............................................................................................................................. 2328
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray internal assemblies................................................................................................ 2329
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet components ..................................................................... 2331
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers ........................................................................ 2331
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies ........................................ 2333
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray components...................................................................................................................... 2335
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray covers......................................................................................................................... 2335
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies...........................................................................................2337
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray components ........................................................................................ 2339
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray covers ........................................................................................... 2339
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray internal assemblies ............................................................2340
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher components................................................................................................................................ 2341
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher covers................................................................................................................................... 2341
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher internal assemblies................................................................................................... 2342
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies........................................................................................... 2344
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher flat flexible cables (FFCs)...................................................................................... 2345
Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher components............................................................................2346
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR)....................................................2346
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher covers............................................................................................................2348
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1..........................................................................2350
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2......................................................................... 2352
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3......................................................................... 2354
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4.........................................................................2356

x
 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor.............................................................2358
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam.......................................... 2359
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit.................................. 2361
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and
paddle motor..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2362
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit .......................................................2364
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit.........................................................2365
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear upper shield...................................................................................2366
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly............................................................................2368
Numerical parts list............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2393
Order parts by authorized service providers ......................................................................................................................................2288
Ordering ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Orderable parts ..............................................................................................................................................................................................2288
Supplies and accessories ......................................................................................................................................................................2288
Customer self-repair kits.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2291
Assembly locations................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2293
Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP) ......................................................................................... 2293
Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)........................................................................................... 2294
Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only) ................................................................................................... 2295
Front view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)..............................................................................................................................2296
Rear view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)................................................................................................................................2297
How to use the parts lists and diagrams.................................................................................................................................................2298
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner components.....................................................................................2298
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785/E776/P774/P779) .............2298
Parts and diagrams: Printer components ...............................................................................................................................................2301
Parts and diagrams: Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models) ................................................................................2301
Parts and diagrams: Covers (765/E751/P752 models) ........................................................................................................2303
Parts and diagrams: Covers (floor standing finisher models)......................................................................................2305
Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies...........................................................................................2307
Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies.................................................................2309
Parts and diagrams: Left door assemblies................................................................................................................................... 2311
Parts and diagrams: Left door eject assemblies .................................................................................................................... 2312
Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies ................................................................................................... 2313
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1.............................................................................................................................. 2314
Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2............................................................................................................................. 2316
Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly .................................................................................................................................... 2318
Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies ................................................................................................................. 2319
Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models) .......................................................... 2320
Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher models)....................................................... 2322
Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher models)...................................................................... 2323
Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits ...................................................................................................................... 2325
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables.............................................................................................................................................. 2326
Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher)..............................................................2327
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray components ........................................................................................................................... 2328
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray covers .............................................................................................................................. 2328
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray internal assemblies................................................................................................ 2329

xi
 Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet components ..................................................................... 2331
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers ........................................................................ 2331
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies ........................................ 2333
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray components...................................................................................................................... 2335
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray covers......................................................................................................................... 2335
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies...........................................................................................2337
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray components ........................................................................................ 2339
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray covers ........................................................................................... 2339
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray internal assemblies ............................................................2340
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher components................................................................................................................................ 2341
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher covers................................................................................................................................... 2341
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher internal assemblies................................................................................................... 2342
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies........................................................................................... 2344
Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher flat flexible cables (FFCs)...................................................................................... 2345
Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher components............................................................................2346
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR)....................................................2346
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher covers............................................................................................................2348
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1..........................................................................2350
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2......................................................................... 2352
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3......................................................................... 2354
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4.........................................................................2356
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor.............................................................2358
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam.......................................... 2359
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit.................................. 2361
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and
paddle motor..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2362
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit .......................................................2364
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit.........................................................2365
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear upper shield...................................................................................2366
Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly............................................................................2368

Index............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2417

xii
1 Removal and replacement

When servicing the printer, several items must be taken into account to ensure a successful repair and
to avoid damage to the printer or injury. Learn about these considerations and find detailed instructions
for removing and replacing printer parts.

Safety precautions
Follow these safety protocols when handling or repairing the printer.

Product safety classification: This is a Safety Class I product, which means it has a protective earth
terminal. This terminal must be connected to earth ground.

IMPORTANT: Before operation or repair, check the product and review this manual for safety
warnings and instructions. Safety warnings for specific procedures are located at appropriate places
in the manual.

WARNING: Hazardous voltages exist within the product.

NOTE: HP recommends that only qualified personnel trained in working with high voltage power
equipment should service this unit.

Follow these precautions always:

NOTE: If you do not want to disassemble and repair the printer yourself, contact your local HP Service
Representative for service, see Contact HP Support on page 5 section.

Warnings and Cautions

To ensure the proper use of the printer and to prevent the printer from being damaged, follow the
warning and caution symbols marked in this guide. See Conventions used in this guide on page 4.

Electrical precautions
● Power cord instructions

– Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating. The voltage rating is on
the product label.

Typically, the product uses either 110-127 Vac or 220-240 Vac and 50/60 Hz. Depending on a
product, the voltage usage might change (100-127 Vac, for example). It is recommended to refer
your product manual for the specified voltage.

– Connect the power cord between the product and a grounded AC outlet.

Removal and replacement 1

 CAUTION: To prevent damage to the product, use only the power cord that is provided with the
product.

Do not damage, cut, or repair the power cord. A damaged power cord can cause fire or electric
shock. Replace a damaged power cord with an HP-approved power cord.

– Unplug the power cord when disassembling or assembling the printer.

The printer utilizes a power switch (button) that is turned "ON" or "OFF". Be aware that electricity
may flow on the primary side of the printer even when the printer is "OFF".

– Power off the printer and unplug the power cord and fax cord (if available) from the electrical
outlet in any of the following cases:

○ When removing product enclosure or covers from the printer or when accessing internal
parts of a printer.

○ If there is smoke or an unusual smell coming from the printer.

○ A piece of metal or a liquid (not part of cleaning and maintenance routines) touches internal
parts of the printer.

○ During an electrical storm (with thunder and/or lightning).

○ During an electrical power failure.

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) precautions

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage electronic components inside your printer.

Use these guidelines to protect sensitive parts against damage from electrostatic discharge.

● Touch a metal object that is not painted and is grounded.

● Leave electronic parts such as a memory chip in the bag it was shipped in until you are ready to
perform the installation.

● ESD wrist straps can also be used to help release excess electrostatic charge.

– CAUTION:

Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts.

Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or

mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.

– Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

Handling toner
HP recommends that you wear gloves when handling toner cartridges and toner system components.

2 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Do not expose toner or toner cartridge to fire or any heat source.

Keep imaging unit and/or toner cartridge away from children. The toner powder contained in the imaging
unit and toner cartridge may be harmful, and if swallowed, you should contact a doctor.

Lifting equipment
Follow the recommendations for lifting or moving your printer.

The printed inbox guides and support documentation available on support.hp.com for your printer model
will provide the lifting requirements to avoid injury and to safely move the printer.

NOTE: Do not attempt to lift heavy equipment without assistance.

Safety measures during disassembling or reassembling

IMPORTANT: Before disassembling or reassembling a printer, be sure to unplug its power cord from
the electrical outlet.

NOTE: Assembly is the reverse of disassembly unless otherwise specified.

● During disassembly, reassembly, or transportation of a printer, remove the toner cartridge as

necessary.

● Only fuses with the required rated current, voltage, and specified type (normal blow, time delay, etc.)
should be used.

Do not use repaired fuses or short-circuited fuse holders. Doing so, could cause a shock or fire
hazard.

● Capacitors inside this product may hold a hazardous charge even if the product has been
disconnected from its power source.

● Do not disable safety functions (Interlocks or safety circuits). Safety will not be assured leading to a
safety hazard and potential injury.

● Note the length, diameters, and locations of screws as you remove them. When reassembling the
printer, be sure to use them in their original locations.

● As a best practice safety rule, do not run the printer with any parts removed.

Ingestion hazards
This product may contain a button cell or coin battery that is not intended to be replaced.

● A swallowed button cell or coin battery can cause internal chemical burns in as little as two (2)
hours.

Death or serious injury can occur if ingested.

● Keep new and used batteries out of reach of children. Used batteries may cause severe injury or
death.

Seek immediate medical attention if a battery is suspected to be swallowed or inserted inside any
part of the body. Call a local poison control center for treatment information.

● Remove and immediately recycle or dispose of used batteries according to local regulations and
keep away from children. Do not dispose of batteries in household trash or incinerate.

Safety precautions 3
 Laser radiation hazards
The printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product.

WARNING: Using controls, adjusting or performing procedures other than those specified in the user
guide could result in exposure to hazardous radiation. Do not disassemble the laser/scanner unit as the
laser beam can injure your eyes. An invisible laser beam is emitted within the laser/scanner unit.

Mechanical hazards
The printer has moving parts that could cause injury. To avoid personal injury, take the following
precautions when working close to the printer.

● Keep your clothes and body away from the printer's moving parts.

– Avoid wearing dangling jewelry or other hanging objects around the printer as it might be
caught by moving parts and lead to injury.

– Keep long hair tied up and away from the paper feed mechanism.

– Ensure the sleeves or gloves do not get caught in the printer's moving parts.

● Avoid standing close to the fans as it could cause injury and could also affect print quality (by
obstructing the air flow).

● Do not touch gears or moving rolls during printing.

● Do not operate the printer when having enclosure covers removed or interlock switches bypassed.

● The product may have internal sharp edges.

Make sure the wiring does not come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electrical shock or fire hazard.

● During and after repair, check internal electrical wiring for squeezing, sheaths and any damage.

● – Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors and so forth that were removed,
have been reinstalled in the original location.

– Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples and screws to fall into the printer. This could
potentially short internal circuits and cause an electrical shock hazard.

– Do not allow liquids (except those used in HP cleaning kits) to touch the internal parts of the
printer. Doing so may cause fire, electric shock, or other serious hazards.

Thermal hazards
Caution: Inspection before repair for fuser

The area around the fuser unit may be hot. Wait for a few minutes until the fuser assembly cools down.

Conventions used in this guide

Learn about the conventions used in this publication.

TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.

NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.

4 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the
product.

WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.

Contact HP Support
HP offers phone support to assist you for printer issues. Ensure to read the following information before
contacting HP Support.

Before contacting HP Support

Before contacting support, consider checking the resources available on HP Customer Support.

1. Go to HP Customer Support (https://support.hp.com) to locate your product support page.

2. Review the documents for troubleshooting before contacting HP.

Information required when contacting HP Support

If you call an HP support representative for assistance, ensure you have the following information for HP
support to answer your questions quickly:

● Product model: Note the printer model, product number, and serial number you are using. The
product number and the serial number are typically found on the label at the back of the product.

● Error code: If there is an error code or message displaying on the printer control panel, note the
error code and message.

● Computer (operating system): Provide the name of the computer/computer operating system you
are using.

● Any special equipment or software you are using (for example, spoolers, networks, switch-boxes,
modems or special software drivers).

– The type of interface used on your product (USB or network).

– The software and driver name and firmware version number that you are currently using.

● Printer service information: You can obtain the printer service information from the Embedded Web
Server (EWS). If you need to send this information by email, download it as a file from your browser,
and send the file.

NOTE: Depending on your printer firmware version, the menu items in the EWS might vary.

1. Open a Web browser on your computer, and then enter the IP address of your printer to access
the Embedded Web Server.

2. Click Support > Service support > Service information > Display.

Phone support
HP phone support is available on the HP support website. For assistance, go to one of the following
websites:

● https://support.hp.com/contact or

Contact HP Support 5
 ● https://support.hp.com/contact/help/printer or

● https://www.hp.com/us-en/contact-hp/contact.html.

Removal and replacement strategy

The printer uses a field repair strategy. Defective parts are diagnosed and replaced at the Field
Replaceable Unit (FRU) assembly level. Follow some basic safety precautions to avoid injury or printer
damage. Learn about the tools required to service the printer and the types of fasteners used.

Introduction
Learn the overall process for troubleshooting failures and replacing parts, as well as items of note
related to installing and tracking printer supplies

Repair normally begins by using the printer internal diagnostics and the following two-step process:

1. Isolate the problem to the major system (for example, the network, the server, or the printer).

2. Identify the cause of failures according to the troubleshooting section in the printer service manual,
and follow the disassembly procedures to replace the defective parts or the consumable parts.

After locating a faulty part, the printer can usually be repaired at the assembly level by replacing the
field replaceable unit (FRUs). HP does not support replacement of components on the printed circuit
assemblies (PCAs).

The user replaces supplies (cartridges) as they are depleted. Additional instructions about other user-
replaceable parts are provided in this section.

The printer tracks the amount of use on the customer-replaceable supplies by keeping a page count.
The printer prompts the user to replace certain items when a supply is depleted or a specific number of
pages have been printed.

Swapping supplies between products might be necessary in some test scenarios. However, this might
cause a misrepresentation of supply life values, and is not recommended.

Considerations during removal and replacement

Understand the items to take into account when removing and replacing parts.

This chapter describes the FRUs.

Reinstalling FRUs is generally the reverse of removal. Notes are included to provide directions for
difficult or critical replacement procedures.

HP does not support repairing individual sub assemblies or troubleshooting at the printed-circuit
assembly PCA component level.

WARNING! The sheet-metal parts can have sharp edges. Be careful when handling sheet-metal parts.

Turn the printer off, wait five seconds, and then remove the power cord before attempting to service
the printer. If this warning is not followed, severe injury can result as well as damage to the printer. The
power must be on for certain functional checks during troubleshooting. However, the power cord must
be disconnected during parts removal. AC voltage is still present inside the printer when the power
switch is in the off position. The power cord must be disconnected before servicing the printer.

6 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 CAUTION: Incorrectly routed or loose wire harnesses or flat flexible cables (FFCs) might interfere with
other internal components or assemblies and can be damaged, pinched, or frayed. Make sure that wire
harnesses are correctly routed and retained when installing assemblies.

Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation.

Many repair operations will require you to flatten or straighten flex cables. However, try to avoid doing
so. Before inserting the FFC, examine the foil connectors for damage. You must make sure that all FFCs
are fully seated in their connectors. Failure to fully seat an FFC into a connector can cause a short
circuit in a PCA or errors when restarting the printer. FFCs have a line on them that is parallel to the
connector body when the FFC is correctly seated.

IMPORTANT: For some removal and replacement procedures it is necessary to remove the supplies.
When the cartridges are removed, install the cartridge shipping restraint and cap.

NOTE: Some figures might show assemblies removed or installed that have not yet been removed or
installed at that specific step. However, the procedures are correct for this printer and the target
assembly. Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Electrostatic discharge
Learn how to protect sensitive parts against damage from electrostatic discharge.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder
when removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If
an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground
before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.

Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.

Required tools
Find information about the tools required to remove and replace parts on the printer.

● #T20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in)

● #T10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in)

● #T10 TORX (thin shaft) driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in)

NOTE: Not required for all assemblies.

● #T10 TORX (short shaft) driver with a magnetic

NOTE: Not required for all assemblies.

● #T8 TORX driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in)

● #T6 TORX driver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in)

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● Needle-nose pliers

Electrostatic discharge 7
 ● ESD mat (if one is available) or ESD strap

TIP: If an ESD mat or strap is not available, always touch the sheet metal chassis to create a
ground before touching PCAs or other ESD sensitive assemblies.

● Penlight

Fasteners used in this printer

Learn about fasteners used in the printer.

WARNING! Make sure that assemblies are replaced with the correct screw type. Using the incorrect
screw (for example, substituting a long screw for the correct shorter screw) can cause damage to the
printer or interfere with printer operation. Do not intermix screws that are removed from one assembly
with the screws that are removed from another assembly.

NOTE: To install a self-tapping screw, first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread
pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. If a self-tapping screw hole
becomes stripped, repair the screw hole or replace the affected assembly.

Always take note of the length, diameter, color, type, and location of each removed screw. Make sure
that screws are installed in the original location they were removed from during reinstallation.

Service approach
Follow these steps before and after performing service on the printer to prevent damage to the printer
and ensure that the repair was successful.

Before performing service

Follow these steps before performing any type of service on the printer.

WARNING! Turn the printer off, wait five seconds, and then remove the power cord before attempting
to service the printer. If this warning is not followed, severe injury can result as well as damage to the
printer. The power must be on for certain functional checks during troubleshooting. However, the power
cord must be disconnected during parts removal. AC voltage is still present inside the printer when the
power switch is in the off position. The power cord must be disconnected before servicing the printer.

● Remove all paper from the printer

● Turn the printer off using the power button.

● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.

● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an
ESD workstation, mat or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis
before touching an ESD-sensitive part.

● Remove the supplies (optional). If the cartridges are removed, install the cartridge cap.

● Remove the tray(s).

After performing service

Follow these steps after performing service on the printer.

8 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● Plug in the power cable.

● Reinstall the supplies (if removed).

● Reinstall the tray cassettes(s).

● Load paper in the printer.

Post-service test
Perform the following tests to verify that the repair or replacement was successful, and to ensure that
the print quality is acceptable after performing printer repairs.

Print-quality test

1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.

2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.

3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the printer.

4. Print a Configuration page.

5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print
quality defects.

6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.

7. Clean the outside of the product with a damp cloth.

Copy-quality test (MFP models)

1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.

2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.

3. With the power cord attached to the printer, turn on the printer.

4. Verify that the expected start up sounds occur.

5. Print a configuration page, and then verify that the expected printing sounds occur.

6. Place the configuration page in the document feeder or on the flatbed glass.

7. Print a copy job, and then verify the results.

8. Clean the outside of the printer with a damp cloth

Fax-quality test (fax models)

1. Place the configuration page in the document feeder.

2. Type a valid fax number, and send the fax job.

3. Verify that the send quality and the receive quality meet expectations.

Parts removal order

Learn about the correct orientation when servicing the printer.

Post-service test 9
 For procedures and/or steps that require identifying the right, left, or rear side of the printer, face the
front of the printer for correct orientation.

Removal and replacement procedures

Learn how to remove and replace selected parts on the printer.

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts are parts that a customer replaces without assistance from a field
technician.

Customer Self-Repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP PageWide Inkjet printers to reduce
repair time. More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/
csr-support and www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-

authorized service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number,
serial number, printer number, or printer name.

NOTE: Parts listed as CSR A are easy for the customer to remove and then replace them.

Parts listed as CSR B are more difficult and/or require tools for the customer to remove and then
replace them

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit

Learn how to remove and replace the heated pressure roller (HPR) (CSR A).

View a video of how to replace the heated pressure roller (HPR).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

IMPORTANT: To remove this assembly, the printer power must be turned on for the first step.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-1 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67997 Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit with instruction guide (110V)

J7Z09-67998 Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit with instruction guide (220V)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

10 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR).

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-2 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit 11

 c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

Figure 1-3 Remove the HPR

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

12 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

3. Install the HPR.

a. Position the HPR in the printer, and then push it straight in to install it.

CAUTION: Use two hands when installing the HPR so that it slides straight into the printer
without any side-to-side movement.

Figure 1-4 Install the HPR

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller (HPR) kit 13

 b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly up and into the
printer.

Figure 1-5 Rotate the upper paper path assembly up

c. Close the left door.

Figure 1-6 Close the left door

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit

Learn how to remove and replace the printhead wiper (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the printhead wiper kit.

14 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

IMPORTANT: To remove this assembly, the printer power must be turned on for the first step.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-2 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67080 Printhead wiper kit with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the printhead wiper.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. From the printer control panel, do the following:

● Scroll to, and then select the Settings button.

● Open the following menus:

– Manage Supplies

● Select the Replace Printhead Wiper item, and then select the Replace button.

NOTE: Follow the control-panel prompts (with the associated steps below).

● When prompted, select the Finish button to complete the installation.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit 15

 b. Open the right door.

Figure 1-7 Open the right door

c. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-8 Open the cartridge door

16 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Wait for the printhead wiper to eject, and then locate the printhead wiper (callout 1).

Figure 1-9 Locate the printhead wiper

e. Grasp the printhead wiper, and then pull it straight out of the printer.

Figure 1-10 Remove the printhead wiper

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit 17

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the printhead wiper.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for single
function printer models.

a. Position the printhead wiper in the printer, and then push it straight in to install it.

Continue to push the printhead wiper into the printer until it begins to move on its own, and
then follow the control panel prompts.

NOTE: Prompts appear on the control-panel display to remove and then reinstall the
printhead wiper if it is not correctly installed.

18 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-11 Install the printhead wiper

b. Close the cartridge door.

Figure 1-12 Close the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper kit 19

 c. Close the right door, and then wait for the printer to verify the replacement printhead wiper
installation.

Figure 1-13 Close the right door

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit

Learn how to remove and replace the service fluid container (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the service fluid container kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-3 Part information

Part number Par description

A7W93-67081 Service fluid container kit with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

20 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the service fluid container.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-14 Open the left door

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit 21

 b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the
printer.

Figure 1-15 Pull the service fluid container out

c. At the left side service fluid container mounting rail, rotate the blue latch to the open position.

Figure 1-16 Open the blue latch

22 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left rail mounting pin up and out of the rail (callout 1), slightly slide the service fluid
container to the left (callout 2) to release the right rail mounting pin, and then remove the
service fluid container (callout 3).

Figure 1-17 Remove the service fluid container

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit 23

 3. Install the service fluid container.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Position the service fluid container right rail pin in the mounting rail (callout 1/2), and then
rotate the left rail mounting pin down and into the rail (callout 3).

Figure 1-18 Install the service fluid container

24 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side service fluid mounting rail, rotate the blue latch to the closed position.

Figure 1-19 Close the blue latch

c. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then push it straight into the printer.

Figure 1-20 Push the service fluid container in

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container kit 25

 d. Close the left door.

Figure 1-21 Close the left door

Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge

Learn how to remove and replace the staple cartridge.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the staple cartridge.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-4 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67933 Staple cartridge

26 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a (staple) print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the staple cartridge.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-22 Open the door

b. Pull the staple cartridge straight out of the printer to remove it.

TIP: Use your index finger to grasp the top of the cartridge, and then pull it out.

Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge 27

 Figure 1-23 Remove the staple cartridge

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

CAUTION: This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Install the staple cartridge.

28 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Push the staple cartridge straight into of the printer to install it.

TIP: The cartridge makes an audible click when it is fully seated.

Figure 1-24 Install the staple cartridge

b. Close the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-25 Close the door

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

Learn how to remove and replace the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) 29

 View a video of how to remove and replace the embedded MultiMedia Card for HP
PageWide765, MFP 780/785 printer models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the embedded MultiMedia Card for HP PageWide
755,774,779, P7525,P77440, and P77940-P77960 series.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-5 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z04-67908 eMMC (8GB) with instruction guide (752/755/765/E751 models)

Y3Z60-67906 eMMC (16GB) with instruction guide (774/779/P774/P779 models)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify the printer is correctly functioning.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

30 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-26 Release the formatter cover

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-27 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) 31

 Figure 1-28 Loosen two thumb screws

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-29 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC).

IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install a replacement hard disk drive (HDD; MFPs), eMMC
(SFPs), and formatter PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer
power on between installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

a. Do one of the following:

● Locate the eMMC on the formatter.

32 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● Locate the eMMC on the formatter.

b. Do one of the following:

● Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) 33

 ● Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.

NOTE: The smart transducer monitoring system printed circuit assembly (PCA) (callout 1)
does not need to be removed to remove the eMMC PCA.

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

CAUTION: This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

34 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Install the eMMC.

a. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter
(callout 2).

NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.

Figure 1-30 Align the connectors (1 of 2)

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) 35

 Figure 1-31 Align the connectors (2 of 2)

b. Do one of the following:

● Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it as indicated in the image.

IMPORTANT: Press on the connector side of the eMMC to make sure it is fully seated in
the formatter connector.

● Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it as indicated in the image.

IMPORTANT: Press on the connector side of the eMMC to make sure it is fully seated in
the formatter connector.

NOTE: The smart transducer monitoring system printed circuit assembly (PCA) (callout 1)
does not need to be removed to install the eMMC PCA.

36 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

6. Install the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-32 Install the formatter cage cover

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) 37

 b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-33 Tighten two thumb screws

7. Install the formatter cover.

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-34 Install the formatter cover

b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

38 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-35 Install the formatter cover

8. Reinstall the printer firmware.

NOTE: If this installation is a replacement eMMC, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.

a. Go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart.

b. Select Upgrade now.

c. Find your Enterprise printer model.

d. Select the link to open the firmware download page.

e. Select OS Independent from the list of operating systems.

f. Under the Firmware section, find the file for multiple operating systems.

g. Select Download.

NOTE: To view installation instructions, go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart. Select Upgrade

now, and then select How to perform a firmware update.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive)

Learn how to remove and replace the hard disk drive (HDD).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the HDD standard drive.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive) 39

 Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-6 Part information

Part number Part description

B5L29A 500 GB Secure Hard Disk Drive with instruction guide

5851-6712 320 GB Hard Disk Drive with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-36 Release the formatter cover

40 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-37 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-38 Loosen two thumb screws

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive) 41

 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-39 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Remove the hard disk drive (HDD).

IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install a replacement hard disk drive (HDD; MFPs), eMMC
(SFPs), and formatter PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer
power on between installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.

a. Release the locking connector (callout 1), and then pinch the retainer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-40 Release the HDD

42 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Rotate the connector end of the HDD out and away from the formatter (callout 1), and then
slide it to the left (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-41 Remove the HDD

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Install the HDD.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive) 43

 a. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet-metal where the HDD
cradle mounting tab must be installed.

Figure 1-42 Locate the slot in the sheet metal

b. Insert the HDD cradle mounting tab in the slot in the sheet-metal, slide the HDD to the right
(callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal, and then rotate the connector end (callout 2)
of the HDD toward the formatter.

Figure 1-43 Install the HDD

44 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Make sure that the locking connector (callout 1) latches and that the standoff (callout 2)
engages with the slot in the formatter (it might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it
with the slot).

Figure 1-44 Check the HDD connector

6. Install the formatter cage cover:

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-45 Install the formatter cage cover

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (standard drive) 45

 b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-46 Tighten two thumb screws

7. Install the formatter cover.

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-47 Install the formatter cover

b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

46 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-48 Install the formatter cover

8. Reinstall the printer firmware.

NOTE: If this installation is a replacement HDD, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.

a. Go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart.

b. Select Upgrade now.

c. Find your Enterprise printer model.

d. Select the link to open the firmware download page.

e. Select OS Independent from the list of operating systems.

f. Under the Firmware section, find the file for multiple operating systems.

g. Select Download.

NOTE: To view installation instructions, go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart. Select Upgrade

now, and then select How to perform a firmware update.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive)

Learn how to remove and replace the hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the HDD accelerator drive.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive) 47

 Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-7 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67952 320 GB Hard Disk Drive (accelerator) with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-49 Release the formatter cover

48 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-50 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-51 Loosen two thumb screws

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive) 49

 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-52 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Remove the hard disk drive (HDD).

IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install a replacement hard disk drive (HDD; MFPs), eMMC
(SFPs), and formatter PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer
power on between installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.

a. Disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-53 Disconnect one connector

50 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release the locking connector (callout 1), and then pinch the retainer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-54 Release the HDD

c. Rotate the connector end of the HDD out and away from the formatter (callout 1), and then
slide it to the left (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-55 Remove the HDD

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive) 51

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Install the HDD.

a. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet-metal where the HDD
cradle mounting tab must be installed.

Figure 1-56 Locate the slot in the sheet metal

52 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Insert the HDD cradle mounting tab in the slot in the sheet-metal, slide the HDD to the right
(callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal, and then rotate the connector end (callout 2)
of the HDD toward the formatter.

Figure 1-57 Install the HDD

c. Make sure that the locking connector (callout 1) latches and that the standoff (callout 2)
engages with the slot in the formatter (it might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it
with the slot).

Figure 1-58 Check the HDD connector

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive) 53

 d. Connect one connector.

Figure 1-59 Connect one connector

6. Install the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-60 Install the formatter cage cover

54 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-61 Tighten two thumb screws

7. Install the formatter cover:

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-62 Install the formatter cover

b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

Removal and replacement: Hard disk drive (HDD) (accelerator drive) 55

 Figure 1-63 Install the formatter cover

8. Reinstall the printer firmware.

NOTE: If this installation is a replacement HDD, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.

a. Go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart.

b. Select Upgrade now.

c. Find your Enterprise printer model.

d. Select the link to open the firmware download page.

e. Select OS Independent from the list of operating systems.

f. Under the Firmware section, find the file for multiple operating systems.

g. Select Download.

NOTE: To view installation instructions, go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart. Select Upgrade

now, and then select How to perform a firmware update.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models)

Learn how to remove and replace the 203 mm (8 in) control panel (MFP models only) (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the left control panel assembly (MFP large
touchscreen models).

View a video of how to remove and replace the center control panel assembly (MFP large
touchscreen models)

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

56 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-8 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67928 Control panel 203 mm (8 in) with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Turn the printer power on, and then verify that the touchscreen is correctly functioning.

1. Remove the control panel.

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models) 57

 a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-64 Raise the control panel

b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-65 Remove the cover

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

58 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-66 Remove the cover

c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1). and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

Figure 1-67 Release cables and disconnect connectors

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models) 59

 d. Remove two thumbscrews screws.

Figure 1-68 Remove two screws

e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-69 Remove the control panel

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

60 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the control panel.

NOTE: A left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

a. Align the slots in the control panel chassis with the hooks in the scanner chassis to install the
control panel.

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Partially pull the keyboard out to make installing the control
panel easier.

Figure 1-70 Install the control panel

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models) 61

 b. Install two thumbscrews screws.

Figure 1-71 Remove two screws

c. Install the accessory cables (callout 1) and then connect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Connect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Close the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

Reinstallation tip: When the FFC is fully seated, the white line on the FFC is parallel to the
connector body.

Figure 1-72 Install cables and connect connectors

d. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully push down on the control-panel bezel to install it.

62 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-73 Install the cover

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully push down on the control-panel bezel to install it.

Figure 1-74 Install the cover

Removal and replacement: Control panel (MFP large touchscreen models) 63

 e. Close the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel down.

Figure 1-75 Close the control panel

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774)

Learn how to remove and replace the 109 mm (4.3 in) control panel (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel assembly (SFP models).

View a video showing how to remove and replace the control panel assembly (MFP models).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

NOTE: The images in this guide might appear slightly different than the printer that the control panel
is installed on. However, the removal and replacement instructions are correct for this printer model.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts

64 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-9 Part information

Part number Part description

K0Q15-67901 Control panel 109 mm (4.3 in) (765/E751) with instruction guide

Y3Z60-67911 Control panel 109 mm (4.3 in) (P752/P774) with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Access the menus by using the printer control panel, and then print a configuration page to make sure
that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the control panel.

NOTE: The figures in the in this guide might appear slightly different than this printer. However, the
removal and replacement instructions are correct for this printer.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

b. P774: Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774) 65

 b. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Use a coin to release the cover, and then remove the cover.

b. P774: Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.

66 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 1

c. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

b. P774: Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774) 67

 d. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward
the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Image indicates of releasing the control panel (1 of 2) (765/E751/P752)

b. P774: Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back
of the printer (callout 2) to release it.

68 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect
two connectors (callout 1).

b. P774: Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774) 69

 f. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Remove the control panel.

b. P774: Remove the control panel.

70 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Install the control panel.

NOTE: The figures in the in this guide might appear slightly different than the printer that the
control panel is installed on. However, the removal and replacement instructions are correct for this
printer model.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774) 71

 a. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Connect two connectors (callout 1).

b. P774: Connect two connectors (callout 1).

b. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Install the tabs on the front of the control panel in the slots in the printer
top cover.

72 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774: Install the tabs on the front of the control panel in the slots in the printer nose cone.

c. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Lower the back edge of the control panel down (callout 1), and then install
one thumbscrew (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Control panel (small touchscreen 765/E751/P752/P774) 73

 b. P774: Lower the back edge of the control panel down (callout 1), and then install one
thumbscrew (callout 2).

d. Do one of the following:

a. 765/E751/P752: Align the tabs on the front of the control panel cover with the slots in the
printer, and then pivot the cover down to install it.

Image indicates installing the cover.

74 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774: Install the bezel, and then lower the document feeder.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start installing it at the left end (callout 1) of the
bezel.

Image indicates installing the bezel (P774).

Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only)
Learn how to remove and replace the document feeder pickup and feed rollers, and separation pad (MFP
models only) (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only) 75
 View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder roller kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-10 Part information

Part number Part description

5851-7202 Document feeder roller kit with instruction guide (E776XX/E78X series)

A7W93-67083 Document feeder roller kit with instruction guide (774/779/P77440 and P779XX
series)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Use the document feeder to make a copy.

1. Remove the document feeder rollers.

76 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the document feeder cover.

Figure 1-76 Open the document feeder cover

b. Rotate the blue locking lever down.

Figure 1-77 Rotate the blue locking lever down

c. Slide the locking lever toward the front of the printer.

Figure 1-78 Slide the locking lever toward the front

Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only) 77
 d. Slide the roller to the left (callout 1), and then rotate it away from the document feeder to
remove it (callout 2).

Figure 1-79 Remove the pick roller

e. Open the document feeder separation roller cover.

Figure 1-80 Open the separation roller cover

78 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Raise the right edge of the separation roller (callout 1), and then slide the roller to the right
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-81 Remove the separation roller cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only) 79
 3. Install the document feeder rollers.

a. Install the left end of the replacement separation roller into the holder (callout 1), and then
press the right side of the roller down (callout 2).

Figure 1-82 Install the separation roller

1
2

b. Close the roller cover.

Figure 1-83 Close the roller cover

80 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Install the tab on the left end of the replacement pick roller assembly into the slot in the
document feeder.

Figure 1-84 Install the pick roller

d. Slide the locking lever toward the back of the printer to secure the pick roller.

Figure 1-85 Slide the locking lever toward the back

e. Rotate the pick roller assembly up into the holder (callout 1), and then slide the blue locking
lever toward the back of the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-86 Rotate the pick roller up and slide the blue locking lever towards the back

Removal and replacement: Document feeder roller kit (MFP models only) 81
 f. Rotate the blue locking lever up.

Figure 1-87 Rotate the blue locking lever up

g. Close the document feeder cover.

Figure 1-88 Close the document feeder cover

4. Reset the Document Feeder Kit counter.

a. At the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Settings button.

b. Open the following menus:

● Manage Supplies

● Reset Supplies

c. Select the Document Feeder Kit item, and then select the Reset button.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit

Learn how to remove and replace the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

82 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Service level: Basic

NOTE: Depending on printer configuration, Tray 2 might be a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2 or a tandem
500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3. The procedures for removing and installing the pickup, feed, and separation
rollers are similar for each configuration (differences are noted below).

The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders, are
similar to the A3 tray instructions.

Instructions for removing and installing rollers in the high-capacity input (HCI) feeder are included.

View a video of how to remove and replace the tray roller kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-11 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67082 Tray roller kit with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced rollers as the source tray.

1. Remove tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions also apply to single
function printers.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 83

 This section is for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3 or an optional
500-sheet feeder.

NOTE: The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet
feeders, are similar to the A3 tray instructions.

a. Pull the tray out until it stops, slightly lift up, and then slide the tray out of the printer.

NOTE: The tandem A4 Tray 2/3 is shown below. Removing a single A3 Tray 2 is similar.

The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet
feeders, are similar to the A3 tray instructions.

84 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. A4 tandem Tray 2 pickup and feed rollers: Look up into the tray cavity, and locate pickup and
feed rollers (callout 1).

Figure 1-89 Locate the pickup and feed rollers (A4 Tray 2)

c. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3 pickup and feed rollers: Look up into the tray cavity, and locate
pickup and feed rollers (callout 1).

Figure 1-90 Locate the pickup and feed rollers (A3 Tray 2 or A4 Tray 3)

d. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 2/3 pickup and feed rollers: Squeeze the locking tab on a roller,
and then slide the roller off of the shaft.

NOTE: The A3 Tray 2 only has the far right side rollers.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 85

 Figure 1-91 Remove the pickup and feed rollers (A3 Tray 2 or A4 Tray 2/3)

e. A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller: Do the following:

i. Look up into the tray cavity, and locate separation roller (callout 1).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller is located on the Tray 3 side of the
Tray 2/3 divider.

The image indicates the location of the separation rollers for A4 printer, Tray 2.

ii. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller, and then slide the roller off of the shaft to remove
the separation roller (A4, Tray 2).

86 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

f. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3 separation roller: Do the following:

i. Open the right door.

ii. Open the right door, and then open the separation roller door (Image for A3 Tray 2 or A4
tandem Tray 3).

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 87

 iii. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller (callout 1), and then slide the roller off of the shaft
(callout 2).

The image indicates removing the separation roller for A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3.

2. Remove the HCI left tray rollers.

This section is for the left HCI feeder rollers.

a. Pull the right tray out of the HCI until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

NOTE: The HCI right tray must be removed to access the left tray separation roller.

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

88 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-92 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-93 Remove the HCI left tray

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 89

 c. Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the pick roller off of
the shaft (callout 2).

Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 3) and then slide the feed roller off of
the shaft (callout 4).

Figure 1-94 Remove the pick and feed rollers

d. Look up inside the right tray cavity, pinch the tab and then slide the separation roller off of the
shaft.

Figure 1-95 Remove the separation roller

3. Remove the HCI right tray rollers.

This section is for the right HCI feeder rollers.

90 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

NOTE: If the HCI left tray rollers have been replaced, skip this step (the right tray is already
removed).

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-96 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Look up inside the tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the pick roller off of the
shaft (callout 2).

Look up inside the tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 3) and then slide the feed roller off of the
shaft (callout 4).

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 91

 Figure 1-97 Remove the pick and feed rollers

c. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-98 Open the printer right door

92 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-99 Open the HCI right door

e. Pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the separation roller off of the shaft.

Reinstallation tip: To jump to the roller installation procedure, go to Install the HCI right tray
rollers (Step 5).

Figure 1-100 Remove the separation roller

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 93

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

5. Install the HCI right tray rollers.

This section is for the right HCI feeder rollers, for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet
A4 Tray 2/3, an optional 500-sheet feeder, skip this step.

a. Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

NOTE: If the HCI left tray rollers have been replaced, skip this step (the right tray is already
removed).

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

94 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-101 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Look up inside the tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the pick roller off of the
shaft (callout 2).

Look up inside the tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 3) and then slide the feed roller off of the
shaft (callout 4).

Figure 1-102 Remove the pick and feed rollers

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 95

 c. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-103 Open the printer right door

d. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-104 Open the HCI right door

e. Pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the separation roller off of the shaft.

Reinstallation tip: To jump to the roller installation procedure, go to Install the HCI right tray
rollers (Step 5).

96 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-105 Remove the separation roller

6. Install the HCI left tray rollers.

This section is for the left HCI feeder rollers, for the right side HCI rollers, a single 500-sheet A3
Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3 or an optional 500-sheet feeder, skip this step.

a. Pull the right tray out of the HCI until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

NOTE: The HCI right tray must be removed to access the left tray separation roller.

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 97

 Figure 1-106 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-107 Remove the HCI left tray

c. Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 1) and then slide the pick roller off of
the shaft (callout 2).

Look up inside the left tray cavity, pinch the tab (callout 3) and then slide the feed roller off of
the shaft (callout 4).

98 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-108 Remove the pick and feed rollers

d. Look up inside the right tray cavity, pinch the tab and then slide the separation roller off of the
shaft.

Figure 1-109 Remove the separation roller

7. Install the tray pickup, feed, and separation rollers.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions also apply to single
function printers.
This section is for a single 500-sheet A3 Tray 2, a tandem 500-sheet A4 Tray 2/3 or an optional
500-sheet feeder. For the left and right high-capacity input (HCI) feeder rollers, skip this step.

NOTE: The procedure for removing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet
feeders, are similar to the A3 tray instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 99

 The procedure for installing the pickup, feed, and separation rollers for optional 500-sheet feeders,
are similar to the A3 tray instructions.

a. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3 separation roller: Do the following:

i. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller (callout 1), and then slide the roller all of the way onto
the shaft (callout 2).

NOTE: Make sure that the locking tab secures the roller to the shaft.

The image indicates installing the separation roller for A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 3

ii. Close the separation roller door, and then close the right door (Image for A3 Tray 2 or A4
tandem Tray 3).

100 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller: Do the following:

i. Squeeze the locking tab on the roller, and then slide the roller all of the way onto the shaft.

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2 separation roller is located on the Tray 3 side of the
Tray 2/3 divider.

The image indicates installing the separation roller for A4 Tray 2.

ii. Look up into the tray cavity, and make sure that the locking tab secures the roller to the
shaft (callout 1).

Verify the separation roller is correctly installed ( Image for A4 Tray 2).

Removal and replacement: Tray roller kit 101

 c. A3 Tray 2 or A4 tandem Tray 2/3 pickup and feed rollers: Squeeze the locking tab on a roller,
and then slide the roller all of the way onto the shaft.

NOTE: The A3 Tray 2 only has the far right side rollers.

Make sure that the locking tab secures each roller to the shaft.

Figure 1-110 Install the pickup and feed rollers (A3 Tray 2 or A4 Tray 2/3)

d. Align the rollers on the tray with the rails in the tray cavity (slightly tilt the front of the tray up),
and then slide the tray into the printer (drop the front of the tray as it is installed).

NOTE: The tandem A4 Tray 2/3 is shown below. Installing a single A3 Tray 2 is similar.

Figure 1-111 Install the tray(s)

102 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to, and then select the Settings button.

ii. Open the following menus:

● Manage Supplies

● Reset Supplies

iii. Select the Tray X Roller Kit item, and then select the Reset button.

NOTE: The list of available firmware counters to reset depends on the printer
configuration. Reset the counter for all rollers that have been replaced.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only)

Learn how to remove and replace the document feeder reflector (MFP models only) (CSR A).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder reflector.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-12 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67926 Document feeder reflector with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only) 103
 Post service test
Use the document feeder to make a copy.

1. Remove the document feeder reflector.

a. Open the document feeder.

Figure 1-112 Open the document feeder

b. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the tabs that fasten the reflector to the
document feeder.

Figure 1-113 Locate the reflector tabs

104 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Starting along the top edge of the reflector, carefully pull it away from the document feeder to
release it.

Figure 1-114 Release the reflector

d. Remove the reflector.

Figure 1-115 Remove the reflector

e. Check the document feeder for any reflector tabs (callout 1) that were not removed with the
reflector. Remove any tabs still attached to the document feeder.

Figure 1-116 Check the document feeder left over reflector tabs

Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only) 105
 2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the document feeder reflector.

a. Install nine clips (provided in the kit) into the mounting holes in document feeder.

TIP: The clips make an audible click when they are snapped into place.

106 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-117 Install the clips

b. Peel the protective backing off of the adhesive pads on each clip.

IMPORTANT: Do not touch the exposed sticky side of the adhesive pad after removing the
protective backing.

Figure 1-118 Peel the protective backing off of the adhesive pads

c. Place the reflector on the scanner glass. Make sure that the rear and left edge of the reflector
are aligned with the rear and left edge of the scanner glass.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the embossed arrow on the reflector is orientated to the
bottom-left corner.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder reflector (MFP models only) 107
 Figure 1-119 Place the reflector on the scanner glass

d. Close the document feeder.

Figure 1-120 Close the document feeder

e. Push down on it to adhere the reflector to the mounting clips.

Figure 1-121 Push down on the document feeder

108 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Open the document feeder, and then push in on the nine reflector tabs to make sure they are
fully adhered to the reflector.

IMPORTANT: Peel the protective plastic sheet off of the reflector.

Figure 1-122 Check the reflector install

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray
Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI 4,000-sheet feeder left tray.

CAUTION: Do not extend more than one tray at a time.

Do not use paper trays as a step.

Keep hands out of paper trays when closing.

All trays must be closed when moving the printer.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-13 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W97-67008 HCI left tray

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray 109
 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and use the replaced tray as the paper source.

1. Remove the HCI left tray.

a. Pull the left tray out of the HCI until it stops.

Figure 1-123 Pull the left tray out

b. Locate the left and right retention levers (callout 1) on the tray rails, and then do the following:

● Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

● Push up and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

● Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

110 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-124 Release and remove the HCI tray

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder left tray 111
 3. Install the HCI left tray.

a. Engage the rails on the tray with the sliding rails on the HCI.

Figure 1-125 Engage the tray rails

b. Close the left HCI tray.

IMPORTANT: Self-sticking tray number inserts are included in this kit. Select the correct
insert for the replacement tray, peel the protective backing off the insert, and then adhere the
insert to the replacement tray.

112 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-126 Close the tray

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray
Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI 4,000-sheet feeder right tray.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

CAUTION: Do not extend more than one tray at a time.

Do not use paper trays as a step.

Keep hands out of paper trays when closing.

All trays must be closed when moving the printer.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-14 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W97-67012 HCI right tray

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray 113
 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and use the replaced tray as the paper source.

1. Remove the HCI right tray.

a. Pull the right tray out of the HCI until it stops.

Figure 1-127 Pull the left tray out

b. Locate the left and right retention levers (callout 1) on the tray rails, and then do the following:

a. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

b. Push up and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

c. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

114 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-128 Release and remove the HCI tray

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder right tray 115
 3. Install the HCI right tray.

a. Engage the rails on the tray with the sliding rails on the HCI.

Figure 1-129 Engage the tray rails

b. Close the right HCI tray.

IMPORTANT: Self-sticking tray number inserts are included in this kit. Select the correct
insert for the replacement tray, peel the protective backing off the insert, and then adhere the
insert to the replacement tray.

116 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-130 Close the tray

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts are parts that a customer replaces without assistance from a field
technician.

Customer Self-Repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP PageWide Inkjet printers to reduce
repair time. More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/
csr-support and www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-

authorized service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number,
serial number, printer number, or printer name.

NOTE: Parts listed as CSR A are easy for the customer to remove and then replace them.

Parts listed as CSR B are more difficult and/or require tools for the customer to remove and then
replace them

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit

Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers (CSR B).

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 1 roller kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories 117

 ○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-15 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67039 Tray 1 roller kit with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced rollers as the source tray.

1. Remove the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions apply to all printer
models.

118 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open Tray 1.

Figure 1-131 Open Tray 1

b. Locate the roller cover, and then rotate the bottom of the cover away from the printer to
remove it.

Figure 1-132 Remove the roller cover

c. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide pickup roller off of the shaft (callout 2).

TIP: If the tab is not visible, rotate the roller.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit 119

 Figure 1-133 Remove the Tray 1 pickup roller

d. Open the left door.

Figure 1-134 Open the left door

120 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Before proceeding, take note of the locking tab (callout 1) on the Tray 1 separation roller.

Figure 1-135 Tray 1 separation roller tab

f. Reach up under the left door assembly, pinch the locking tab (callout 1) on the Tray 1 separation
roller, and then slightly slide the roller away from the printer to release it (callout 2).

Figure 1-136 Release the Tray 1 separation roller

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit 121

 g. With the roller released, push down on it from the Tray 1 side (callout 1), and then continue to
slide it off of the shaft to remove it (callout 2).

Figure 1-137 Remove the Tray 1 separation roller

h. Slide the torque limiter off of the shaft to remove it.

Figure 1-138 Remove the torque limiter

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

122 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

3. Install the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions apply to all printer
models.

a. Slide the torque limiter onto the shaft to install it.

Figure 1-139 Install the torque limiter

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit 123

 b. Start the separation roller onto the shaft (from under the left door assembly), push down on it
from the Tray 1 side (callout 1), and then continue to slide it on of the shaft (callout 2) to install it.

Reinstallation tip: If the roller does not slide all of the way onto the shaft, make sure the
torque limiter (installed earlier) is fully seated.

Figure 1-140 Install the Tray 1 separation roller

c. Continue to slide the roller onto the shaft until the locking tab snaps onto the shaft.

Figure 1-141 Slide the Tray 1 separation roller onto the shaft

124 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Verify that the Tray 1 separation roller is correctly installed. When the roller is correctly
installed, there is an equal amount of space on both sides of the roller when it is viewed from
the Tray 1 side of the printer.

Figure 1-142 Verify that the Tray 1 separation roller is correctly installed

e. Close the left door.

Figure 1-143 Close the left door

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 roller kit 125

 f. Slide pickup roller onto the shaft (callout 1). Continue to slide the roller onto the shaft until the
locking tab snaps onto the shaft.

Figure 1-144 Install the Tray 1 pickup roller

g. Position the top edge of the roller cover on the printer, and then rotate the bottom of the cover
down toward the printer to install it.

Figure 1-145 Remove the roller cover

126 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 h. Close Tray 1.

Figure 1-146 Close Tray 1

i. At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to, and then select the Settings button.

ii. Open the following menus:

● Manage Supplies

● Reset Supplies

iii. Select the Tray 1 Roller Kit item, and then select the Reset button.

Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors (base printer)
Learn how to remove and replace the printer external panels, covers, and doors.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner top front cover

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner top front cover (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors (base printer) 127
 Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-16 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67994 Conditioner top front cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-147 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

128 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-148 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-149 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Conditioner top front cover 129

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-150 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-151 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

130 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-152 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-153 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Conditioner top front cover 131

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-154 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-155 Remove the cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

132 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner rear cover

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner rear cover (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-17 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67995 Conditioner rear cover

Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Conditioner rear cover 133

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-156 Remove four screws

134 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-157 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-158 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner rear cover 135

 Figure 1-159 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-160 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

136 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-161 Remove the conditioner rear cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right tower cover

Learn how to remove and replace the right tower cover.

Removal and replacement: Right tower cover 137

 View a video of how to remove and replace the right tower cover.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-18 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67003 Right tower cover

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

138 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-162 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-163 Remove the right tower cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Right tower cover 139

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front tower cover

Learn how to remove and replace the front tower cover.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to replace the front tower cover for HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+,
E77660z+, P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-19 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67004 Front tower cover

140 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Front tower cover 141

 b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-164 Release two tabs

142 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-165 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-166 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Front tower cover 143

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Cartridge door

Learn how to remove and replace the cartridge door.

View a video of how to replace the cartridge door.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-20 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67066 Cartridge door

J7Z09-67985 Conditioner cartridge door (floor standing finisher models)

144 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-167 Open the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Cartridge door 145

 b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-168 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-169 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

146 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-170 Remove the cartridge door

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel)

Learn how to remove and replace the nose cone (center control panel).

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel) 147

 Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the nose cone (MFP only, large center touch
screen).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

Before performing service

○ Turn off the printer.

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-21 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67915 Nose cone (center control panel)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Turn the printer power on, and then verify that the touchscreen is correctly functioning.

1. Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in).

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

148 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-171 Raise the control panel

b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel) 149

 c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

Figure 1-172 Release cables and disconnect connectors

150 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Remove two thumbscrews.

Figure 1-173 Remove two screws

e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-174 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the keyboard.

NOTE: This step is for flow model printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 3.

NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer
configuration.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel) 151

 a. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull the keyboard out (callout 2) to its
extended position.

Figure 1-175 Pull the keyboard out

b. Remove eight screws.

Figure 1-176 Remove eight screws

152 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove the keyboard and rails.

Figure 1-177 Remove the keyboard and rails

3. Remove the nose cone (center control panel).

a. Wireless models only, do the following:

CAUTION: The WiFi PCA is still connected to the printer by a wire harness. Do not attempt to
completely remove the PCA yet.

a. Release one tab, and then pull the WiFi PCA and holder straight up to release them.

b. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the WiFi PCA and holder.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel) 153

 b. Release two tabs (callout 1), rotate the document feeder locking clip up (callout 2), and secure it
in the raised position with two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 1-178 Release the USB PCA

154 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove four screws.

Figure 1-179 Remove four screws

d. Remove six screws.

NOTE: Two of these screws require a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a #10
TORX thin shaft driver.

Figure 1-180 Remove six screws

e. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (center control panel) 155

 Figure 1-181 Remove the cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

156 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel)
Learn how to remove and replace the nose cone (left control panel).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the nose cone (left control panel) for HP PageWide
765, 780, 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the nose cone (left control panel) for HP PageWide
774, 779, P77440, P77940-P77960 models with a small touchscreen.

View a video of how to remove and replace the nose cone (left control panel) for HP PageWide
774, 779, P77440, P77940-P77960 models with a large touch screen.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-22 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67914 Nose cone (left control panel) (785/E776)

Y3Z60-67907 Nose cone (left control panel) (P774)

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 157

 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Turn the printer power on, and then verify that the touchscreen is correctly functioning.

1. Remove the control panel 109 mm (4.3 in).

NOTE: This step is for P774 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 2.

a. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-182 Tilt the control panel up

b. Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.

158 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-183 Remove the bezel

c. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

Figure 1-184 Remove one thumbscrew

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 159

 d. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-185 Release the control panel

e. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).

Figure 1-186 Disconnect two connectors

160 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-187 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in).

NOTE: This step is for 780/785/E776 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 3.

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-188 Raise the control panel

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 161

 b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1). and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

162 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-189 Release cables and disconnect connectors

d. Remove two thumbscrews screws.

Figure 1-190 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 163

 e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-191 Remove the control panel

3. Remove the keyboard.

NOTE: This step is for flow model printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 4.

NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer
configuration.

a. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull the keyboard out (callout 2) to its
extended position.

Figure 1-192 Pull the keyboard out

164 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove eight screws.

Figure 1-193 Remove eight screws

c. Remove the keyboard and rails.

Figure 1-194 Remove the keyboard and rails

4. Remove the nose cone (left control panel).

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the
way.

NOTE: The ground screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 165

 b. P774: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the way.

b. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove five screws.

166 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774: Remove four screws.

c. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove nine screws.

NOTE: One of these screws requires a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a
#10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 167

 b. P774: Remove ten screws.

NOTE: Some of these screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

d. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it (785/E776 shown below).

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

168 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-195 Remove the cover (785/E776 shown)

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Nose cone (left control panel) 169

 Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) cover
Learn how to remove and replace the scanner control board (SCB) cover.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to replace the scanner control board (SCB) cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-23 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67917 Scanner control board (SCB) cover (printer with an inline finisher)

J7Z09-67923 Scanner control board (SCB) cover (printer without an inline finisher)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

170 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-196 Remove two screws

b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

Figure 1-197 Release the cover

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) cover 171

 c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-198 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-199 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

172 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage cover

Learn how to remove and replace the formatter cage cover.

View a video of how to replace the formatter cage cover.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-24 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67937 Formatter cage cover

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage cover 173

 1. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: If the formatter cover has not already been removed, remove it now.

These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-200 Loosen two thumb screws

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-201 Remove the formatter cage cover

174 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cover

Learn how to remove and replace the formatter cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the formatter cover.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cover 175

 Table 1-25 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67935 Formatter cover

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-202 Release the formatter cover

176 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-203 Remove the formatter cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Upper front door

Learn how to remove and replace the upper front door.

Removal and replacement: Upper front door 177

 Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-26 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67986 Upper front door

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on:

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the upper front door.

This procedure is only for floor standing finisher printer configurations.

178 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the upper front door.

Figure 1-204 Open the upper front door

b. Grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

Figure 1-205 Release the door hinges

Removal and replacement: Upper front door 179

 c. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2).

Figure 1-206 Slide the hinges out of the brackets

d. Remove the door assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-207 Remove the assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

180 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper add-on cover

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner left upper add-on cover (floor standing finisher
printers).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-27 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67993 Conditioner left upper add-on cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper add-on cover 181

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-208 Open the left door

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

182 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-209 Remove the conditioner left upper add-on cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper trim

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner left upper trim (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper trim 183

 Service level: Basic

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-28 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67992 Conditioner left upper trim

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the conditioner left upper trim.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

184 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-210 Open the left door

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the left upper trim (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-211 Remove the left upper trim

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left upper trim 185

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner right cover (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Basic

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-29 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67987 Conditioner right cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

186 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-212 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover 187

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-213 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-214 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

188 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-215 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-216 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover 189

 Figure 1-217 Remove the conditioner rear cover

3. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-218 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

190 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-219 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-220 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover 191

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-221 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-222 Remove the cover

4. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

192 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-223 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-224 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover 193

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-225 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-226 Remove the cover

5. Remove the conditioner right cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

194 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Before proceeding, note the location of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-227 Locations of tabs and pins on the cover

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-228 Remove one screw

c. Open the right door. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and
then continue rotating the cover (callout 2/3) to remove it.

NOTE: The bridge is shown removed in the following figure. However, it does not need to be
removed to remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner right cover 195

 Figure 1-229 Remove the cover

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover

Learn how to remove and replace the middle internal front cover.

196 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove and replace the middle internal front cover for HP PageWide
755, 765, 774, 779, 780, and 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the middle internal front cover for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-30 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67065 Middle internal front cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover 197

 a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-230 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-231 Release the left side retainer

198 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-232 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-233 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover 199

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-234 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-235 Release two tabs

200 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-236 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-237 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover 201

 a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

NOTE: For all other models, skip this step.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

202 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-238 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-239 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Middle internal front cover 203

 Figure 1-240 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-241 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

204 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover

Learn how to remove and replace the lower front cover.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the lower front cover for HP PageWide 765, 780, and
785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the lower front cover for HP PageWide 785z+,
E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover 205

 Table 1-31 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67075 Lower front cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Needle-nose pliers

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-242 Open the cartridge door

206 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-243 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-244 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover 207

 Figure 1-245 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-246 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

208 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-247 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-248 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover 209

 Figure 1-249 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, skip to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

210 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-250 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover 211

 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-251 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-252 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

212 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-253 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-254 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover 213

 Figure 1-255 Remove the tray(s)

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-256 Locate the cover lock feature

214 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-257 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-258 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Removal and replacement: Lower front cover 215

 Figure 1-259 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-260 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

216 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-261 Remove the front lower cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover

Learn how to remove and replace the rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Rear cover 217

 View a video of how to remove and replace the rear cover.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-32 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67938 Rear cover

Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

218 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-262 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-263 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Rear cover 219

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-264 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-265 Remove the rear cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

220 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Control-panel bezel (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the control-panel bezel (MFP).

View a video that shows how to remove and replace the control-panel bezel (MFP, large left
touch screen).

View a video that shows how to remove and replace the control-panel bezel (MFP, large center
touch screen).

View a video that shows how to remove and replace the control-panel bezel (MFP, small touch
screen).

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off.

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Control-panel bezel (MFP) 221

 Table 1-33 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67905 Control-panel bezel (left control panel) (785/E776)

J7Z09-67904 Control-panel bezel (center control panel) (780/P779)

Y3Z60-67908 Control-panel bezel (left control panel) (P774)

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control-panel bezel.

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on
printer configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

Figure 1-266 Raise the control panel

b. Do one of the following:

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

222 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Center mounted control panel (780/P779): Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to
remove it.

b. Left mounted control panel (785/E776): Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to
remove it.

c. – P744: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the
bezel.

Removal and replacement: Control-panel bezel (MFP) 223

 1

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left door

Learn how to remove and replace the left door assembly.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

224 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the left door.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-34 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67033 Left door

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Left door 225

 Figure 1-267 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-268 Open the rear access covers

226 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-269 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-270 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Removal and replacement: Left door 227

 NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-271 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

228 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and
formatter cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-272 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Removal and replacement: Left door 229

 Figure 1-273 Remove four screws

e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away from the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-274 Release the formatter cage and back plate

230 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-275 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the inline or floor standing finisher rear cover.

NOTE: This step is for an inline finisher or floor standing printer configuration. For all other
models, skip this step and go to 5.

a. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-276 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Do one of the following:

a. Inline finisher printer configuration: Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Left door 231

 b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

232 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on
the cover.

Figure 1-277 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Do one of the following:

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

a. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the
printer (callout 1) to release the middle inner tabs, and then slide the cover to the right to
remove it (callout 2).

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away
from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1) and the center alignment post (callout 2),
and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Left door 233

 4. Remove the inline finisher left door (printer) extension.

NOTE: This step is only for printers with an inline finisher installed. For all other models, skip this
step and go to 5.

a. Open the printer left door, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the black plastic
door trim (callout 2).

Figure 1-278 Remove two screws

234 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove two screws, and then remove the sheet-metal retainer plate (callout 2).

Figure 1-279 Remove two screws

1
2

c. Support the extension/diverter assembly, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-280 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Left door 235

 d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-281 Release the cover

e. Lift up on the cover to remove it.

Figure 1-282 Remove the cover

5. Remove the left door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Disconnect two FFCs (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder.

TIP: The FFCs are labeled Left Door 1 and Left Door 2.

236 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-283 Disconnect two FFCs

b. Optional step: If a replacement left door is being installed, remove the ferrite from the FFCs. If
the door is being removed to gain access to another assembly, skip this step.

NOTE: Set this part aside, it needs to be installed on the replacement assembly.

Figure 1-284 Remove the ferrite

c. Release two FFCs (callout 1) from the guide.

TIP: It might be easier to release the FFCs by starting at the lower right side, where the FFCs
fold to make a 90 degree turn.

Removal and replacement: Left door 237

 Figure 1-285 Release two FFCs

d. Open the left door.

Figure 1-286 Open the left door

238 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Locate the retention strap at the bottom of the door. Flex the back side of the strap down and
over the pin on the door to release it.

Figure 1-287 Release the door retention strap

f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-288 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Left door 239

 g. Open the left door far enough that the two drive motors (callout 1) can clear the chassis
(callout 2).

Figure 1-289 Fully open the left door

h. Slightly flex the corner of the left door cover (callout 1), and then lift the door straight up to
remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-290 Remove the left door

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

240 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right door

Learn how to remove and replace the right door assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the right door.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-35 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67024 Right door

Removal and replacement: Right door 241

 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Check the control-panel display for error messages that indicate that the temperature/humidity sensor
is not correctly functioning.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-291 Remove four screws

242 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-292 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-293 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right door 243

 Figure 1-294 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-295 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

244 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-296 Remove the right tower cover

c. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the right door strap.

Figure 1-297 Remove right door strap

d. Remove one screw (callout 1).

NOTE: This is the gold screw on the top sheet-metal hinge.

Removal and replacement: Right door 245

 Figure 1-298 Remove one screw

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release
the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder.

Figure 1-299 Disconnect two FFCs and release the ferrite

246 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

f. Release the FFCs from the guide.

Figure 1-300 Release the FFCs

g. Slightly flex the corner of the right door cover (callout 1), and then lift the door straight up to
remove it (callout 2) from the hinges.

Figure 1-301 Remove the right door

h. Optional step: If a replacement right door is installed, remove the retention strap (callout 1).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right door 247

 Figure 1-302 Remove the retention strap

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin

Learn how to remove and replace the standard output bin.

248 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the standard output bin.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-36 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67048 Standard output bin

A7W93-67072 Standard output bin light (LED module)

J7Z09-67028 Inner bin (floor standing finisher printers only)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 249

 a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-303 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-304 Remove the right tower cover

2. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

250 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 251

 Figure 1-305 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-306 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

252 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-307 Remove the cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-308 Open the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 253

 b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-309 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-310 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

254 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-311 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 4b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 255

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-312 Remove five screws

256 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-313 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-314 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 257

 Figure 1-315 Remove the middle internal front cover

5. Remove the standard output bin.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

258 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 259

 v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

260 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-316 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 261

 Figure 1-317 Remove the flaps

d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-318 Release two tabs

262 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-319 Remove the output bin

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 263

 7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Standard output bin

a. If a replacement output bin is installed, carefully remove the LED module (callout 1) from the
discarded output bin, and then install it on the replacement output bin.

NOTE: The FFC (callout 2) is adhered to the output bin with two-sided tape.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

264 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

d. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 265

 e. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

266 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

h. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Removal and replacement: Standard output bin 267

 Removal and replacement: Document feeder
Learn how to remove and replace the document feeder.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder for HP PageWide 780 and 785
models

View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder for HP PageWide 774, 779,
P77440,P77940-P77960 series.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

268 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-37 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67929 Document feeder (non-flow; 780/E776)

J7Z09-67930 Document feeder (flow; 785/E776)

Y3Z60-67903 Document feeder (P774/P779)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make a copy using the document feeder.

1. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-320 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Document feeder 269

 b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

Figure 1-321 Release the cover

c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-322 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-323 Remove the cover

270 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

2. Remove the document feeder.

The figures in this procedure show a no inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure
is correct for an inline finisher printer configuration.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, disconnect one
connector (callout 2), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 3).

CAUTION: These connectors (callout 3) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip
on these connectors is easily dislodged and lost.

1 2

b. P774/P779: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, and then disconnect
two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Document feeder 271

 b. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.

b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.

c. Open the document feeder, and the lift it straight up until it stops at the retention tabs on each
hinge.

Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the hinge body and the slot in the scanner body
(on the scanner glass side of the hinge) to release the retention tabs (on each hinge).

NOTE: P774/P779: These printers only have two hinges.

272 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-324 Release the document feeder

d. Carefully thread the document feeder FFCs, wire harness, and ground wire up and through the
hole in the scanner cover to remove the document feeder.

NOTE: The figure below might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, this step is correct for this assembly.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement document feeder is installed, install a replacement

reflector.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-325 Remove the document feeder

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder 273

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges

Learn how to remove and replace the document feeder hinges.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder hinges.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off:

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

274 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-38 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67931 Document feeder hinges

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make a copy using the document feeder.

1. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-326 Remove two screws

b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges 275

 Figure 1-327 Release the cover

c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-328 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-329 Remove the cover

2. Remove the document feeder.

The figures in this procedure show a no inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure
is correct for an inline finisher printer configuration.

276 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, disconnect one
connector (callout 2), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 3).

CAUTION: These connectors (callout 3) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip
on these connectors is easily dislodged and lost.

1 2

b. P774/P779: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, and then disconnect
two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 2).

b. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges 277

 b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.

c. Open the document feeder, and the lift it straight up until it stops at the retention tabs on each
hinge.

Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the hinge body and the slot in the scanner body
(on the scanner glass side of the hinge) to release the retention tabs (on each hinge).

NOTE: P774/P779: These printers only have two hinges.

278 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-330 Release the document feeder

d. Carefully thread the document feeder FFCs, wire harness, and ground wire up and through the
hole in the scanner cover to remove the document feeder.

NOTE: The figure below might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, this step is correct for this assembly.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement document feeder is installed, install a replacement

reflector.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-331 Remove the document feeder

3. Remove the document feeder hinges.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder hinges 279

 ■ Remove four screws, and then remove the hinge.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-332 Remove the hinge

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

280 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the top cover (SFP models only).

View a video of how to remove and replace the top cover (single-function models only).

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-39 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z04-67904 Top cover (SFP)

Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control panel (SFP small touchscreen).

NOTE: The figures in the in this guide might appear slightly different than this printer. However, the
removal and replacement instructions are correct for this printer.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP) 281

 a. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-333 Tilt the control panel up

b. Use a coin to release the cover, and then remove the cover.

Figure 1-334 Remove the cover

c. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1)

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

282 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-335 Remove one thumbscrew

d. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-336 Release the control panel

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP) 283

 e. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).

Figure 1-337 Disconnect two connectors

f. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-338 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

284 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-339 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-340 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP) 285

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-341 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-342 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the top cover (SFP).

a. Loosen two thumb screws, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

NOTE: These screws are captive.

286 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-343 Remove the cover

b. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), pass the wire harness and cables through the slot in
the formatter cage, and then release them from the guide (callout 2).

Figure 1-344 Disconnect four connectors

c. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws and retainers.

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP) 287

 Figure 1-345 Remove two screws and retainers

d. Remove one screw.

TIP: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-346 Remove one screw

288 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Slightly lift up the rear edge of the cover, and then slide it towards the front of the printer to
release it.

Figure 1-347 Release the cover

f. Remove the cover.

NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cable through the opening in the cover.

Figure 1-348 Remove the cover

g. Remove nine screws (callout 1/2).

NOTE: Some of these screws (callout 1) require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP) 289

 Figure 1-349 Remove nine screws

1
h. Lift up on the bottom portion of the cover to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-350 Remove the cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

290 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA)

Learn how to remove and replace the sub scanner assembly (SSA).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the sub scanner assembly (SSA) for HP PageWide
780 and 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the sub scanner assembly (SSA) for HP PageWide
774,779, P77440, P77940-P77960 series with a small touchscreen.

View a video that shows how to remove and replace the sub scanner assembly (SSA) for HP
PageWide 774,779, P77440, P77940-P77960 series with a large touchscreen.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 291

 Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-40 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67932 Sub scanner assembly (SSA) (780/785/E776)

Y3Z60-67904 Sub scanner assembly (SSA) (P774/P779)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make a copy using the flatbed glass and the document feeder.

1. Remove the control panel 109 mm (4.3 in).

NOTE: This step is for P774 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 2.

a. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-351 Tilt the control panel up

292 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.

Figure 1-352 Remove the bezel

c. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

Figure 1-353 Remove one thumbscrew

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 293

 d. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-354 Release the control panel

e. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).

Figure 1-355 Disconnect two connectors

294 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-356 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in).

NOTE: This step is for 780/785/E776/P779 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 3.

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-357 Raise the control panel

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 295

 b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1). and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

296 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-358 Release cables and disconnect connectors

d. Remove two thumbscrews screws.

Figure 1-359 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 297

 e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-360 Remove the control panel

3. Remove the keyboard.

NOTE: This step is for flow model printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 4 or 5.

NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer
configuration.

a. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull the keyboard out (callout 2) to its
extended position.

Figure 1-361 Pull the keyboard out

298 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove eight screws.

Figure 1-362 Remove eight screws

c. Remove the keyboard and rails.

Figure 1-363 Remove the keyboard and rails

4. Remove the nose cone (left control panel).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a left mounted control panel printer configuration. For a center
mounted control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to 5.

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 299

 a. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the
way.

NOTE: The ground screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

b. P774: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the way.

b. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove five screws.

300 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774: Remove four screws.

c. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove nine screws.

NOTE: One of these screws requires a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a
#10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 301

 b. P774: Remove ten screws.

NOTE: Some of these screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

d. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it (785/E776 shown below).

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

302 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-364 Remove the cover (785/E776 shown)

5. Remove the nose cone (center control panel).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a center mounted control panel printer configuration. For a left
mounted control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to 6.

a. Wireless models only, do the following:

CAUTION: The WiFi PCA is still connected to the printer by a wire harness. Do not attempt to
completely remove the PCA yet.

i. Release one tab, and then pull the WiFi PCA and holder straight up to release them.

ii. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the WiFi PCA and holder.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 303

 b. Release two tabs (callout 1), rotate the document feeder locking clip up (callout 2), and secure it
in the raised position with two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 1-365 Release the USB PCA

304 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove four screws.

Figure 1-366 Remove four screws

d. Remove six screws.

NOTE: Two of these screws require a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a #10
TORX thin shaft driver.

Figure 1-367 Remove six screws

e. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 305

 Figure 1-368 Remove the cover

6. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-369 Remove two screws

b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

306 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-370 Release the cover

c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-371 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-372 Remove the cover

7. Remove the document feeder.

The figures in this procedure show a no inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure
is correct for an inline finisher printer configuration.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 307

 a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, disconnect one
connector (callout 2), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 3).

CAUTION: These connectors (callout 3) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip
on these connectors is easily dislodged and lost.

1 2

b. P774/P779: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, and then disconnect
two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 2).

b. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.

308 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.

c. Open the document feeder, and the lift it straight up until it stops at the retention tabs on each
hinge.

Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the hinge body and the slot in the scanner body
(on the scanner glass side of the hinge) to release the retention tabs (on each hinge).

NOTE: P774/P779: These printers only have two hinges.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 309

 Figure 1-373 Release the document feeder

d. Carefully thread the document feeder FFCs, wire harness, and ground wire up and through the
hole in the scanner cover to remove the document feeder.

NOTE: The figure below might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, this step is correct for this assembly.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement document feeder is installed, install a replacement

reflector.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-374 Remove the document feeder

310 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

8. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-375 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-376 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 311

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-377 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-378 Remove the rear cover

9. Remove the inline or floor standing finisher rear cover.

NOTE: This step is for an inline finisher or floor standing printer configuration. For all others skip
this step and go to 10.

312 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-379 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Do one of the following:

a. Inline finisher printer configuration: Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 313

 c. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on
the cover.

Figure 1-380 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Do one of the following:

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

a. Inline finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the
printer (callout 1) to release the middle inner tabs, and then slide the cover to the right to
remove it (callout 2).

314 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 1

b. Floor standing finisher printer configuration only: Rotate the left edge of the cover away
from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1) and the center alignment post (callout 2),
and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 3).

10. Remove the sub scanner assembly (SSA).

NOTE: The figures in the following procedure show both the no inline finisher printer configuration
and the inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure is correct for both printer
configurations.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 315

 1

b. P774/P779: Disconnect three FFCs (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector
(callout 2).

NOTE: The connector (callout 2) is located behind the middle FFC.

b. 780/785/E776 only: Pull up on the ferrite to release it.

NOTE: The ferrite is not captive when the flat-flexible cable is disconnected.

TIP: Release a tab on the back side of the ferrite holder.

316 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-381 Release one ferrite

c. 780/785/E776 only: Disconnect one FFC.

CAUTION: This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. The clip on this connector
is easily dislodged and lost.

Slide the ferrite off of the FFC after disconnecting the FFC. The ferrite is not captive and can
easily slip off and be damaged.

Figure 1-382 Disconnect one FFC

d. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 1) straight out of the SSA to
remove it.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 317

 1

b. P774/P779: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then
pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 3) straight out of the SSA to remove it

e. Loosen two thumb screws, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

NOTE: The thumb screws are captive.

318 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-383 Remove the cover

f. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect six connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness
and cables from the guide (callout 2).

b. P774/P779: Disconnect five connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness and
cables from the guide (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 319

 g. Pass the cables through the openings in the formatter cage, and then remove one retainer.

Figure 1-384 Remove the retainer

320 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

h. Optional step: Pass the SCB HDMI cable through the opening in the chassis (back into the
printer) to make more room for the scanner cables when the scanner is removed.

Figure 1-385 Remove the SCB HDMI cable

i. For a no inline finisher printer configuration, go to the steps below for a No inline finisher
printer configuration.

For an inline or floor standing finisher printer configuration, skip ahead to the steps for an
Inline or floor standing finisher printer configuration.
No inline finisher printer configuration

i. Remove one ground screw (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

TIP: Two of these screws (callout 2) require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 321

 ii. Slightly slide the SSA toward the front of the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up
and off of the printer.

NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cables through the opening in the chassis.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Inline or floor standing finisher printer configuration

i. Inline finisher configuration only: Raise the SSA, use the locking arm to secure it, and then
remove one screw to release the locking arm.

Carefully lower the SSA.

TIP: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

322 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

ii. Do one of the following:

● Inline finisher printer configuration: Remove two screws, and then remove the hinge
clips.

● Floor standing finisher printer configuration: Remove two black-plastic retainer clips.

a. Lift the SSA straight up and off of the printer.

NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cables through the opening in the chassis
(inline finisher configuration shown below) or retainer (floor standing finisher
configuration not shown).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 323

 j. Optional step: If needed, do the following and use the figures in this step as a reference for
installing a replacement wire harness and cables.

i. On the bottom of the SSA remove the SCB shelf (callout 1), and then remove the cable
guide cover (callout 2).

Image for HP PageWide 780, 785, E776 models.

Image for HP PageWide P774 and P779 models

324 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

ii. Note the correct wire harness and cable installation.

Correct wire harness and cable installation for HP PageWide 780, 785, E776 models

Correct wire harness and cable installation for HP PageWide P774 and P779 models

Removal and replacement: Sub scanner assembly (SSA) 325

 11. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the spacer assembly.

NOTE: The spacer assembly is only for printer models with no inline finisher.

326 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove and replace the spacer assembly for HP PageWide 780 and 785
models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the spacer assembly for HP PageWide 774, 779,
P77440, P77940-P77960 series with a small touchscreen.

View a video of how to remove and replace the spacer assembly for HP PageWide 774, 779,
P77440, P77940-P77960 series with a large touchscreen.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-41 part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67924 Spacer assembly (780/785/E776)

Y3Z60-67909 Spacer assembly (P774/P779)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 327

 Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control panel 109 mm (4.3 in).

NOTE: This step is for P774 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 2.

a. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-386 Tilt the control panel up

b. Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.

Figure 1-387 Remove the bezel

328 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

Figure 1-388 Remove one thumbscrew

d. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-389 Release the control panel

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 329

 e. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).

Figure 1-390 Disconnect two connectors

f. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-391 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in).

NOTE: This step is for 780/785/E776/P779 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 3.

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

330 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-392 Raise the control panel

b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 331

 c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1). and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

Figure 1-393 Release cables and disconnect connectors

332 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Remove two thumbscrews screws.

Figure 1-394 Remove two screws

e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-395 Remove the control panel

3. Remove the keyboard.

NOTE: This step is for flow model printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 4.

NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer
configuration.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 333

 a. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull the keyboard out (callout 2) to its
extended position.

Figure 1-396 Pull the keyboard out

b. Remove eight screws.

Figure 1-397 Remove eight screws

334 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove the keyboard and rails.

Figure 1-398 Remove the keyboard and rails

4. Remove the nose cone (left control panel).

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the
way.

NOTE: The ground screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

b. P774: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the way.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 335

 b. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove five screws.

b. P774: Remove four screws.

336 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove nine screws.

NOTE: One of these screws requires a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a
#10 TORX thin shaft driver.

b. P774: Remove ten screws.

NOTE: Some of these screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 337

 d. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it (785/E776 shown below).

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-399 Remove the cover (785/E776 shown)

5. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

338 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-400 Remove two screws

b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

Figure 1-401 Release the cover

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 339

 c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-402 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-403 Remove the cover

6. Remove the document feeder.

The figures in this procedure show a no inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure
is correct for an inline finisher printer configuration.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, disconnect one
connector (callout 2), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 3).

CAUTION: These connectors (callout 3) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip
on these connectors is easily dislodged and lost.

340 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 3

1 2

b. P774/P779: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, and then disconnect
two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 2).

b. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 341

 b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.

c. Open the document feeder, and the lift it straight up until it stops at the retention tabs on each
hinge.

Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the hinge body and the slot in the scanner body
(on the scanner glass side of the hinge) to release the retention tabs (on each hinge).

NOTE: P774/P779: These printers only have two hinges.

342 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-404 Release the document feeder

d. Carefully thread the document feeder FFCs, wire harness, and ground wire up and through the
hole in the scanner cover to remove the document feeder.

NOTE: The figure below might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, this step is correct for this assembly.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement document feeder is installed, install a replacement

reflector.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-405 Remove the document feeder

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 343

 7. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-406 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-407 Open the rear access covers

344 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-408 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-409 Remove the rear cover

8. Remove the sub scanner assembly (SSA).

NOTE: The figures in the following procedure show both the no inline finisher printer configuration
and the inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure is correct for both printer
configurations.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 345

 a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

b. P774/P779: Disconnect three FFCs (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector
(callout 2).

NOTE: The connector (callout 2) is located behind the middle FFC.

b. 780/785/E776 only: Pull up on the ferrite to release it.

NOTE: The ferrite is not captive when the flat-flexible cable is disconnected.

TIP: Release a tab on the back side of the ferrite holder.

346 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-410 Release one ferrite

c. 780/785/E776 only: Disconnect one FFC.

CAUTION: This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. The clip on this connector
is easily dislodged and lost.

Slide the ferrite off of the FFC after disconnecting the FFC. The ferrite is not captive and can
easily slip of and be damaged.

Figure 1-411 Disconnect one FFC

d. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 1) straight out of the SSA to
remove it.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 347

 1

b. P774/P779: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then
pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 3) straight out of the SSA to remove it

e. Loosen two thumb screws, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

NOTE: The thumb screws are captive.

348 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-412 Remove the cover

f. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect six connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness
and cables from the guide (callout 2).

b. P774/P779: Disconnect five connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness and
cables from the guide (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 349

 g. Pass the cables through the openings in the formatter cage, and then remove one retainer.

Figure 1-413 Remove the retainer

350 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

h. Pass the SCB HDMI cable through the opening in the chassis (back into the printer) to make
more room for the scanner cables when the scanner is removed.

Figure 1-414 Remove the SCB HDMI cable

i. Remove one ground screw (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

TIP: Two of these screws (callout 2) require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-415 Remove three screws

j. Slightly slide the SSA toward the front of the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up and
off of the printer.

NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cables through the opening in the chassis.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 351

 Figure 1-416 Remove the SSA

9. Remove the spacer assembly.

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-417 Remove one screw

352 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the left door and the cartridge door.

Figure 1-418 Open the doors

c. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release them (do not pinch).

Figure 1-419 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 353

 d. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2) to remove the cover.

Figure 1-420 Remove the cover

2
1

e. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-421 Remove two screws

354 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

f. Open the right door.

Figure 1-422 Open the door

g. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Figure 1-423 Remove the cover

h. Remove five screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Spacer assembly 355

 Figure 1-424 Remove five screws

i. P774/P779 only: Remove one screw.

Figure 1-425 Remove one screw (P774/P779)

356 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 j. Lift the spacer assembly straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-426 Remove the spacer assembly

10. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (front access)

Learn how to remove and replace the internal parts and assemblies (front access).

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (front access) 357
 Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the bridge assembly (floor standing finisher printers).

View a video of how to remove the bridge assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-42 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

358 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly 359

 Figure 1-427 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-428 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

360 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-429 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-430 Remove the blank cover

Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly 361

 b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-431 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-432 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

362 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-433 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-434 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Bridge assembly 363

 Figure 1-435 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

364 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the bridge reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor (floor
standing finisher printers).

View a video of how to remove the bridge REDI sensor.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-43 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67007 REDI sensor (bridge)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor 365

 ● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver (optional)

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

366 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-436 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor 367

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-437 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-438 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

368 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-439 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-440 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor 369

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-441 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-442 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

370 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-443 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-444 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge REDI sensor.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor 371

 a. Pull the green handle out to release the bridge tray, and the raise the tray to upright locked
position.

Figure 1-445 Release and raise the bridge tray

b. Use one hand to support the tray, and then remove the REDI sensor cover.

TIP: It might be easier to release the cover by using a small flat-blade screwdriver.

Figure 1-446 Remove the REDI sensor cover

c. Remove one screw to release the sensor, disconnect one connector, and then remove the
sensor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

372 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-447 Remove the REDI sensor

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Bridge REDI sensor 373

 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge)

Learn how to remove and replace the printed circuit assembly (PCA; bridge) (floor-standing finisher
printers).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-44 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67002 Distribution PCA, bridge

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

374 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-448 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge) 375

 Figure 1-449 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-450 Release two tabs

376 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-451 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-452 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge) 377

 a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-453 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-454 Remove two screws

378 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-455 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-456 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge) 379

 Figure 1-457 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-458 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the distribution PCA (bridge).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

380 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.

Figure 1-459 Remove the PCA cover

b. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove two screws, and then remove the PCA.

Reinstallation tip: This PCA has seven flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and one wire harness

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-460 Remove the PCA

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Printed circuit assembly (distribution; bridge) 381

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-461 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the bridge jam access sensor (floor standing finisher printers).

382 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove the bridge jam access sensor.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-45 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67006 Bridge jam access sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor 383

 b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

384 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-462 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-463 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor 385

 Figure 1-464 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-465 Remove the blank cover

386 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-466 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-467 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor 387

 Figure 1-468 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-469 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

388 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-470 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge jam access sensor.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.

Figure 1-471 Remove the PCA cover

b. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release one clip (callout 2), and then remove the sensor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam access sensor 389

 Figure 1-472 Remove the sensor

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

390 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect

Learn how to remove and replace the bridge electrical interconnect (floor standing finisher printers).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-46 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67005 Bridge electrical interconnect

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect 391

 After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-473 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

392 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-474 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-475 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect 393

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-476 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-477 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

394 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-478 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-479 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect 395

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-480 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-481 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

396 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-482 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-483 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge electrical interconnect.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect 397

 a. Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.

Figure 1-484 Remove the PCA cover

b. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC;
callout 2) and pass the FFC through the ferrite to release it.

Figure 1-485 Disconnect one connector and one FFC

398 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-486 Remove two screws

d. Remove the bridge electrical interconnect.

NOTE: Slide the bracket out from under the FFC guide when removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-487 Remove the bridge electrical interconnect

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Bridge electrical interconnect 399

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-488 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover

Learn how to remove and replace the bridge front cover (floor standing finisher printers).

400 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove the bridge front cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-47 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67990 Bridge front cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover 401

 b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

402 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-489 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-490 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover 403

 Figure 1-491 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-492 Remove the blank cover

404 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-493 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-494 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover 405

 Figure 1-495 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-496 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

406 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-497 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-498 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

Removal and replacement: Bridge front cover 407

 Figure 1-499 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-500 Remove the cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

408 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge)

Learn how to remove and replace the supply illumination LED (bridge) (floor-standing finisher printers).

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge) 409

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-48 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (bridge)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This does not test the LED, but does make sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

410 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-501 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Figure 1-502 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge) 411

 Figure 1-503 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-504 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

412 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-505 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-506 Remove the blank cover

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge) 413

 b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-507 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-508 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

414 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-509 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-510 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge) 415

 Figure 1-511 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-512 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

416 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-513 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-514 Remove the cover

5. Remove the supply illumination LED (bridge).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Supply illumination LED (bridge) 417

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the supply
illumination bridge LED.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-515 Remove the supply illumination LED (bridge)

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

418 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-516 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the calendar roller assembly (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove the calendar roller assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly 419

 Table 1-49 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67027 Calendar roller assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver (optional)

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-517 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

420 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-518 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-519 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly 421

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-520 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-521 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

422 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-522 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-523 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly 423

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-524 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-525 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

424 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-526 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-527 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly 425

 a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-528 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

Figure 1-529 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

426 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-530 Remove the cover

5. Remove the calendar roller assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Use the green handle to open the bridge jam access door.

Figure 1-531 Open the bridge jam access door

b. Remove two screws, and the bearing cap and gear.

CAUTION: The bearing inside the cap is not captive. Do not lose the bearing when the cap is
removed. Take note of the bearing orientation in the cap when it is removed.

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly 427

 Figure 1-532 Remove the bearing cap

c. Remove the bearing and gear.

NOTE: It might be easier to remove the gear by using a small flat-blade screwdriver.

Figure 1-533 Remove the bearing and gear

428 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Push in on the rear roller bearing to release it (callout 1), and then rotate the roller towards the
jam access door (callout 2).

Figure 1-534 Release the rear roller bearing

e. Remove the calendar roller assembly.

CAUTION: When installing a replacement roller, avoid touching the roller surface.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-535 Remove the calendar roller assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Calendar roller assembly 429

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

430 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-536 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge)

Learn how to remove and replace the front-right support cover (bridge) (floor-standing finisher printers).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-50 Part information

Part number Part information

J7Z09-67996 Front-right support cover (bridge)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge) 431

 After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-537 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

432 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-538 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-539 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge) 433

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-540 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-541 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover:

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

434 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-542 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-543 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge) 435

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-544 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-545 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

436 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-546 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-547 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover:

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge) 437

 a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-548 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

Figure 1-549 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

438 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-550 Remove the cover

5. Remove the front-right support cover (bridge).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-551 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Front-right support cover (bridge) 439

 b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-552 Remove one screw

c. Slide the cover away from the bridge to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-553 Remove the cover

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

440 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-554 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover

Learn how to remove and replace the right cover (floor standing finisher printers).

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover 441

 View a video of how to remove the bridge right cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-51 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67988 Right cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

442 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover 443

 Figure 1-555 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-556 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

444 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-557 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-558 Remove the blank cover

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover 445

 b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-559 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-560 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

446 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-561 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-562 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover 447

 Figure 1-563 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-564 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

448 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-565 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-566 Remove the cover

5. Remove the front-right support cover (bridge).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover 449

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-567 Remove two screws

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-568 Remove one screw

c. Slide the cover away from the bridge to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

450 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-569 Remove the cover

6. Remove the bridge right cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-570 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Bridge right cover 451

 b. Look up inside the bridge cavity, and then release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 1-571 Release two tabs

c. Rotate the top of the cover away from the bridge, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-572 Remove the bridge right cover

7. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

452 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED

Learn how to remove and replace the bridge jam clear LED (floor standing finisher printers).

View a video of how to remove the bridge jam clear LED.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 453

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-52 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67020 Bridge jam clear LED

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

454 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 455

 Figure 1-573 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-574 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

456 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-575 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-576 Remove the blank cover

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 457

 b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-577 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-578 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

458 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-579 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-580 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 459

 Figure 1-581 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover:

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-582 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

460 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-583 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-584 Remove the cover

5. Remove the front-right support cover (bridge).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 461

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-585 Remove two screws

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-586 Remove one screw

c. Slide the cover away from the bridge to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

462 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-587 Remove the cover

6. Remove the bridge right cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-588 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 463

 b. Look up inside the bridge cavity, and then release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 1-589 Release two tabs

c. Rotate the top of the cover away from the bridge, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-590 Remove the bridge right cover

7. Remove the bridge jam clear LED.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw, and then remove the LED assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

464 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-591 Remove the bridge jam clear LED

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Bridge jam clear LED 465

 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the calendar motor assembly (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove the calendar motor assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-53 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67027 Calendar motor assembly

466 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

NOTE: This test makes sure that the bridge was correctly installed.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 467

 b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-592 Release two tabs

468 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-593 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-594 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 469

 a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-595 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-596 Remove two screws

470 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-597 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-598 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 471

 Figure 1-599 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-600 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the bridge front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

472 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Pull the bridge tray green handle out.

Figure 1-601 Pull the green handle out

b. Remove four screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use
these screws when installing the cover.

Figure 1-602 Remove four screws

c. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the bridge (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the
cover away from the bridge (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 473

 Figure 1-603 Remove the cover

5. Remove the front-right support cover (bridge).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-604 Remove two screws

474 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-605 Remove one screw

c. Slide the cover away from the bridge to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-606 Remove the cover

6. Remove the bridge right cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 475

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-607 Remove two screws

b. Look up inside the bridge cavity, and then release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 1-608 Release two tabs

c. Rotate the top of the cover away from the bridge, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

476 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-609 Remove the bridge right cover

7. Remove the calendar motor assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC; callout 1), and then pass the FFC through the ferrite to
release it.

Figure 1-610 Disconnect one FFC

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 477

 b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-611 Remove one screw

c. Slightly rotate the assembly (callout 1) toward the bridge tray, and then push it into the bridge
cavity (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-612 Release the assembly

d. Slightly rotate the assembly (callout 1) toward the bridge tray, and then push it into the bridge
cavity (callout 2) to release it.

Reinstallation tip: There are two sheet-metal tabs on the assembly that fit into slots in the
bridge chassis when the assembly is correctly installed.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

478 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-613 Release the assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Calendar motor assembly 479

 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner left-front inner cover (floor standing finisher printers;
engine).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-54 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67989 Conditioner left-front inner cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

480 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-614 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover 481

 Figure 1-615 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-616 Release two tabs

482 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-617 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-618 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover 483

 a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-619 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-620 Remove two screws

484 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-621 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-622 Remove the cover

3. Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover 485

 a. Remove three screws.

Reinstallation tip: Two of these screws (callout 1) are shorter that the other (callout 2). Make
sure that all of the screws are replaced in the correct position when the cover is reinstalled.

Figure 1-623 Remove three screws

b. Slightly flex the corner of the front inner-right cover to move it out of the way, and then remove
the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-624 Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

486 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Conditioner left-front inner cover

a. Make sure that the tab on the conditioner left-front inner cover is seated in the slot on the front
inner-right cover.

Figure 1-625 Install the tab in the slot

Removal and replacement: Conditioner left-front inner cover 487

 b. When correctly installed, the top edges of the conditioner left-front inner and inner right
covers are aligned. If the covers are not aligned, check the tab and slot (see previous special
installation instruction).

Figure 1-626 Check the cover installation

Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner inner HPR cover (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-55 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67991 Conditioner inner HPR cover

488 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-627 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover 489

 Figure 1-628 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-629 Release two tabs

490 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-630 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-631 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover 491

 a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-632 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-633 Remove two screws

492 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-634 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-635 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover 493

 Figure 1-636 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-637 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

494 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-638 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover

b. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-639 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

c. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner inner HPR cover 495

 Figure 1-640 Remove the inner cover (HPR)

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

496 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-641 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner)

Learn how to remove and replace the front door sensor (conditioner) (floor standing finisher printers;
engine).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-56 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67029 Front door sensor (conditioner)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner) 497

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-642 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

498 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-643 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-644 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner) 499

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-645 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-646 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

500 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-647 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-648 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner) 501

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-649 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-650 Remove the cover

3. Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

502 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Remove three screws.

Reinstallation tip: Two of these screws (callout 1) are shorter that the other (callout 2). Make
sure that all of the screws are replaced in the correct position when the cover is reinstalled.

Figure 1-651 Remove three screws

b. Slightly flex the corner of the front inner-right cover to move it out of the way, and then remove
the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-652 Remove the conditioner left-front inner cover

4. Remove the front door sensor (conditioner).

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner) 503

 ■ Disconnect one connector, remove one screw, and then remove the sensor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-653 Remove the front door sensor (conditioner)

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

504 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Conditioner left-front inner cover

a. Make sure that the tab on the conditioner left-front inner cover is seated in the slot on the front
inner-right cover.

Figure 1-654 Install the tab in the slot

b. When correctly installed, the top edges of the conditioner left-front inner and inner right
covers are aligned. If the covers are not aligned, check the tab and slot (see previous special
installation instruction).

Figure 1-655 Check the cover installation

Removal and replacement: Front door sensor (conditioner) 505

 Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling
Learn how to remove and replace the cooling fan 1 and coupling (floor standing finisher printers; engine).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-57 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67015 Cooling fan 1 and coupling

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

506 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-656 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Figure 1-657 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling 507

 Figure 1-658 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-659 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

508 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-660 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-661 Remove the blank cover

Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling 509

 b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-662 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-663 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

510 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-664 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-665 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling 511

 Figure 1-666 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the fan and coupling.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harness from the retainers
(callout 2).

Figure 1-667 Disconnect one connector

b. Separate the flexible rubber duct (callout 1) from the fan housing (callout 2).

NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing, and then pull
the duct away from it.

512 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-668 Release the rubber duct

c. Pull the fan housing and coupling straight out of the hard plastic duct to remove them.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-669 Remove the exhaust fan and coupling

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Cooling fan 1 and coupling 513

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-670 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower

Learn how to remove and replace the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower (floor standing finisher printers;
engine).

514 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-58 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67010 HPR duct (exhaust)

J7Z09-67015 Exhaust fan 2 lower

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Needle-nose pliers

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower 515
 Figure 1-671 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Figure 1-672 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

516 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-673 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-674 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower 517
 Figure 1-675 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-676 Remove the blank cover

518 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-677 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-678 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower 519
 Figure 1-679 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-680 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

520 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-681 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-682 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower 521
 b. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-683 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

c. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-684 Remove the inner cover (HPR)

5. Remove the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

522 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-685 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

b. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the fan housing (callout 1) and from the exhaust
distribution duct (callout 2).

NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing and air box with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing,
and then pull the duct away from it. Pull the duct away from the air box to release it.

Figure 1-686 Release the rubber duct

c. Remove the flexible duct.

Reinstallation tip: To reinstall the duct, first attach the air box end, and then install the fan
housing end.

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower 523
 Figure 1-687 Remove the rubber duct

d. Peel the adhered FFC off of the chassis and duct (make sure to peel it past the joint in the hard
plastic HPR duct—dashed line in the figure below).

IMPORTANT: When the FFC is reinstalled, it must be fully adhered to the duct and chassis or
it will be damaged when the bridge is reinstalled. Press down firmly along the entire length of
the FFC.

Figure 1-688 Release the FFC

e. Disconnect one FFC.

TIP: It might be easier to disconnect the FFC by using needle-nose pliers.

524 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-689 Disconnect one FFC

f. Remove one screw.

CAUTION: Place some sheets of paper in the bridge cavity to prevent the screw from
entering the printer if it is dropped (see the figure below).

Figure 1-690 Remove one screw

g. Rotate the fan end of the duct away from the chassis (callout 1) to release it, and then remove
the fan and duct (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the fan and duct, push in on the hard plastic duct from
the heated pressure roller (HPR) side to make joining the two ducts easier.

Removal and replacement: HPR duct and exhaust fan lower 525
 Figure 1-691 Remove the lower duct and fan

h. Release the wire harness (callout 1) from the duct retainers, and then pull the fan straight out
of the duct (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-692 Remove the lower fan

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

526 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-693 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower
Learn how to remove and replace the exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper, and the exhaust
boot lower (floor standing finisher printers).

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower 527
 Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-59 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67012 Exhaust distribution duct

J7Z09-67013 Exhaust boot upper

J7Z09-67014 Exhaust boot lower

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

528 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-694 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Figure 1-695 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower 529
 Figure 1-696 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-697 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

530 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-698 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-699 Remove the blank cover

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower 531
 b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-700 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-701 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

532 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-702 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-703 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower 533
 Figure 1-704 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the exhaust fan housing (callout 1) and from the air box
(callout 2)

NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing, and then pull
the duct away from it. Pull the duct off of the air box to release it

Figure 1-705 Release the exhaust fan flexible duct

534 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove the flexible upper duct.

Figure 1-706 Remove the rubber duct

c. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the lower fan housing (callout 1) and from the exhaust
distribution duct (callout 2).

NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing and air box with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing,
and then pull the duct away from it. Pull the duct away from the air box to release it.

Figure 1-707 Release the rubber duct

d. Remove the flexible lower duct.

Reinstallation tip: To reinstall the duct, first attach the air box end, and then install the fan
housing end.

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower 535
 Figure 1-708 Remove the rubber duct

e. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-709 Remove one screw

f. Remove the exhaust distribution duct.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

536 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-710 Remove the exhaust distribution duct

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Exhaust distribution duct, exhaust boot upper and lower 537
 ● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-711 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the bridge distribution printed circuit assembly (PCA) (floor standing
finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove the bridge distribution PCA.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-60 part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67003 Bridge distribution PCA

538 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Needle-nose pliers

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly 539

 b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-712 Release two tabs

540 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-713 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-714 Remove the cover

2. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly 541

 a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-715 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-716 Remove two screws

542 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-717 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-718 Remove the cover

3. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly 543

 Figure 1-719 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-720 Remove the bridge assembly

4. Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

544 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-721 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover

b. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-722 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

c. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly 545

 Figure 1-723 Remove the inner cover (HPR)

5. Remove the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-724 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

b. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the fan housing (callout 1) and from the exhaust
distribution duct (callout 2).

NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing and air box with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing,
and then pull the duct away from it. Pull the duct away from the air box to release it.

546 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-725 Release the rubber duct

c. Remove the flexible duct.

Reinstallation tip: To reinstall the duct, first attach the air box end, and then install the fan
housing end.

Figure 1-726 Remove the rubber duct

d. Peel the adhered FFC off of the chassis and duct (make sure to peel it past the joint in the hard
plastic HPR duct—dashed line in the figure below).

IMPORTANT: When the FFC is reinstalled, it must be fully adhered to the duct and chassis or
it will be damaged when the bridge is reinstalled. Press down firmly along the entire length of
the FFC.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly 547

 Figure 1-727 Release the FFC

e. Disconnect one FFC.

TIP: It might be easier to disconnect the FFC by using needle-nose pliers.

Figure 1-728 Disconnect one FFC

f. Remove one screw.

CAUTION: Place some sheets of paper in the bridge cavity to prevent the screw from
entering the printer if it is dropped (see the figure below).

548 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-729 Remove one screw

g. Rotate the fan end of the duct away from the chassis (callout 1) to release it, and then remove
the fan and duct (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the fan and duct, push in on the hard plastic duct from
the heated pressure roller (HPR) side to make joining the two ducts easier.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-730 Remove the lower duct and fan

6. Remove the bridge distribution PCA.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Bridge distribution printed circuit assembly 549

 ■ Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and one connector (callout 1), remove two screws
(callout 2), and then remove the PCA.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-731 Remove the bridge distribution PCA

7. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

550 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge

Learn how to remove and replace the hinge (cartridge door right).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the right cartridge door hinge for HP PageWide 755,
765, 774, 779, 780, and 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the right cartridge door hinge for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 551

 Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-61 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67073 Right cartridge door hinge

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the cartridge door opens and closes correctly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-732 Open the cartridge door

552 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-733 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-734 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 553

 Figure 1-735 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-736 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

554 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-737 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-738 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 555

 Figure 1-739 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

556 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-740 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 557

 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-741 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-742 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

558 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-743 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-744 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 559

 Figure 1-745 Remove the tray(s)

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-746 Locate the cover lock feature

560 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-747 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-748 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 561

 Figure 1-749 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-750 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

562 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-751 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the right cartridge door hinge.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the flat-flexible cable (FFC) from the
chassis (callout 2).

Figure 1-752 Disconnect one connector

b. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the hinge up (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right cartridge door hinge 563

 Figure 1-753 Remove the hinge

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge

Learn how to remove and replace the hinge (cartridge door left).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the left cartridge door hinge for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

564 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-62 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67074 Left cartridge door hinge

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the cartridge door opens and closes correctly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge 565

 a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-754 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-755 Release the left side retainer

566 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-756 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-757 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge 567

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-758 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-759 Release two tabs

568 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-760 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-761 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge 569

 a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

570 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-762 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-763 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge 571

 Figure 1-764 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-765 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

572 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-766 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Figure 1-767 Remove the tray(s)

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge 573

 d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-768 Locate the cover lock feature

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-769 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-770 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

574 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Figure 1-771 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-772 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Left cartridge door hinge 575

 Figure 1-773 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the left cartridge door hinge.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-774 Remove one screw

b. Slide the hinge up to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

576 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-775 Remove the hinge

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly (PCA).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the feed motor encoder PCA for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 577
 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-63 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67018 Feed motor encoder PCA

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

578 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-776 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-777 Release the left side retainer

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 579
 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-778 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-779 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

580 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-780 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-781 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 581
 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-782 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-783 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

582 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 583
 b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-784 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-785 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

584 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-786 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-787 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 585
 b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-788 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Figure 1-789 Remove the tray(s)

586 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-790 Locate the cover lock feature

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-791 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-792 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 587
 g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Figure 1-793 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-794 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

588 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-795 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the feed motor encoder PCA.

a. Locate the feed motor encoder PCA.

Figure 1-796 Locate the feed motor encoder PCA

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 589
 b. Disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 1-797 Disconnect three FFCs and one connector

c. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-798 Remove one screw

d. Release the lower right tab.

Figure 1-799 Release one tab

590 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Release the upper right tab.

Figure 1-800 Release one tab

f. Rotate the top of the PCA away from the printer, and then lift it up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the encoder wheel when removing or installing the PCA.

IMPORTANT: When the PCA is reinstalled, make sure that the feed encoder wheel is
positioned in the encoder sensor on the PCA. The sensor body (at the bottom of the PCA)
straddles the encoder wheel when the PCA is correctly installed.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-801 Remove the PCA

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not

Removal and replacement: Feed motor encoder printed circuit assembly 591
 available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the feed motor.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the feed motor assembly for HP PageWide 785z+,
E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-64 Part information

Feed motor part number Part description

A7W93-67071 Feed motor

NOTE: Includes belt and tensioner assembly.

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

592 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-802 Open the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 593

 b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-803 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-804 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

594 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-805 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-806 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 595

 Figure 1-807 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-808 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

596 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-809 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 597

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-810 Remove five screws

598 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-811 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-812 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 599

 Figure 1-813 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-814 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

600 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-815 Remove the tray(s)

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-816 Locate the cover lock feature

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 601

 e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-817 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-818 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

602 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-819 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-820 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 603

 Figure 1-821 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the feed motor assembly.

a. Locate the feed motor assembly.

Figure 1-822 Locate the feed motor assembly

604 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Push up on the belt tension assembly (callout 1), and then release the drive belt from the gear
(callout 2).

Figure 1-823 Release the drive belt

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harness from the guide
(callout 2).

Figure 1-824 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-825 Remove three screws

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 605

 e. Reach up inside the tray cavity, and then remove the motor cover.

NOTE: Release the wire harness from the cover to remove it.

Figure 1-826 Remove the cover

f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-827 Remove two screws

g. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the chassis (callout 1), and then push the motor
(callout 1) into the tray cavity to release it.

NOTE: The motor casing is press fitted into the hole in the chassis. It might take considerable
force to release the motor.

606 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-828 Release the motor

h. Remove the feed motor assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-829 Remove the motor

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

Removal and replacement: Feed motor assembly 607

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the deskew front drive assembly.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the deskew front drive assembly for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-65 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67050 Deskew front drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #8 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

608 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-830 Open the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 609

 b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-831 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-832 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

610 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-833 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-834 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 611

 Figure 1-835 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-836 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

612 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-837 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 613

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-838 Remove five screws

614 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-839 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-840 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 615

 Figure 1-841 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-842 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

616 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-843 Remove the tray(s)

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-844 Locate the cover lock feature

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 617

 e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-845 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-846 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

618 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-847 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-848 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 619

 Figure 1-849 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the deskew front drive assembly.

a. Locate the deskew front drive assembly.

Figure 1-850 Locate the deskew front drive assembly

620 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite from the holder
and the FFC from the guides (callout 2).

Figure 1-851 Disconnect one FFC

c. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-852 Remove three screws

d. Reach up inside the tray cavity, and then remove the motor cover.

NOTE: Release the FFC from the cover to remove it.

Figure 1-853 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive assembly 621

 e. Remove two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These two screws require a #8 TORX driver.

Figure 1-854 Remove two screws

f. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the chassis (callout 1), and then push the motor
(callout 2) into the tray cavity to release it.

NOTE: Slightly tilt the body of the motor down to release the drive belt while pushing in on the
motor.

Figure 1-855 Release the motor

g. Remove the deskew front drive assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

622 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-856 Remove the motor

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the deskew front drive gear assembly.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video that shows how to remove and replace the deskew front drive gear assembly for
HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 623

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-66 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67095 Deskew front drive gear assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

624 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-857 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-858 Release the left side retainer

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 625

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-859 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-860 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

626 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-861 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-862 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 627

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-863 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-864 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

628 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 629

 b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-865 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-866 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

630 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-867 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-868 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 631

 b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-869 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Figure 1-870 Remove the tray(s)

632 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-871 Locate the cover lock feature

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-872 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-873 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 633

 g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Figure 1-874 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-875 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

634 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-876 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the deskew front drive gear assembly.

a. Locate the deskew front drive gear assembly.

Figure 1-877 Locate the deskew front drive gear assembly

Removal and replacement: Deskew front drive gear assembly 635

 b. Remove one orange retention clip (callout 1).

Figure 1-878 Remove one clip

c. Remove the drive belt and gear together (callout 1).

NOTE: It might seem as though the gear and belt are under too much tension to remove
together, but they can be removed at the same time.

Figure 1-879 Remove the belt and gear

d. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the gear assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

636 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-880 Remove three screws and the gear assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft

Learn how to remove and replace the feed shaft.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the feed shaft for HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+,
E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 637

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-67 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67035 Feed shaft

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: #20 TORX driver

NOTE: This driver is only needed if the printhead is not in the home position and the printhead
manual shaft (at the front of the printhead) is used to move the printhead to the home position.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the service fluid container.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

638 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-881 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the
printer.

Figure 1-882 Pull the service fluid container out

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 639

 c. At the left side service fluid container mounting rail, rotate the blue latch to the open position.

Figure 1-883 Open the blue latch

d. Rotate the left rail mounting pin up and out of the rail (callout 1), slightly slide the service fluid
container to the left (callout 2) to release the right rail mounting pin, and then remove the
service fluid container (callout 3).

Figure 1-884 Remove the service fluid container

2. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

640 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-885 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-886 Release the left side retainer

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 641

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-887 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-888 Remove the cartridge door

3. Remove the front tower cover.

642 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-889 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-890 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 643

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-891 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-892 Remove the cover

4. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

644 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 4b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 645

 b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-893 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-894 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

646 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-895 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-896 Remove the middle internal front cover

5. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 647

 b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-897 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Figure 1-898 Remove the tray(s)

648 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-899 Locate the cover lock feature

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-900 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-901 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 649

 g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 5d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Figure 1-902 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-903 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

650 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-904 Remove the front lower cover

6. Remove the feed shaft.

a. Before proceeding, make sure that the printhead wiper is in the home position (callout 1;
recessed all of the way into the printer).

IMPORTANT: If the printhead wiper is not in the home position, do the following:

1. Remove the output bin.

2. Pull up on, and hold, the printhead bar to make sure that the printhead is fully raised
(release the spring loaded white drive gear located at the rear-left corner of the
assembly).

3. From the right side of the printer push the printhead wiper into the printer until it stops
or, at the front of the printer use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual printhead shaft
counterclockwise to move the printhead to the fully seated home position.

Figure 1-905 Printhead wiper in the home position

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 651

 b. Optional step: From the right side of the printer, pull out the right duplexer to allow more room
to work and provide more light in the internal printer working area.

Figure 1-906 Pull out the right duplexer (optional)

c. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the encoder wheel
protective plate (callout 2).

Figure 1-907 Remove the encoder wheel protective plate

d. Release three tabs (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then move the encoder printed
circuit assembly (PCA) (callout 3) out of the way.

CAUTION: Do not damage the encoder wheel when removing or installing the PCA.

Reinstallation tip: The sensor body (at the bottom of the PCA) straddles the encoder wheel
when the PCA is correctly installed.

652 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-908 Move the encoder PCA out of the way

e. To protect the feed shaft from being scratched during removal, do the following:

i. Place a sheet of paper in the printer positioned up against the feed shaft.

ii. Rotate the feed shaft by pulling on the drive belt between the feed motor and the encoder
wheel to draw the paper into and around the shaft.

iii. When the paper covers the feed shaft, tape it along the seam to hold it in place (callout 1).

Figure 1-909 Paper wrapped around the feed shaft

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 653

 f. At the front of the printer, push up on the belt tension assembly (callout 1), and then release the
drive belt (callout 2) from the feed motor gear.

Figure 1-910 Release the drive belt

g. Slightly pull out on the white plastic bearing clip (callout 1), and then rotate the clip up (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-911 Release the bearing clip

h. Reach into the left side of the printer and support the feed shaft, and then slide the shaft out
and away from the printer.

Figure 1-912 Slide the shaft out

654 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Continue to slide the shaft out and away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-913 Remove the feed shaft

7. Unpack the replacement assembly.

IMPORTANT: The replacement feed shaft comes with a protective sleeve installed which prevents
it from being scratched.

Do not remove the protective sleeve until after installing the replacement feed shaft.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Feed shaft 655

 8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Feed shaft

a. Slide the replacement feed shaft into the printer.

IMPORTANT: The replacement feed shaft comes with a protective sleeve installed which
prevents it from being scratched.

Do not remove the protective sleeve until after installing the feed shaft.

Reinstallation tip: Before installing the feed shaft, transfer the drive belt form the discarded
shaft to the replacement feed shaft.

b. Before proceeding, take note that the clip on the white plastic bearing surface must be
correctly aligned with the slotted hole in the printer chassis.

c. Support the feed shaft (callout 1) and maneuver the internal end of the shaft into the round
white-plastic mounting feature located on the chassis (callout 2).

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the clip on the bearing surface is aligned with the slotted hole in
the printer chassis (callout 3).

656 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Continue to slide the shaft into the printer until it is fully seated.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)
for HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

NOTE: The tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However, the
procedure is correct for the Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration.

Use the steps for removing the Tray 3 (A4) pickup roller arm for a Tray 2 (A3) configuration.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 657
 Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-68 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67079 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the pickup roller arm was replaced as the source
tray.

1. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

658 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-914 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-915 Release the left side retainer

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 659
 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-916 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-917 Remove the cartridge door

2. Remove the front tower cover.

660 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-918 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-919 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 661
 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-920 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-921 Remove the cover

3. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

662 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 3b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 663
 b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-922 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-923 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

664 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-924 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-925 Remove the middle internal front cover

4. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 665
 b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-926 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Figure 1-927 Remove the tray(s)

666 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-928 Locate the cover lock feature

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-929 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-930 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 667
 g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 4d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Figure 1-931 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-932 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

668 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-933 Remove the front lower cover

5. Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s).

NOTE: The tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However, the
procedure is correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration.

Use the steps in this procedure for removing the Tray 3 (A4) pickup roller arm for a Tray 2 (A3)
printer configuration.

a. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention
clip.

NOTE:

● The right most clip is present in Tray 2 (A3) and Tray 3 (A4) printer configurations.

● The left most clip is only present in tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configurations.

Figure 1-934 Release the retention clip

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 669
 b. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the printer to release the opposite end of the
shaft.

Figure 1-935 Pull the shaft out

c. Slide the assembly at an angle back into the tray cavity until the front end of the shaft can
drop below the chassis.

Figure 1-936 Slide the shaft in

d. Remove the pickup roller arm.

NOTE: For the tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration, repeat steps 5b and 5c for the A4
Tray 2.

670 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-937 Remove the pickup roller arm

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s) 671
 a. Install the assembly shaft into the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch (callout 1). Make sure
that the white slotted arm (callout 2) on the pickup roller arm installs over the tab on the lift
assembly (callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: You might have to rotate the shaft to align it with the keyed opening drive
assembly.

b. The shaft is correctly installed in the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch when it protrudes
about 6 mm (.23 in) through the hole in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

The image indicates the correct shaft installation.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 2 or Tray 3 separation assembly
(755/765/774/779/780/785).

672 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video that shows how to remove and replace the Tray 2 or Tray 3 separation assembly
(785z+/E77650z+/E77660z+/P77940dn+).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-69 part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67031 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

● Optional: Flashlight

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the separation assembly was replaced as the
source tray.

1. Remove the right side vertical path guide.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 673
 a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-938 Open the right door

b. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-939 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom of the right side vertical path guide up
and away from the printer to release it.

Reinstallation tip: Slightly flex the bottom left corner of the right side vertical path guide
(callout 1) to engage one tab.

674 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-940 Release the right side vertical path guide

d. Remove the right side vertical path guide

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-941 Remove the right side vertical path guide

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 675
 Figure 1-942 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-943 Open the rear access covers

676 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-944 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-945 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 677
 a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-946 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-947 Release the left side retainer

678 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-948 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-949 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the front tower cover.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 679
 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-950 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-951 Release two tabs

680 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-952 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-953 Remove the cover

5. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 681
 a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

The image indicates releasing the door hinges.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

682 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-954 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-955 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 683
 Figure 1-956 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-957 Remove the middle internal front cover

6. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

684 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-958 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Figure 1-959 Remove the tray(s)

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 685
 d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-960 Locate the cover lock feature

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-961 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-962 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

686 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 6d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Figure 1-963 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-964 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 687
 Figure 1-965 Remove the front lower cover

7. Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s).

NOTE: The tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However, the
procedure is correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration.

Use the steps in this procedure for removing the Tray 3 (A4) pickup roller arm for a Tray 2 (A3)
printer configuration.

a. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention
clip.

NOTE:

● The right most clip is present in Tray 2 (A3) and Tray 3 (A4) printer configurations.

● The left most clip is only present in tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configurations.

Figure 1-966 Release the retention clip

688 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the printer to release the opposite end of the
shaft.

Figure 1-967 Pull the shaft out

c. Slide the assembly at an angle back into the tray cavity until the front end of the shaft can
drop below the chassis.

Figure 1-968 Slide the shaft in

d. Remove the pickup roller arm.

NOTE: For the tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration, repeat steps 7b and 7c for the A4
Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 689
 Figure 1-969 Remove the pickup roller arm

8. Remove the Tray 2 (A4) or Tray 3 (A3) separation assembly.

NOTE: A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for
all printer models.

a. At the rear of the printer, locate the rear side of the separation assembly.

Figure 1-970 Locate the rear side of the separation assembly

690 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1), and then release the
ferrite from the holder (callout 2).

Figure 1-971 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

c. Disconnect two small FFCs (callout 1).

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect small FFCs.

Figure 1-972 Disconnect two small FFCs

d. At the front of the printer, remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-973 Remove three screws

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 691
 e. Reach up into the tray cavity, remove the motor cover, and then move it out of the way.

CAUTION: The motor cover is still attached to the printer by a FFC and wire harness that
pass through the cover. Do not attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-974 Move the motor cover out of the way

f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-975 Remove two screws

692 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 g. Support the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly, and then push the left end (the end
nearest the front of the printer) into the tray cavity.

Figure 1-976 Release the separation assembly

h. Remove the separation assembly.

Figure 1-977 Remove the separation assembly

9. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 693
 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup roller arm(s)

a. Install the assembly shaft into the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch (callout 1). Make sure
that the white slotted arm (callout 2) on the pickup roller arm installs over the tab on the lift
assembly (callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: You might have to rotate the shaft to align it with the keyed opening drive
assembly.

The image indicates installing the pickup roller arm.

b. The shaft is correctly installed in the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch when it protrudes
about 6 mm (.23 in) through the hole in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Image indicating correct shaft install.

694 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly

a. If a replacement assembly is installed, install the black plastic mounting bracket from the
discarded assembly on the replacement assembly, and then install two screws (callout 1).

b. Take note of the mounting tabs on the separation assembly.

c. Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation assembly 695
 Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the lift assembly on Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4).

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-70 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67022 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

696 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Table top models only: Before proceeding, it might be easier to access and remove the
assembly if a ream of paper is used to prop up the side of the printer. For example, the Tray 2
side of a tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown below.

CAUTION: When propping up the side of a printer, always use a sealed ream of paper (not a
stack of loose paper) to make sure that the printer will not shift or fall during removal or
installation of the part.

Figure 1-978 Prop up the side of the printer

b. At the front of the printer remove the tray, disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove two
screws (callout 2).

Pull the lift assembly off of the printer chassis to remove it.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly 697
 Figure 1-979 Remove the lift assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) lift assembly

698 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. When installing the assembly, make sure that the tab on the assembly is in the arm on the
pickup roller arm shaft.

b. Make sure that the lift assembly is flat against the printer chassis before installing the
mounting screws. There is a tab on the back side of the assembly that must be inserted
in a hole in the chassis. Push the assembly firmly against the chassis to seat this tab.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit REDI sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the duplex exit reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.

View a video of how to remove and replace the duplex exit REDI sensor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit REDI sensor 699

 Table 1-71 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67076 REDI sensor

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the tray.

NOTE: The tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However, the
procedure is correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration and for all optional 1X550-sheet
input feeders.

■ Pull the tray out of the printer until it stops, slightly lift the front of the tray up, and then pull it out
of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-980 Remove the tray or trays

2. Remove the duplex exit REDI sensor.

700 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Look up in the tray cavity, and then locate the duplex exit REDI sensor and holder.

Figure 1-981 Locate the duplex exit REDI sensor and holder

b. Squeeze the tabs on the holder, and then pull down on the sensor holder to release it.

CAUTION: The sensor is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable(FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the sensor.

Figure 1-982 Release the sensor holder

c. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the REDI sensor (callout 1) from the holder (callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit REDI sensor 701

 Figure 1-983 Remove the REDI sensor

1
2

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (left access)

Learn how to remove and replace the internal parts and assemblies (left access).

702 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Module left paper path
Learn how to remove and replace the module left paper path (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-72 part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67032 Module left paper path

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR).

Removal and replacement: Module left paper path 703

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-984 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-985 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

704 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-986 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the module left paper path.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove one screw, and then slide the cover toward the inside of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: This screw is longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use this screw when
reinstalling the cover.

Figure 1-987 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Module left paper path 705

 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC; callout 1), and then release the retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-988 Disconnect one FFC

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the retainer strap.

Reinstallation tip: Align the sheet-metal portion of the strap with the edge of the chassis
(callout 2) when it is reinstalled.

Figure 1-989 Remove one screw

706 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Remove one screw (top screw; callout 1), and then lift up the front-hinge pin retainer (callout 2)
to remove it.

Figure 1-990 Remove the front-hinge pin retainer

e. Lift up the rear-hinge pin retainer to remove it.

TIP: Use a #10 Torx driver to lift up and remove the retainer.

Figure 1-991 Remove the rear-hinge pin retainer

Removal and replacement: Module left paper path 707

 f. With the assembly held flat, lift the front-hinge pin out of the retainer, and then rotate it out and
away from the printer.

Figure 1-992 Release the front-hinge pin

g. Slide the assembly toward the front of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: The spring on the rear hinge pin is not captive. Do not lose the spring when removing
the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-993 Remove the module left paper path

708 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 h. Optional step: If the spring (on the rear hinge pin) is dislodged, use the following figure to
correctly install it.

Figure 1-994 Correctly install the spring

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Module left paper path 709

 Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower
Learn how to remove and replace the exit guide lower (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-73 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67009 Exit guide lower

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR).

710 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-995 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-996 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower 711

 Figure 1-997 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the exit guide lower.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove five screws.

Figure 1-998 Remove five screws

712 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Before proceeding, take note of the keyed slots and screws along the top of the assembly.

Figure 1-999 Note of the keyed slots and screws

c. Pull the guide forward, and then lift it up to disengage the screws and keyed slots. Remove the
guide.

Figure 1-1000 Remove the exit guide lower

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower 713

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Exit guide lower

■ When installing the guide, make sure that the rail on the lower right end of the guide (callout 1)
engages with the slot in the air duct (callout 2).

Figure 1-1001 Install the exit guide lower

Removal and replacement: Left door strap

Learn how to remove and replace the left door strap.

714 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove and replace the left door strap.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-74 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67058 Strap, left door

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the left door strap.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Left door strap 715

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1002 Open the left door

b. Locate the retention strap at the bottom of the door. Flex the back side of the strap down and
over the pin on the door to release it.

Figure 1-1003 Release the door retention strap

c. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the left door strap.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

716 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1004 Remove two screws and the left door strap

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Output bin REDI sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the output bin reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.

Removal and replacement: Output bin REDI sensor 717

 View a video of how to remove and replace the output bin REDI sensor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-75 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67076 Output bin REDI sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

NOTE: Needle-nose pliers make removing and installing flat-flexible cables (FFCs) easier.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the output bin reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.

718 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1005 Open the left door

b. Locate the output bin REDI and holder (callout 1).

Figure 1-1006 Locate the output bin REDI

c. Pull the sensor and holder straight out of the printer to release it, and then disconnect one
flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1).

NOTE: The holder might need to be flexed from side to side to release it from the printer.

Removal and replacement: Output bin REDI sensor 719

 Figure 1-1007 Release the sensor and holder

d. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then separate the sensor (callout 2) from the holder
(callout 3) to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1008 Remove the sensor

3 1

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

720 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Output bin REDI sensor

Calibrate the output bin REDI sensor.

a. At the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools button.

b. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then select the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor

Learn how to remove and replace the duplex diverter motor.

Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor 721

 View a video of how to remove and replace the duplex diverter motor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-76 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67056 Duplex diverter motor

Required tools
● #10 TORX short shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the duplex diverter motor.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

722 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1009 Open the left door

b. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1010 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor 723

 c. Remove the upper motor cover (callout 1).

Figure 1-1011 Remove the upper cover

d. Rotate the top of the lower motor cover away from the door to release it (callout 1), and then
pull it straight off of the door to remove it (callout 2).

NOTE: Removing the lower cover is not necessary to remove the duplex diverter motor.
However, the cover is not captive and might fall of during motor removal.

Figure 1-1012 Remove the lower cover

724 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Locate the retention strap at the bottom of the door. Flex the back side of the strap down and
over the pin on the door to release it.

Figure 1-1013 Release the door retention strap

f. Locate the duplex diverter motor.

Figure 1-1014 Locate the motor

g. Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the motor (callout 2).

TIP: Use a #10 TORX driver with a short shaft to remove this screw.

Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor 725

 Figure 1-1015 Remove one screw

h. Slide the motor to the right to separate it from the door.

CAUTION: The motor is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the motor.

Figure 1-1016 Separate the motor from the door

726 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the motor.

Figure 1-1017 Disconnect the FFC and remove the motor

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex diverter motor 727

 3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Duplex diverter motor

a. Connect one FFC (callout 1).

b. Take note of the tabs (callout 1) on the motor mounting bracket, and the slots (callout 2) in the
door chassis. When the motor is correctly installed the tabs fit into the slots.

c.

d. When the motor is correctly installed the worm drive (callout 1) on the motor is behind and
engaged with the diverter cam (callout 2).

728 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Install the motor on the door chassis (the tabs on the mounting bracket fit into the slots in the
chassis, and the worm gear is behind and engaged with the diverter cam).

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

TIP: Rotate the diverter plate up and down to make installing the motor easier.

Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the duplex jam1 sensor.

Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor 729

 View a video of how to remove and replace the duplex jam 1 sensor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-77 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67076 Duplex jam1 sensor

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the duplex jam 1 sensor.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: The jam duplex 2/3 sensors are mounted in a similar plastic mounting bracket. Jam
sensors 1/2 are located under the service fluid container, and the jam 3 sensor is located up inside
the Tray 3 cavity.

730 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1018 Open the left door

b. Locate the sensor/holder, push in on both sides of the holder to release it, and then pull the
sensor/holder straight down to separate it from the printer.

CAUTION: The sensor/holder is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC) Do
not attempt to completely remove the sensor/holder

Figure 1-1019 Remove the sensor/holder

Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor 731

 c. Remove the sensor (callout 1) from the holder (callout 2).

Figure 1-1020 Remove the sensor from the holder

d. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1).

Figure 1-1021 Disconnect one FFC

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

732 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Duplex jam1 sensor (1 of 2)

a. When the FFC (callout 1) is correctly connected, it must be orientated toward the bottom of the
sensor (callout 2). This orientation different than other FFC installations.

b. Take note of the outside edges of the holder (callout 1) and the tabs (callout 2) in the printer.
The holder snaps into the tabs when it is correctly installed.

Image indicates the sensor holder and tabs

Removal and replacement: Duplex jam 1 sensor 733

 c. Remove the tray and reach into the tray cavity. Use your finger to support the sensor/holder,
and then push up on the sensor/holder until it snaps into place.

Duplex jam1 sensor (2 of 2)

a. At the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools button.

b. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

734 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then select the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 1 separation assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 1 separation assembly.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-78 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67098 Tray 1 separation assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX short thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly 735

 After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the Tray 1 separation assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1022 Open the left door

736 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1023 Remove two screws

c. Remove the upper motor cover (callout 1).

Figure 1-1024 Remove the upper cover

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly 737

 d. Rotate the top of the lower motor cover away from the door to release it (callout 1), and then
pull it straight off of the door to remove it (callout 2).

Figure 1-1025 Remove the lower cover

e. Disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2)
from the holder.

Figure 1-1026 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Remove two screws (callout 1)

TIP: Use a short thin shaft #10 TORX driver to remove these screws.

738 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1027 Remove two screws

g. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-1028 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 separation assembly 739

 h. Simultaneously slide the assembly to the right and rotate the top of the assembly away from
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1029 Release the assembly from the door

i. Separate the assembly from the door.

CAUTION: The Tray 1 separation assembly is still attached to the printer by a FFC. Do not
attempt to completely remove the assembly

Figure 1-1030 Separate the assembly from the door

j. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the assembly.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

740 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1031 Disconnect one FFC and remove the Tray 1 separation assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor

Learn how to to remove and replace the Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor 741

 View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-79 part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67076 Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the Tray 1 separation assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

742 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1032 Open the left door

b. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1033 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor 743

 c. Remove the upper motor cover (callout 1).

Figure 1-1034 Remove the upper cover

d. Rotate the top of the lower motor cover away from the door to release it (callout 1), and then
pull it straight off of the door to remove it (callout 2).

Figure 1-1035 Remove the lower cover

744 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2)
from the holder.

Figure 1-1036 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Remove two screws (callout 1)

TIP: Use a short thin shaft #10 TORX driver to remove these screws.

Figure 1-1037 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor 745

 g. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-1038 Remove one screw

h. Simultaneously slide the assembly to the right and rotate the top of the assembly away from
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1039 Release the assembly from the door

i. Separate the assembly from the door.

CAUTION: The Tray 1 separation assembly is still attached to the printer by a FFC. Do not
attempt to completely remove the assembly

746 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1040 Separate the assembly from the door

j. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the assembly.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1041 Disconnect one FFC and remove the Tray 1 separation assembly

2. Remove the Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor 747

 a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the FFC (callout 2) from the
guide (stop at the ferrite).

Figure 1-1042 Disconnect one FFC

b. Depress the retention tab (callout 1), and then slide the ferrite to the left to release it.

CAUTION: The retention tab is fragile. Do not damage this tab when the ferrite is released.

Figure 1-1043 Release the ferrite

c. Slide the ferrite off of the FFC to remove it.

NOTE: Set the ferrite aside to use during installation.

748 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1044 Remove the ferrite

d. Thread the FFC through the opening in the Tray 1 separation assembly.

Figure 1-1045 Thread the FFC through the opening

e. Release the locking arm (callout 1), push up on the sensor body (callout 2), and then slide the
sensor and bracket to the left (callout 3) to remove them.

TIP: It might be easier to release the locking arm by using needle nose pliers.

It might be easier to release the mounting bracket if you loosen the screw.

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 out-of-paper sensor 749

 Figure 1-1046 Remove the sensor and bracket

f. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the sensor from the bracket (callout 2).

NOTE: If the FFC is not being replaced, disconnect it now for use when installing the
replacement sensor.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1047 Remove the sensor

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

750 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (right access)

Learn how to remove and replace the internal parts and assemblies (right access).

Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors
Learn how to remove and replace the right door open, temperature and humidity, and reflective edge
detection interrupter (REDI) sensors.

View a video of how to remove and replace the right door temperature/humidity sensors and
REDI sensors.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (right access) 751
 Table 1-80 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67070 Right door open and temperature/humidity sensor

A7W93-67076 REDI sensors

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1048 Remove four screws

752 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1049 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1050 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors 753
 Figure 1-1051 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right door.

NOTE: Removing the right door is optional. It might be easier to remove the temperature/humidity
sensor with the right door removed.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all
printer models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1052 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

754 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1053 Remove the right tower cover

c. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the right door strap.

Figure 1-1054 Remove right door strap

d. Remove one screw (callout 1).

NOTE: This is the gold screw on the top sheet-metal hinge.

Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors 755
 Figure 1-1055 Remove one screw

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then release
the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder.

Figure 1-1056 Disconnect two FFCs and release the ferrite

756 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

f. Release the FFCs from the guide.

Figure 1-1057 Release the FFCs

g. Slightly flex the corner of the right door cover (callout 1), and then lift the door straight up to
remove it (callout 2) from the hinges.

Figure 1-1058 Remove the right door

h. Optional step: If a replacement right door is installed, remove the retention strap (callout 1).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors 757
 Figure 1-1059 Remove the retention strap

3. Remove the right door, temperature and humidity sensors, and REDI sensors.

a. Remove six screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These are the six remaining screws on the right door.

Figure 1-1060 Remove six screws

b. Push up on the inner door assembly to release it.

NOTE: It might be easier to release the inner door assembly if the door latch is kept in the
door released (open) position.

758 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1061 Release the right inner door assembly

c. Separate the right inner door assembly from the right door.

Figure 1-1062 Remove the right inner door assembly

Removal and replacement: Right door temperature/humidity sensors and REDI sensors 759
 d. Remove the right door open and temperature/humidity sensor: Turn the right inner door over,
disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).

Figure 1-1063 Remove the right door open and temperature/humidity sensor

e. Remove the right door upper REDI sensor: Turn the right inner door over, disconnect one
connector (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).

Figure 1-1064 Remove the right door upper REDI sensor

f. Remove the right door lower REDI sensor: Turn the right inner door over, disconnect one
connector (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies.

760 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1065 Remove the right door lower REDI sensor

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right side vertical path guide

Learn how to remove and replace the vertical side path guide.

Removal and replacement: Right side vertical path guide 761

 View a video of how to remove and replace the right side vertical path guide.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-81 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path guide

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right side vertical path guide.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

762 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1066 Open the right door

b. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-1067 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom of the right side vertical path guide up
and away from the printer to release it.

TIP: Slightly flex the bottom left corner of the right side vertical path guide (callout 1) to
engage one tab.

Removal and replacement: Right side vertical path guide 763

 Figure 1-1068 Release the right side vertical path guide

d. Remove the right side vertical path guide

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1069 Remove the right side vertical path guide

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

764 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Right duplexer

Learn how to remove and replace the right duplexer.

View a video of how to remove and replace the right duplexer.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-82 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67032 Right duplexer

Removal and replacement: Right duplexer 765

 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a duplex print job to verify that the printer is properly functioning.

1. Remove the right duplexer.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1070 Open the right door

766 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Grasp the right- and left-side green handles, and pull the right duplex assembly straight out of
the printer until it stops.

Figure 1-1071 Pull the right duplex assembly out of the printer

c. Rotate the assembly down and out of the way.

Figure 1-1072 Move the assembly out of the way

Removal and replacement: Right duplexer 767

 d. Pull out on the two black retention clips on the right duplexer right- and left-side mounting rails
to remove them.

Figure 1-1073 Remove the retention clips

e. Slightly slide the left-side right duplexer mounting arm into the printer, and then rotate it down
and out of the left rail.

Figure 1-1074 Release the left-side boss

f. Slightly slide the right-side right duplexer mounting arm into the printer, and then rotate it down
and out of the right rail to remove the assembly.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

768 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1075 Release the right-side boss

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (rear access)

Learn how to remove and replace the internal parts and assemblies (rear access).

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (rear access) 769
 Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA)
Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA) (floor standing
finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-83 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67018 Conditioner main PCA

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

770 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1076 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1077 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA) 771
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1078 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1079 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

772 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1080 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1081 Remove the conditioner rear cover

3. Remove the conditioner main PCA.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA) 773
 a. Do the following:

i. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove four screws (callout 2) and the
AC line filter and cover.

ii. Disconnect one inline connector (callout 3), and then release the wire harness from the
retainers (callout 4).

Figure 1-1082 Remove the AC line filter and cover

b. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the wire harnesses from the retainers (callout 2), and
then release one tab (callout 3).

NOTE: This screw requires athin shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1083 Remove one screw

774 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the top of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then lift it up and off (callout
2) of the chassis to remove it.

Figure 1-1084 Remove the cover

d. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove five screws, and then remove the PCA.

Reinstallation tip: There are nine flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and 5 wire-harness connectors.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1085 Remove the conditioner main PCA

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner main printed circuit assembly (PCA) 775
 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket
Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket (floor
standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

776 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-84 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67021 Conditioner power supply

J7Z09-67025 Rear-left support bracket

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket 777
 Figure 1-1086 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1087 Open the rear access covers

778 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1088 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1089 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket 779
 Figure 1-1090 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1091 Remove the conditioner rear cover

3. Remove the conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

780 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses from the retainers
(callout 2).

NOTE: This screw requires a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1092 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the top of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then lift it up and off
(callout 2) of the chassis to remove it.

Figure 1-1093 Remove the cover

c. Remove one screw (callout 1), lift up and rotate the bracket away from the chassis (callout 2) to
remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the heat shield (callout 3) when removing the bracket.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket 781
 TIP: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1094 Remove the bracket

d. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and three connectors.

Figure 1-1095 Disconnect one FFC and three connectors

782 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Remove five screws.

Figure 1-1096 Remove five screws

f. Rotate the bottom of the assembly out and away from the chassis (callout 1), and then pull it
down to separate it (callout 2) from the printer.

CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a wire harness on the back side. Do
not attempt to fully remove the assembly.

Figure 1-1097 Release the assembly

g. Turn the assembly over, and then disconnect one connector.

Reinstallation tip: It might be easier to reinstall the assembly by first removing the heat
shield.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner power supply and rear-left support bracket 783
 Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1098 Disconnect one connector and remove the conditioner power supply

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

784 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Formatter
Learn how to remove and replace the formatter.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the formatter.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-85 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z04-67902 Formatter with instruction guide (765/E751/P752; SFP)

J7Z04-67903 Formatter with instruction guide (765/E751/P752; SFP; India/China)

J7Z09-67912 Formatter with instruction guide (780/785/E776; MFP)

J7Z09-67913 Formatter with instruction guide (780/785/E776; MFP; India/China)

Y3Z60-67901 Formatter with instruction guide (P774/P779; MFP)

Y3Z60-67902 Formatter with instruction guide (P774/P779; MFP; India/China)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Formatter 785

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-1099 Release the formatter cover

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1100 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

786 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1101 Loosen two thumb screws

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1102 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Remove the optional small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM).

NOTE: This step is for printers with an optional SODIMM installed. For all other printers, skip this
step and go to 4.

Removal and replacement: Formatter 787

 a. Locate the SODIMM on the formatter.

Figure 1-1103 Locate the SODIMM

b. Release two locking arms (callout 1), allow the edge of the SODIMM to rotate away from the
holder (callout 2), and then remove the SODIMM.

Figure 1-1104 Remove the SODIMM

4. Remove the hard disk drive (HDD models only).

NOTE: This step is for printers with an HDD installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to
5.

TIP: If an accelerator HDD is installed, disconnect the fan connector before removing it.

NOTE: A standard hard-disk drive (HDD) is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are
correct for all HDDs.

788 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Accelerator HDDs only: Disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-1105 Disconnect one connector

b. Release the locking connector (callout 1), and then pinch the retainer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-1106 Release the HDD

Removal and replacement: Formatter 789

 c. Rotate the connector end of the HDD out and away from the formatter (callout 1), and then
slide it to the left (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-1107 Remove the HDD

5. Remove the fax PCA (fax models only).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a fax PCA installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go
to 6.

a. Locate the fax PCA on the formatter.

Figure 1-1108 Locate the fax PCA

790 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA away from the formatter (callout 1), and then slide it to
the left (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-1109 Remove the fax PCA

6. Remove the Trusted platform module (TPM).

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFP
printers.

a. Locate the TPM on the formatter.

Figure 1-1110 Locate the TPM

Removal and replacement: Formatter 791

 b. Pull the TPM straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.

Figure 1-1111 Remove the TPM

7. Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC models only).

NOTE: This step is for printers with an eMMC PCA. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 8.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.

Image indicating the location of the eMMC (1 of 2).

b. Locate the eMMC on the formatter.

Image indicating the location of the eMMC (2 of 2).

792 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Do one of the following:

a. Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.

b. Pull the eMMC straight off the formatter PCA to remove it.

NOTE: The smart transducer monitoring system printed circuit assembly (PCA) (callout 1)
does not need to be removed to remove the eMMC PCA.

Removal and replacement: Formatter 793

 8. Remove the formatter.

IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install a replacement hard disk drive (HDD; MFPs), eMMC
(SFPs), and formatter PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer
power on between installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.

a. For an MFP, do the following:

i. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

ii. Remove five screws, and then remove the formatter.

794 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. For an SFP, do the following:

i. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.

ii. Remove five screws, and then remove the formatter.

9. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Formatter 795

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

10. Install the formatter.

WARNING! For a replacement formatter, the TPM must be reinstalled before the printer power is
turned on. Failure to reinstall the TPM will cause the printer to be disabled.

IMPORTANT: Do not simultaneously install a replacement hard disk drive (HDD) and formatter
PCA. Remove and install each part separately, making sure to turn the printer power on between
installations. Failure to do so results in an unusable printer.

a. For an MFP, do the following:

i. Position the formatter in the printer, and then install five screws.

ii. Connect all of the connectors on the formatter.

NOTE: Make sure to transfer the smart transducer monitoring system PCA (if installed)
from the discarded failed formatter to the replacement formatter.

796 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. For a SFP, do the following:

i. Position the formatter in the printer, and then install five screws.

ii. Connect all of the connectors on the formatter.

NOTE: Make sure to transfer the smart transducer monitoring system PCA (if installed)
from the discarded failed formatter to the replacement formatter.

Removal and replacement: Formatter 797

 11. Install the eMMC (eMMC models only).

NOTE: This step is for printers with an eMMC PCA installed. For all other printers, skip this step
and go to 12.

a. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter
(callout 2).

NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.

Figure 1-1112 Align the connectors (1 of 2)

Figure 1-1113 Align the connectors (2 of 2)

798 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Do one of the following:

a. Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.

IMPORTANT: Press on the connector side of the eMMC to make sure it is fully seated in
the formatter connector.

Image indicating installing the eMMC (1 of 2)

b. Push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.

IMPORTANT: Press on the connector side of the eMMC to make sure it is fully seated in
the formatter connector.

NOTE: The smart transducer monitoring system printed circuit assembly (PCA) (callout 1)
does not need to be removed to install the eMMC PCA.

Image indicating installing the eMMC (2 of 2).

Removal and replacement: Formatter 799

 12. Install the TPM.

WARNING! For a replacement formatter, the TPM must be reinstalled before the printer power is
turned on. Failure to reinstall the TPM will cause the printer to be disabled.

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFP
printers.

a. Align the connector on the replacement TPM (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter
(callout 2).

NOTE: The TPM can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.

Figure 1-1114 Align the connectors

800 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Push the TPM onto the formatter to install it.

IMPORTANT: If the TPM is not installed on the formatter (or is not fully seated), a 33.04.01
Missing TPM message appears on the control-panel display when the printer power is turned
on. The printer is unusable until the TPM is installed.

NOTE: Press on the connector side of the TPM to ensure it is fully seated in the formatter
connector.

Figure 1-1115 Install the TPM

13. Install the fax PCA (fax models only).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a fax PCA installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go
to 14.

a. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet metal where the fax
telephone port must be installed.

Figure 1-1116 Locate the slot in the sheet metal

b. Position the telephone port on the right end of the fax PCA through the sheet metal in the
formatter case (callout 1). Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA toward the formatter
(callout 2), and then install the connector on the fax PCA into the connector on the formatter.

NOTE: The corner of the fax PCA must be installed in the slot in the sheet metal (callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Formatter 801

 Figure 1-1117 Install the fax PCA

3
2

14. Install the HDD (HDD models only).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a HDD installed. For all other printers, skip this step and go to
15.

NOTE: A standard hard-disk drive (HDD) is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are
correct for all HDDs.

a. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet metal where the HDD
cradle mounting tab must be installed.

Figure 1-1118 Locate the slot in the sheet metal

802 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Insert the HDD cradle mounting tab in the slot in the sheet-metal, slide the HDD to the right
(callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal, and then rotate the connector end (callout 2)
of the HDD toward the formatter.

Figure 1-1119 Install the HDD

c. Make sure that the locking connector (callout 1) latches and that the standoff (callout 2)
engages with the slot in the formatter (it might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it
with the slot).

Figure 1-1120 Check the HDD connector

Removal and replacement: Formatter 803

 d. Accelerator HDDs only: Connect one connector.

Figure 1-1121 Connect one connector

15. Install the optional SODIMM.

NOTE: This step is for printers with an optional SODIMM installed. For all other printers, skip this
step and go to 16.

NOTE: An MFP is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFPs.

a. Insert the SODIMM in the holder.

TIP: The SODIMM is keyed and can only be inserted in the holder one way.

Figure 1-1122 Insert the SODIMM

804 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Rotate the SODIMM toward the holder (callout 1), and then make sure that the two locking
arms snap into place (callout 2).

Figure 1-1123 Install the SODIMM

16. Install the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-1124 Install the formatter cage cover

Removal and replacement: Formatter 805

 b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-1125 Tighten two thumb screws

17. Install the formatter cover.

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1126 Install the formatter cover

b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

806 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1127 Install the formatter cover

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+)

Learn how to remove and replace the fax PCA.

View a video of how to remove and replace the fax PCA.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-86 Part information

Part number Part description

B5L53-67901 Fax PCA with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+) 807

 ○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-1128 Release the formatter cover

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1129 Remove the formatter cover

808 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1130 Loosen two thumb screws

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1131 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Remove the fax PCA.

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+) 809

 a. Locate the fax PCA on the formatter.

Figure 1-1132 Locate the fax PCA

b. Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA away from the formatter (callout 1), and then slide it to
the left (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-1133 Remove the fax PCA

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

810 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Install the fax PCA.

a. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet-metal where the fax
telephone port must be installed.

Figure 1-1134 Locate the slot in the sheet metal

b. Position the telephone port on the right end of the fax PCA through the sheet metal in the
formatter case (callout 1). Rotate the connector end of the fax PCA toward the formatter
(callout 2), and then install the connector on the fax PCA into the connector on the formatter.

NOTE: The corner of the fax PCA must be installed in the slot in the sheet metal (callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+) 811

 Figure 1-1135 Install the fax PCA

1
3
2

6. Install the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-1136 Install the formatter cage cover

812 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-1137 Tighten two thumb screws

7. Install the formatter cover.

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1138 Install the formatter cover

b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (785f/785zs/785z+) 813

 Figure 1-1139 Install the formatter cover

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage

Learn how to remove and replace the formatter cage.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-87 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67945 Formatter cage (includes faceplate labels for SFP and MFP printers)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

#20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

814 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1140 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage 815

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1141 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1142 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

816 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1143 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter cage.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1). and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1144 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cage 817

 ● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-1145 Disconnect one connector

818 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Remove five screws.

Figure 1-1146 Remove five screws

e. Remove the formatter cage.

NOTE: Remove four screws, and then transfer the formatter PCA to the replacement cage.

MFP and SFP faceplate labels are included in the formatter cage kit.

Figure 1-1147 Remove the formatter cage

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB)

Learn how to remove and replace the scanner control board (SCB).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 819

 View a video of how to remove and replace the scanner control board for HP PageWide 780,
and 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the scanner control board for HP PageWide 774,779,
P77440, P77940-P77960 series with inline finisher configurations.

View a video of how to remove and replace the scanner control board for HP PageWide 774,
779, P77440, P77940-P77960 series with no inline finisher configurations.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-88 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67907 Scanner control board (SCB) Enterprise printers (780/785/E776)

J7Z09-67908 Scanner control board (SCB) Work Flow printers (785/E776)

Y3Z60-67905 Scanner control board (SCB) (P774/P779)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

NOTE: This item only needed for printers with the inline finisher configuration.

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

820 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Post service test
Use the document feeder and/or flatbed glass to make a copy.

1. Remove the rear cover.

NOTE: This step is only required for printers with the inline finisher configuration. For all other
models, skip this step and go to 3.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1148 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 821

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1149 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1150 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

822 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1151 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

NOTE: This step is only required for printers with the inline finisher configuration. For all other
models, skip this step and go to 3.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-1152 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 823

 Figure 1-1153 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-1154 Locations of the tabs on the cover

824 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-1155 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1156 Remove the cover

3. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 825

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1157 Remove two screws

b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

Figure 1-1158 Release the cover

826 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-1159 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1160 Remove the cover

4. Remove the SCB.

a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), and then disconnect two flat-flexible
cables (FFCs) (callout 2).

CAUTION: The FFC connectors (callout 2) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The
clip on these connectors is easily dislodged and lost.

NOTE: Non flow models only have two FFCs.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 827

 1

b. P774/P779: Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then disconnect five FFCs
(callout 2).

NOTE: One connector is hidden behind a FFC.

b. 780/785/E776 only: Pull up on the ferrite to release it.

NOTE: The ferrite is not captive when the flat-flexible cable is disconnected.

TIP: Release a tab on the back side of the ferrite holder.

828 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1161 Release one ferrite (780/785/E776 only)

c. 780/785/E776 only: Disconnect one FFC.

CAUTION: This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. The clip on this connector
is easily dislodged and lost.

Slide the ferrite off of the FFC after disconnecting the FFC. The ferrite is not captive and can
easily slip of and be damaged.

Figure 1-1162 Disconnect one FFC (780/785/E776 only)

d. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.

Reinstallation tip: The left most screw also secures the document feeder ground wire to
the scanner chassis. Do not forget to reattach the ground wire when the SCB is installed.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 829

 b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.

NOTE: There is a ground clip screw next to the left-most SCB mounting screw. Do not
remove this screw.

830 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. 780/785/E776 only: Partially pull out the SCB, and then release one cable from the retainer.

Figure 1-1163 Release the cable (780/785/E776 only)

f. Remove the SCB.

NOTE: The figure in this step might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1164 Remove the SCB

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) 831

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

HP PageWide Enterprise, HP PageWide Managed - Removal and replacement: Island of data

Learn how to remove and replace the island of data

View a video of how to remove and replace the island of data.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

832 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-89 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67946 Island of data

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify the printer is correctly functioning.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1165 Remove four screws

HP PageWide Enterprise, HP PageWide Managed - Removal and replacement: Island of data 833
 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1166 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1167 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

834 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1168 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the island of data.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFP
printers.

a. Locate the island of data.

Figure 1-1169 Locate the island of data

b. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the island of
data (callout 3).

TIP: When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

HP PageWide Enterprise, HP PageWide Managed - Removal and replacement: Island of data 835
 Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1170 Remove the island of data

1
2

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

CAUTION: This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

836 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Power supply
Learn how to remove and replace the power supply.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the power supply for HP PageWide 785z+,
E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-90 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67940 Power supply (110/220V)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Removal and replacement: Power supply 837

 a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1171 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1172 Open the rear access covers

838 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1173 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1174 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the power supply.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Power supply 839

 a. Loosen two thumb screws, and then lift the formatter cage cover up to remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1175 Remove the cage cover

b. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness from the guide
(callout 2).

Figure 1-1176 Disconnect two connectors

840 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove one screw (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the
way (callout 3).

Figure 1-1177 Move the guide

d. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1178 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Power supply 841

 e. Lift up the power supply to release it, and then remove it from the printer.

Figure 1-1179 Remove the power supply

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

842 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Power supply

■ Take note of the two mounting tabs (callout 1) on the left side of the power supply. These tabs
engage with two sheet-metal bosses (callout 2) on the printer chassis when the power supply is
properly installed.

NOTE: The power supply shown below might look slightly different than the one installed in the
printer. However the special installation instruction is valid for this printer.

Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

The image indicates the power supply mounting tabs.

Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system

Learn how to remove and replace the smart transducer monitoring system PCAs.

View a video of how to remove and replace the smart transducer monitoring system.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system 843

 Table 1-91 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67951 Smart transducer monitoring system

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1180 Remove four screws

844 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1181 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1182 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system 845

 Figure 1-1183 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the smart transducer monitoring system PCAs.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Loosen two thumb screws, and then lift the formatter cage cover up to remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1184 Remove the cage cover

846 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).

Figure 1-1185 Disconnect two connectors and remove one screw

c. Use a pair of needle-nose pliers to release one standoff.

CAUTION: The PCA is still attached to the formatter by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the PCA.

Figure 1-1186 Release one standoff

d. Rotate a small clip up to release one FFC.

CAUTION: This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. The clip on this connector
is easily dislodged and lost.

Removal and replacement: Smart transducer monitoring system 847

 Figure 1-1187 Disconnect one FFC

e. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the formatter cage (callout 1), release it from the
guide (callout 2), and then remove one screw (callout 3) to remove the PCA.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1188 Remove the PCA

2 3

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

848 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the through beam drop detect (TBODD)
sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA).

View a video of how to remove and replace the through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor
PCA.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-92 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67041 Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA)

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly 849
 Required tools
● #6 TORX short shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1189 Remove four screws

850 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1190 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1191 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly 851
 Figure 1-1192 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1193 Remove the formatter cage cover

852 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly 853
 Figure 1-1194 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Figure 1-1195 Remove four screws

854 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1196 Release the formatter cage and back plate

f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1197 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor PCA.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly 855
 a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two (callout 1/2).

● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1198 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

b. Release the wire harness and cables from the retainers (callout 11), release one tab (callout 2),
release three pins (callout 3), and then remove the guide(callout 4).

Figure 1-1199 Remove the guide

3
3
1

4
2

856 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Disconnect four FFCs (callout 1).

Figure 1-1200 Disconnect four FFCs

d. Remove two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: The upper screw is captive, the lower screw is not captive.

Figure 1-1201 Remove two screws

e. Rotate the top guide up, and then rotate the lower guide away from the printer to move them
out of the way.

NOTE: When the top guide is fully raised, it locks in the up position.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly 857
 Figure 1-1202 Move the FFC guides out of the way

f. Remove four screws (callout 1), lift the TBODD sensor PCA (callout 2) up, and then disconnect
one FFCs (callout 3) from the bottom of the PCA to remove the sensor.

NOTE: These screws require a #6 TORX short shaft driver.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1203 Remove the TBODD PCA

2 1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

CAUTION: This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

858 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

TBODD sensor PCA

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.

b. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Touch the Sign In button located at the bottom of the keypad screen (just to the right of the
number keys) to close the keypad screen.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) sensor printed circuit assembly 859
 g. Select the Perform Drop Detect item, and then select the Start button.

Removal and replacement: Right rear lower PCA

Learn how to remove and replace the right rear lower PCA.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-93 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67028 Right rear lower PCA

NOTE: This is the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) presence sensor.

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

860 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1204 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1205 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Right rear lower PCA 861

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1206 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1207 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right rear lower PCA.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

862 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Locate the right rear lower PCA.

Figure 1-1208 Locate the right rear lower PCA

b. Disconnect three flat-flexible cable (FFCs) (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then
remove the right rear lower PCA (callout 3).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1209 Remove the right rear lower PCA

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Right rear lower PCA 863

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor
Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 2 or Tray 3 width detect sensor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-94 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67023 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor

864 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.
The tandem Tray 2/3 (A3) configuration is shown in the following procedure.

a. Table top models only: Before proceeding, it might be easier to access and remove the sensor
if a ream of paper is used to prop up the side of the printer. For example, the Tray 2 side of a
tandem Tray 2/3 (A3) printer configuration is shown below.

CAUTION: When propping up the side of a printer, always use a sealed ream of paper (not a
stack of loose paper) to make sure that the printer will not shift or fall during removal or
installation of the part.

Figure 1-1210 Prop up the side of the printer

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor 865
 b. Remove the tray, and then locate the Tray 2 width detect sensor.

Figure 1-1211 Locate the Tray 2 width detect sensor

c. Before proceeding, take note of the retention tab at the top of the part.

Figure 1-1212 Locate the retention tab

d. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the sensor away from the chassis
(callout 2) to separate it from the printer.

CAUTION: The sensor is still connected to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the sensor.

866 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1213 Release one tab

e. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1214 Disconnect one FFC

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) width detect sensor 867
 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 2 or Tray 3 latch assembly.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-95 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67034 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly

868 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1215 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly 869
 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1216 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1217 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

870 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1218 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1219 Remove the formatter cage cover

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly 871
 b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

872 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1220 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Figure 1-1221 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly 873
 e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1222 Release the formatter cage and back plate

f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1223 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: If the tray was not removed prior to servicing the printer, remove it now.

874 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the printer, disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-1224 Disconnect FFCs and connector

b. Release the wire harness (callout 1) from the guide until it reaches the right most screw
(callout 2) in the guide.

Figure 1-1225 Partially release the wire harness

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly 875
 c. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then move the guide out of the way.

Figure 1-1226 Remove two screws and move the guide

d. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), release the ferrite from the holder (callout 2), and then release
the FFC from the retainers (callout 3).

Figure 1-1227 Disconnect one FFC and release it from the guide

876 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then release it from the guide (callout 2).

Figure 1-1228 Disconnect one FFC

f. Create a loop in the FFC (callout 1) to gain access to the lift assembly screws.

NOTE: Do not pass the tabbed end of the FFC (callout 2) behind the power supply cable.
Doing so will make installing the FFC difficult later in this procedure.

Figure 1-1229 Create a loop in the FFC

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) latch assembly 877
 g. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1230 Remove two screws

h. Rotate the latch assembly up and then out of the printer.

Figure 1-1231 Remove the latch assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

878 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Tray 2 latch assembly (A4 tandem Trays 2/3 only)

■ Before installing the assembly, make sure that it is not in the locked position (callout 1). If it is in
the locked potion, pull on the green lever to unlock it (callout 2).

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch
Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Tray 2 or Tray 3 tray pick clutch.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch 879
 Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-96 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67078 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced tray pick clutch as the source tray.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

880 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1232 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1233 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch 881
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1234 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1235 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

882 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1).

Figure 1-1236 Disconnect two connectors

b. Remove two screws (callout 1)

Figure 1-1237 Remove two screws

c. Remove the tray pick clutch.

TIP: The collar in the motor and the pick shaft are keyed (they each have a flat spot). It might
be necessary to rotate the collar or the shaft to correctly align them when installing the tray
pick clutch.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) tray pick clutch 883
 Figure 1-1238 Remove the tray pick clutch

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the duplex entry drive assembly.

884 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove and replace the duplex entry drive assembly.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-97 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67030 Duplex entry drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly 885

 Figure 1-1239 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1240 Open the rear access covers

886 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1241 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1242 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly 887

 a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1243 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

888 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-1244 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly 889

 Figure 1-1245 Remove four screws

e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1246 Release the formatter cage and back plate

890 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1247 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the duplex entry drive assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Release one FFC (callout 1) from the guide, and then move it out of the way.

Figure 1-1248 Release one FFC

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly 891

 b. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the rear lift assist handle (callout 2).

Figure 1-1249 Remove the rear lift assist handle

c. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1).

Figure 1-1250 Disconnect one FFC

892 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1251 Remove three screws

e. Slightly rotate the assembly to the left to release it (callout 1), and then pull it away from the
printer (callout 2) to remove it.

TIP: The upper most flange on the assembly sheet-metal bracket has a tab that installs in a
slot in the printer chassis. Make sure all three flanges on the bracket are flush up against the
chassis.

Figure 1-1252 Remove the duplex entry drive assembly

f. Remove the duplex entry drive assembly.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Duplex entry drive assembly 893

 Figure 1-1253 Remove the duplex entry drive assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor

Learn how to remove and replace the printhead wiper motor.

894 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove and replace the printhead wiper motor.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-98 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67045 Printhead wiper motor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor 895

 Figure 1-1254 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1255 Open the rear access covers

896 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1256 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1257 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor 897

 a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1258 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

898 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-1259 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor 899

 Figure 1-1260 Remove four screws

e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1261 Release the formatter cage and back plate

900 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1262 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the printhead wiper motor.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two (callout 1/2).

● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1263 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor 901

 b. Release the wire harness and cables from the retainers (callout 11), release one tab (callout 2),
release three pins (callout 3), and then remove the guide (callout 4).

Figure 1-1264 Remove the guide

3
3
1

4
2

c. Disconnect four FFCs (callout 1).

Figure 1-1265 Disconnect four FFCs

d. Remove two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: The upper screw is captive, the lower screw is not captive.

902 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1266 Remove two screws

e. Rotate the top guide up, and then rotate the lower guide away from the printer to move them
out of the way.

NOTE: When the top guide is fully raised, it locks in the up position.

Figure 1-1267 Move the FFC guides out of the way

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor 903

 f. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1).

Figure 1-1268 Disconnect one FFC

g. Remove three screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

These screws are captive.

Figure 1-1269 Remove three screws

904 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 h. Slightly rotate the right side of the assembly away from the chassis to release it, and then
remove the printhead wiper motor.

TIP: There are tabs on the top, rear, and bottom sides of the sheet-metal bracket that fit into
corresponding slots in the chassis. The sheet-metal bracket is flat against the chassis when
the assembly is correctly installed.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1270 Remove the printhead wiper motor

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Printhead wiper motor 905

 c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)

Learn how to remove and replace the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).

Mean time to repair:

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) for HP
PageWide 765, 780, and 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) for HP
PageWide 755 ,774, 779, P7525, P77440, P77940-P77960 series.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-99 Part information

Part number Part description

Y3Z60-67912 Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

906 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1271 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 907

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1272 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1273 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

908 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1274 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1275 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 909

 ● For an SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and
formatter cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-1276 Disconnect one connector

910 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Figure 1-1277 Remove four screws

e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away from the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1278 Release the formatter cage and back plate

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 911

 f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1279 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1/2).

● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1280 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

912 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the
way.

Figure 1-1281 Release the guide

2
2

c. Disconnect all of the remaining flat-flexible cables and connectors, remove seven screws
(circled), and then remove the MPCA.

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 1) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

NOTE: The shield on the MPCA is not captive (callout 2).

Figure 1-1282 Remove the MPCA

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

CAUTION: This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 913

 a. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

b. Use the packaging material from the replacement PCA to send the defective part back to HP.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

MPCA

■ Make sure that the separation module (single or tandem main tray) are correctly connected to
the MPCA.

● Callout 1: Tray 2 separation module

● Callout 2: Tray 3 separation module

Image indicates the MPCA separation module connectors.

914 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket
Learn how to remove and replace the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket.

View a video of how to remove and replace the MPCA support bracket.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-100 part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67097 Main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket 915
 ● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1283 Remove four screws

916 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1284 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1285 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket 917
 Figure 1-1286 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1287 Remove the formatter cage cover

918 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket 919
 Figure 1-1288 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Figure 1-1289 Remove four screws

920 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1290 Release the formatter cage and back plate

f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1291 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1/2).

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket 921
 ● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1292 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

b. Release one tab (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the
way.

Figure 1-1293 Release the guide

2
2

c. Disconnect all of the remaining flat-flexible cables and connectors, remove seven screws
(circled), and then remove the MPCA.

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 1) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

NOTE: The shield on the MPCA is not captive (callout 2).

922 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1294 Remove the MPCA

4. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket.

a. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1295 Remove two screws

b. Remove the MPCA support bracket.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Main printed circuit assembly support bracket 923
 Figure 1-1296 Remove the MPCA support bracket

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

MPCA

924 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ■ Make sure that the separation module (single or tandem main tray) are correctly connected to
the MPCA.

● Callout 1: Tray 2 separation module

● Callout 2: Tray 3 separation module

Image indicates the MPCA separation module connectors.

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the deskew rear drive assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the deskew rear drive assembly.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 925

 Table 1-101 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67051 Deskew rear drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1297 Remove four screws

926 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1298 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1299 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 927

 Figure 1-1300 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1301 Remove the formatter cage cover

928 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 929

 Figure 1-1302 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Figure 1-1303 Remove four screws

930 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1304 Release the formatter cage and back plate

f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1305 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1/2).

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 931

 ● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1306 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

b. Release one tab (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the
way.

Figure 1-1307 Release the guide

2
2

c. Disconnect all of the remaining flat-flexible cables and connectors, remove seven screws
(circled), and then remove the MPCA.

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 1) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

NOTE: The shield on the MPCA is not captive (callout 2).

932 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1308 Remove the MPCA

4. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket.

a. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1309 Remove two screws

b. Remove the MPCA support bracket.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 933

 Figure 1-1310 Remove the MPCA support bracket

5. Remove the deskew rear drive assembly.

a. Release three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1) from the retainers, and then loosen two
screws (callout 2).

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

These screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Figure 1-1311 Loosen two screws

934 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1312 Remove the cover

c. Remove one orange retention clip (callout 1).

Figure 1-1313 Remove one clip

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 935

 d. Rotate the wheel counterclockwise, and then pull up and out on the drive belt (callout 1) as it
passes over the top of the wheel to detach it.

Figure 1-1314 Remove the drive belt

e. Remove the wheel (callout 1) from the shaft.

Figure 1-1315 Remove the wheel

936 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1316 Remove two screws

g. Remove the rear deskew drive assembly.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1317 Remove the motor

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Deskew rear drive assembly 937

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

MPCA

■ Make sure that the separation module (single or tandem main tray) are correctly connected to
the MPCA.

● Callout 1: Tray 2 separation module

● Callout 2: Tray 3 separation module

Image indicates the MPCA separation module connectors.

938 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the duplex exit drive assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the duplex exit drive assembly.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-102 Part description

Part number Part description

A7W93-67038 Duplex exit drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 939

 a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1318 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1319 Open the rear access covers

940 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1320 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1321 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 941

 a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1322 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

942 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-1323 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 943

 Figure 1-1324 Remove four screws

e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1325 Release the formatter cage and back plate

944 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1326 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA).

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1/2).

● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1327 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 945

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the
way.

Figure 1-1328 Release the guide

2
2

c. Disconnect all of the remaining flat-flexible cables and connectors, remove seven screws
(circled), and then remove the MPCA.

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 1) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

NOTE: The shield on the MPCA is not captive (callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1329 Remove the MPCA

4. Remove the main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) support bracket.

946 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1330 Remove two screws

b. Remove the MPCA support bracket.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1331 Remove the MPCA support bracket

5. Remove the duplex exit drive assembly.

a. Release three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1) from the retainers, and then loosen two
screws (callout 2).

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 947

 These screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Figure 1-1332 Loosen two screws

b. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1333 Remove the cover

948 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove one orange retention clip (callout 1).

Figure 1-1334 Remove one clip

d. Rotate the wheel counterclockwise, and then pull up and out on the drive belt (callout 1) as it
passes over the top of the wheel to detach it.

Remove the wheel (callout 2) from the shaft.

Figure 1-1335 Remove the drive belt

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 949

 e. Remove one orange retention clip (callout 1).

Figure 1-1336 Remove one clip

f. Remove the idler wheel and belt (callout 1).

Figure 1-1337 Remove the idler wheel and belt

g. Remove three screws (callout 1).

NOTE: The top right screw requires a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

950 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1338 Remove three screws

h. Remove the duplex exit drive assembly (disconnect the assembly FFC).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1339 Remove the motor

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Duplex exit drive assembly 951

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

MPCA

■ Make sure that the separation module (single or tandem main tray) are correctly connected to
the MPCA.

● Callout 1: Tray 2 separation module

● Callout 2: Tray 3 separation module

The image indicates the MPCA separation module connectors.

952 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (top access)
Learn how to remove and replace the internal parts and assemblies (top access).

Removal and replacement: Wireless fidelity PCA (785zs/785z+)

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the wireless fidelity PCA (WiFi models).

View a video of how to remove and replace the wireless fidelity PCA.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-103 Part information

Part number Part description

0960-3654 Wireless fidelity PCA

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Turn the printer power on, and then verify that the touchscreen is correctly functioning.

1. Remove the WiFi PCA.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (top access) 953
 a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-1340 Raise the control panel

b. Do one of the following:

a. No inline finisher models: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Inline finisher models: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

954 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release one tab, and then pull the WiFi PCA and holder straight up to release them.

CAUTION: The WiFi PCA is still connected to the printer by a wire harness. Do not attempt to
completely remove the PCA yet.

Figure 1-1341 Release the WiFi PCA

d. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the WiFi PCA and holder.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Wireless fidelity PCA (785zs/785z+) 955

 Figure 1-1342 Remove the WiFi PCA

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

956 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models)
Learn how to remove and replace the keyboard (MFP flow models) (CSR B).

View a video of how to remove and replace the keyboard (MFP flow models only).

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-104 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67909 Keyboard (MFP flow models) with instruction guide (AME)

J7Z09-67910 Keyboard (MFP flow models) with instruction guide (EMEA)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Turn the printer power on, and then verify that the touchscreen is correctly functioning.

Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models) 957

 1. Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in).

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-1343 Raise the control panel

b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

958 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

Figure 1-1344 Release cables and disconnect connectors

Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models) 959

 d. Remove two thumbscrews screws.

Figure 1-1345 Remove two screws

e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-1346 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the keyboard.

NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer
configuration.

960 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull out the keyboard (callout 2) to its
extended position.

Figure 1-1347 Pull out the keyboard

b. Remove eight screws.

Figure 1-1348 Remove eight screws

Removal and replacement: Keyboard (MFP flow models) 961

 c. Remove the keyboard and rails.

Figure 1-1349 Remove the keyboard and rails

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

962 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher)
Learn how to remove and replace the output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline-finisher)
for HP PageWide 780 and 785 models.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline-finisher)
for HP PageWide 774,779, P77440, P77940-P77960 series with a small touchscreen.

View a video of how to remove and replace the Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline-finisher)
for HP PageWide 774,779, P77440, P77940-P77960 series with a large touchscreen.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-105 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67064 Output bin full sensor

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 963
 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screw driver

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control panel 109 mm (4.3 in).

NOTE: This step is for P774 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 2.

a. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-1350 Tilt the control panel up

b. Raise the document feeder, and then lift the bezel up and off of the printer.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the bezel, start lifting at the left end (callout 1) of the bezel.

964 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1351 Remove the bezel

c. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1).

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

Figure 1-1352 Remove one thumbscrew

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 965
 d. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-1353 Release the control panel

e. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).

Figure 1-1354 Disconnect two connectors

966 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-1355 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the control panel 203 mm (8 in).

NOTE: This step is for 780/785/E776/P779 printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 3.

NOTE: Some figures in this section show a left mounted control panel (no inline finisher) printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for a center mounted control panel (inline finisher)
printer configuration.

a. Raise the document feeder, and then rotate the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-1356 Raise the control panel

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 967
 b. Do one of the following:

a. Left mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

b. Center mount control panel: Carefully pull up on the control-panel bezel to remove it.

c. Release the accessory cables (callout 1). and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).

NOTE: Keyboard models only: Disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the locking clip. The clip is
easily dislodged and lost.

968 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1357 Release cables and disconnect connectors

d. Remove two thumb screws.

Figure 1-1358 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 969
 e. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-1359 Remove the control panel

3. Remove the keyboard.

NOTE: This step is for flow model printers. For all other printers, skip this step and go to 4 or 5.

NOTE: A center mounted keyboard (inline finisher) printer configuration is shown in this
procedure. However, the procedure is correct for a left mounted keyboard (no inline finisher) printer
configuration.

a. Push in on the keyboard (callout 1) to release it, and then pull the keyboard out (callout 2) to its
extended position.

Figure 1-1360 Pull the keyboard out

970 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove eight screws.

Figure 1-1361 Remove eight screws

c. Remove the keyboard and rails.

Figure 1-1362 Remove the keyboard and rails

4. Remove the nose cone (left control panel).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a left mounted control panel printer configuration. For a center
mounted control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to 5.

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 971
 a. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the
way.

NOTE: The ground screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

b. P774: Remove three screws (1 ground), and then move the USB port PCA out of the way.

b. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove five screws.

972 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774: Remove four screws.

c. Do one of the following:

a. 785/E776: Remove nine screws.

NOTE: One of these screws requires a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a
#10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 973
 b. P774: Remove ten screws.

NOTE: Some of these screws require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

d. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it (785/E776 shown below).

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

974 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1363 Remove the cover (785/E776 shown)

5. Remove the nose cone (center control panel).

NOTE: This step is for printers with a center mounted control panel printer configuration. For a left
mounted control panel printer configuration, skip this step and go to 6.

a. Wireless models only, do the following:

CAUTION: The WiFi PCA is still connected to the printer by a wire harness. Do not attempt to
completely remove the PCA yet.

a. Release one tab, and then pull the WiFi PCA and holder straight up to release them.

b. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the WiFi PCA and holder.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 975
 b. Release two tabs (callout 1), rotate the document feeder locking clip up (callout 2), and secure it
in the raised position with two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 1-1364 Release the USB PCA

976 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove four screws.

Figure 1-1365 Remove four screws

d. Remove six screws.

NOTE: Two of these screws require a #20 TORX driver. Some of these screws require a #10
TORX thin shaft driver.

Figure 1-1366 Remove six screws

e. Lift the nose cone up and off of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Pass the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the nose cone when
removing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 977
 Figure 1-1367 Remove the cover

6. Remove the SCB cover.

Some figures in this section might look different than your printer (depending on printer
configuration). However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1368 Remove two screws

b. Carefully flex the corners of the cover away from the printer.

NOTE: There are two tabs near the middle of the top edge of the cover that secure it to the
printer.

978 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1369 Release the cover

c. Release two tabs.

Figure 1-1370 Release two tabs

d. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1371 Remove the cover

7. Remove the document feeder.

The figures in this procedure show a no inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure
is correct for an inline finisher printer configuration.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 979
 a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, disconnect one
connector (callout 2), and then disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 3).

CAUTION: These connectors (callout 3) are zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors. The clip
on these connectors is easily dislodged and lost.

1 2

b. P774/P779: Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire, and then disconnect
two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 2).

b. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Remove two screws.

980 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. P774/P779: Remove two screws.

c. Open the document feeder, and the lift it straight up until it stops at the retention tabs on each
hinge.

Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver between the hinge body and the slot in the scanner body
(on the scanner glass side of the hinge) to release the retention tabs (on each hinge).

NOTE: P774/P779: These printers only have two hinges.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 981
 Figure 1-1372 Release the document feeder

d. Carefully thread the document feeder FFCs, wire harness, and ground wire up and through the
hole in the scanner cover to remove the document feeder.

NOTE: The figure below might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, this step is correct for this assembly.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement document feeder is installed, install a replacement

reflector.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1373 Remove the document feeder

982 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

8. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1374 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1375 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 983
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1376 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1377 Remove the rear cover

9. Remove the sub scanner assembly (SSA).

NOTE: The figures in the following procedure show both the no inline finisher printer configuration
and the inline finisher printer configuration. However, the procedure is correct for both printer
configurations.

984 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

b. P774/P779: Disconnect three FFCs (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector
(callout 2).

NOTE: The connector (callout 2) is located behind the middle FFC.

b. 780/785/E776 only: Pull up on the ferrite to release it.

NOTE: The ferrite is not captive when the flat-flexible cable is disconnected.

TIP: Release a tab on the back side of the ferrite holder.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 985
 Figure 1-1378 Release one ferrite

c. 780/785/E776 only: Disconnect one FFC.

CAUTION: This connector is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. The clip on this connector
is easily dislodged and lost.

Slide the ferrite off of the FFC after disconnecting the FFC. The ferrite is not captive and can
easily slip of and be damaged.

Figure 1-1379 Disconnect one FFC

d. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 1) straight out of the SSA to
remove it.

986 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 1

b. P774/P779: Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then
pull the scanner control board (SCB) (callout 3) straight out of the SSA to remove it

e. Loosen two thumb screws, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

NOTE: The thumb screws are captive.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 987
 Figure 1-1380 Remove the cover

f. Do one of the following:

a. 780/785/E776: Disconnect six connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness
and cables from the guide (callout 2).

b. P774/P779: Disconnect five connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harness and
cables from the guide (callout 2).

988 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Pass the cables through the openings in the formatter cage, and then remove one retainer.

Figure 1-1381 Remove the retainer

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 989
 h. Pass the SCB HDMI cable through the opening in the chassis (back into the printer) to make
more room for the scanner cables when the scanner is removed.

Figure 1-1382 Remove the SCB HDMI cable

i. Remove one ground screw (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

TIP: Two of these screws (callout 2) require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1383 Remove three screws

j. Slightly slide the SSA toward the front of the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up and
off of the printer.

NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cables through the opening in the chassis.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

990 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1384 Remove the SSA

10. Remove the spacer assembly.

NOTE: This step is for a no inline finisher printer configuration. For all others skip this step and go
to 11.

NOTE: Some figures in this section might look different than your printer depending on printer
configuration. However, the procedure is correct for this assembly.

a. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1385 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 991
 b. Open the left door and the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1386 Open the doors

c. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release them (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1387 Release two tabs

992 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2) to remove the cover.

Figure 1-1388 Remove the cover

2
1

e. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1389 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 993
 f. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1390 Open the door

g. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Figure 1-1391 Remove the cover

h. Remove five screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

994 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1392 Remove five screws

i. P774/P779 only: Remove one screw.

Figure 1-1393 Remove one screw (P774/P779)

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 995
 j. Lift the spacer assembly straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1394 Remove the spacer assembly

11. Remove the output bin full sensor.

a. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-1395 Remove one screw

996 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then remove the output bin full sensor.

Figure 1-1396 Disconnect and remove the sensor

12. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Output bin full sensor

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, no inline finisher) 997
 b. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Touch the Sign In button located at the bottom of the keypad screen (just to the right of the
number keys) to close the keypad screen.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then touch the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher)
Learn how to remove and replace the output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-106 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67064 Output bin full sensor

998 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screw driver

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1397 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 999
 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1398 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1399 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1000 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1400 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-1401 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1001
 Figure 1-1402 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-1403 Locations of the tabs on the cover

1002 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-1404 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1405 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1003
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1406 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-1407 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1004 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1408 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

Figure 1-1409 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher ejection path assembly.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1005
 a. At the right side of the printer (right door open), remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove
the cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1410 Remove one screw and the cover

1 2

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2),
and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

Figure 1-1411 Disconnect one FFC

1 2 3

c. Remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

1006 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1412 Remove four screws

d. Rotate the top edge of the assembly away from the printer to release it (callout 1), and then lift
up on the assembly (callout 2).

Figure 1-1413 Release the assembly

2
1 1

e. Remove the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1007
 Figure 1-1414 Remove the assembly

6. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-1415 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

1008 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1416 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1417 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1009
 Figure 1-1418 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-1419 Raise the ISA

1010 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-1420 Secure the ISA

7. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the ejection path assembly installed even though
it has been removed previously in this procedure. However, the following steps are correct. Always
thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-1421 Open the left door

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1011
 b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-1422 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-1423 Release one tab

1012 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-1424 Release the cover

e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1425 Remove the cover

8. Remove the inline finisher compiler.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1013
 a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-1426 Disconnect five FFCs

b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-1427 Remove nine screws

c. Slightly lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

1014 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1428 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly.

a. At the front of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1429 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1015
 b. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1430 Remove two screws

c. Slide the inline finisher right cover towards the rear of the printer to release it, and then
remove the cover.

IMPORTANT: Temporarily remove the corner support tool to remove the cover. The support
tool must be reinstalled after the cover is removed.

Figure 1-1431 Remove the cover

1016 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Slide the inline finisher inner rear cover straight out to remove it.

Figure 1-1432 Remove the cover

e. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Figure 1-1433 Disconnect one FFC

f. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1017
 Figure 1-1434 Remove two screws

g. Move the staple carriage out of the way, and then remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1435 Remove four screws

1018 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 h. Move the staple carriage to the center of the track (callout 1), slightly rotate the left end of the
track up and away from the chassis (callout 2), and then slide the assembly (staple carriage
and track together) to the left (callout 3) to release it.

Figure 1-1436 Release the assembly

i. Remove the assembly (staple carriage and track together).

CAUTION: The staple carriage is not captive on the track. Do not let the carriage slide off of
the track when removing or replacing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1437 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the inline finisher upper bin.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show a red support tool in use. This tool is no longer
required or supplied by HP.

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1019
 Figure 1-1438 Disconnect one FFC

1 2

b. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove a second screw
(callout 2).

IMPORTANT: The upper bin is secured to the chassis with four screws. These screws must
be removed (and installed) in the correct order for proper bin alignment. The chassis is
embossed with the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Use that order to remove or install the screws.

TIP: Slightly flex the sheet-metal frame to access the screws

Figure 1-1439 Remove two screws (in the correct order)

2 1

1020 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove one screw (callout 1), slightly flex the front edge of the inline finisher inner left cover
away from the chassis, and then slide the cover toward the front of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1440 Remove the cover

2
1

d. Loosen (do not remove) one screw (callout 1, and then release one belt (callout 2).

Remove one screw (callout 3), and then remove a second screw (callout 4).

IMPORTANT: The upper bin is secured to the chassis with four screws. These screws must
be removed (and installed) in the correct order for proper bin alignment. The chassis is
embossed with the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Use that order to remove or install the screws.

Figure 1-1441 Remove two screws (in the correct order)

3 4

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1021
 e. Slightly rotate the front corner of the upper bin away from the printer, and then pull it out at an
angle to release it.

NOTE: Pass the FFC through the opening in the chassis as the bin is removed.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1442 Release the upper bin

1 2

f. Remove the upper bin.

TIP: If a replacement bin is installed, do the following with the removed bin:

1. Position the moveable tray in the fully extended position.

2. Pull up on the front right corner of the tray to separate it from the upper bin.

3. Remove the movable tray, and then install it on the replacement upper bin.

1022 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1443 Remove the upper bin

11. Remove the output bin full sensor.

a. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-1444 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1023
 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then remove the output bin full sensor.

Figure 1-1445 Disconnect and remove the sensor

12. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher upper bin

a. Scroll to and select the Support Tools button.

b. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

1024 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Finisher Sensors item, and then touch the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (MFP, with inline finisher) 1025
 c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Output bin full sensor

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.

b. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

1026 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Touch the Sign In button located at the bottom of the keypad screen (just to the right of the
number keys) to close the keypad screen.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then touch the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the output bin full sensor.

View a video of how to remove and replace the output bin full sensor (SFP models only).

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-107 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67064 Output bin full sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) 1027

 ● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the control panel (SFP; 765/E751/P752).

NOTE: The figures in the in this guide might appear slightly different than this printer. However, the
removal and replacement instructions are correct for this printer.

a. Tilt the control panel to the fully raised position.

Figure 1-1446 Tilt the control panel up

1028 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Use a coin to release the cover, and then remove the cover.

Figure 1-1447 Remove the cover

c. Remove one thumbscrew (callout 1)

NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.

Figure 1-1448 Remove one thumbscrew

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) 1029

 d. Lift the back edge of the control panel up (callout 1), and then slide it toward the back of the
printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-1449 Release the control panel

e. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side. Disconnect two connectors
(callout 1).

Figure 1-1450 Disconnect two connectors

1030 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the control panel.

Figure 1-1451 Remove the control panel

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1452 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) 1031

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1453 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1454 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1032 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1455 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the top cover (SFP; 765/E751/P752).

a. Loosen two thumb screws, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

NOTE: These screws are captive.

Figure 1-1456 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) 1033

 b. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1), pass the wire harness and cables through the slot in
the formatter cage, and then release them from the guide (callout 2).

Figure 1-1457 Disconnect four connectors

c. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws and retainers.

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1458 Remove two screws and retainers

d. Remove one screw.

TIP: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

1034 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1459 Remove one screw

e. Slightly lift up the rear edge of the cover, and then slide it towards the front of the printer to
release it.

Figure 1-1460 Release the cover

f. Remove the cover.

NOTE: Pass the wire harness and cable through the opening in the cover.

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) 1035

 Figure 1-1461 Remove the cover

g. Remove nine screws (callout 1/2).

NOTE: Some of these screws (callout 1) require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1462 Remove nine screws

1
h. Lift up on the bottom portion of the cover to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1036 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1463 Remove the cover

4. Remove the output bin full sensor.

a. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-1464 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Output bin full sensor (SFP) 1037

 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then remove the output bin full sensor.

Figure 1-1465 Disconnect and remove the sensor

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

1038 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Output bin full sensor

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.

b. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Touch the Sign In button located at the bottom of the keypad screen (just to the right of the
number keys) to close the keypad screen.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then touch the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (multiple accesses)

Learn how to remove and replace the internal parts and assemblies (multiple accesses).

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit
Learn how to remove and replace the heated pressure roller (HPR) entrance exit sensors (floor-standing
finisher printers).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (multiple accesses) 1039
 Table 1-108 part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67030 HPR entrance exit sensor kit

NOTE: This kit includes the HPR entrance/exit jam sensors and entrance jam
wrap sensors.

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly..

1. Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR).

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1466 Open the left door

1040 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1467 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

Figure 1-1468 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the entrance jam wrap sensors.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit 1041
 a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a short shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1469 Remove one screw

b. Slide the cover forward to release it, and then separate the cover from the chassis.

CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not try
to completely remove the assembly.

Figure 1-1470 Release the assembly

c. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the sensor assembly

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1042 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1471 Remove the entrance jam wrap sensors

3. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. floor-standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-1472 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit 1043
 Figure 1-1473 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1474 Release two tabs

1044 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1475 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1476 Remove the cover

4. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit 1045
 a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1477 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1478 Remove two screws

1046 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-1479 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1480 Remove the cover

5. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit 1047
 Figure 1-1481 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-1482 Remove the bridge assembly

6. Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

1048 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-1483 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover

b. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-1484 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

c. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit 1049
 Figure 1-1485 Remove the inner cover (HPR)

7. Remove the HPR entrance/exit sensors.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor-standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

Figure 1-1486 Disconnect two FFCs

1050 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1487 Remove two screws

c. Remove the sensors.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1488 Remove the HPR entrance/exit sensor assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller entrance exit sensors kit 1051
 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-1489 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the motor wall assembly (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

1052 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-109 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67999 Motor wall assembly

Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HPR.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly 1053

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1490 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1491 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

1054 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1492 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1493 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly 1055

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1494 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1495 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1056 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1496 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1497 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly 1057

 Figure 1-1498 Remove the conditioner rear cover

4. Remove the motor wall assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect two connectors.

NOTE: These two connectors are on a single flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Figure 1-1499 Disconnect two connectors

b. Remove three screws.

Reinstallation tip: Align the sheet-metal portion of the retention strap with the edge of the
chassis when it is reinstalled.

1058 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1500 Remove three screws

c. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1501 Remove the motor wall assembly

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Motor wall assembly 1059

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD

Learn how to remove and replace the conditioner dual hall effect (HE) left module (LMOD) (floor standing
finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

1060 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-110 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z209-67034 Conditioner dual HE LMOD

Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR).

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1502 Open the left door

Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD 1061

 b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1503 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

Figure 1-1504 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

1062 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1505 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1506 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD 1063

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1507 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1508 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

1064 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1509 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1510 Remove the conditioner rear cover

4. Remove the motor wall assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect two connectors.

NOTE: These two connectors are on a single flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD 1065

 Figure 1-1511 Disconnect two connectors

b. Remove three screws.

Reinstallation tip: Align the sheet-metal portion of the retention strap with the edge of the
chassis when it is reinstalled.

Figure 1-1512 Remove three screws

c. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1066 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1513 Remove the motor wall assembly

5. Remove the conditioner dual HE LMOD.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove one screw, and then slide the cover toward the inside of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: This screw is longer than others used in the printer. Make sure to use this screw when
reinstalling the cover.

Figure 1-1514 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Conditioner dual HE LMOD 1067

 b. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then slide the
conditioner dual HE LMOD into the printer (callout 3) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1515 Remove the conditioner dual HE LMOD

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

1068 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor
Learn how to remove and replace the motor wall temperature sensor (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-111 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67026 Motor wall temperature sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HPR.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor 1069

 a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1516 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1517 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

1070 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1518 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1519 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor 1071

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1520 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1521 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1072 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1522 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1523 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor 1073

 Figure 1-1524 Remove the conditioner rear cover

4. Remove the motor wall assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect two connectors.

NOTE: These two connectors are on a single flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Figure 1-1525 Disconnect two connectors

b. Remove three screws.

Reinstallation tip: Align the sheet-metal portion of the retention strap with the edge of the
chassis when it is reinstalled.

1074 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1526 Remove three screws

c. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1527 Remove the motor wall assembly

5. Remove the motor wall temperature and humidity sensors.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor 1075

 a. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-1528 Remove one screw

b. Slide the toward the front of the printer to release it, and then separate it from the chassis.

CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not try
to completely remove the assembly.

Figure 1-1529 Release the assembly

c. Disconnect one FFC, and then remove the sensor assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1076 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1530 Remove the motor wall temperature sensor

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin
oils on the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP
recommends using disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands or
before touching rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Motor wall temperature sensor 1077

 Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct
Learn how to remove and replace the exit guide lower air duct (floor standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-112 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67009 Lower transport exit guide assembly

J7Z09-67010 HPR duct

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1078 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the heated pressure roller (HPR).

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1531 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle, and then rotate the upper paper path assembly down and out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1532 Rotate the upper paper path assembly down

c. Use two hands to grasp the green HPR handle, and then pull the HPR straight out of the printer
to remove it.

WARNING! The HPR might be hot. HP recommends waiting at least five minutes after turning
the printer power off before removing the HPR.

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1079

 Figure 1-1533 Remove the HPR

2. Remove the front tower cover.

NOTE: The left door and the upper paper path might already be open after removing the HPR.
However, the procedure below for removing the front tower cover is correct for this printer.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-1534 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

1080 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1535 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1536 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1081

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1537 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1538 Remove the cover

3. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

1082 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1539 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1540 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1083

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-1541 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1542 Remove the cover

4. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1084 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1543 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-1544 Remove the bridge assembly

5. Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1085

 a. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-1545 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover

b. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-1546 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

c. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1086 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1547 Remove the inner cover (HPR)

6. Remove the exit guide lower.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove five screws.

Figure 1-1548 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1087

 b. Before proceeding, take note of the keyed slots and screws along the top of the assembly.

Figure 1-1549 Note of the keyed slots and screws

c. Pull the guide forward, and then lift it up to disengage the screws and keyed slots. Remove the
guide.

Figure 1-1550 Remove the exit guide lower

7. Remove the exit guide lower air duct.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

1088 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then peel the adhered flat-flexible cable (FFC) off
of the chassis (callout 2) and duct (make sure to peel it past the joint in the hard plastic
duct—dashed line in the figure below).

Figure 1-1551 Disconnect two connectors and peel back the FFC

b. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1552 Remove two screws

c. From the HPR side of the printer, pull the duct straight out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: The air duct is attached to the lower fan duct on the HPR side of the printer.

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1089

 Figure 1-1553 Remove the exit guide lower air duct

d. Optional step: Transfer the lower jam wrap sensor (callout 1) to a replacement air duct.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1554 Install the exit guide lower air duct

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1090 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Exit guide lower

■ When installing the guide, make sure that the rail on the lower right end of the guide (callout 1)
engages with the slot in the air duct (callout 2).

Figure 1-1555 Install the exit guide lower

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Exit guide lower air duct 1091

 Figure 1-1556 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect

Learn how to remove and replace the heated pressure roller electrical interconnect (HPR EI) (floor
standing finisher printers).

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ There are no before performing service items for this assembly.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-113 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67023 HPR electrical interconnect

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

1092 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

● Needle-nose pliers

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1557 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1093

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1558 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1559 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1094 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1560 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the conditioner rear cover.

a. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1561 Remove one screw

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the two tabs (callout 1)
and the center alignment post (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it
(callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1095

 Figure 1-1562 Remove the conditioner rear cover

3. Remove the conditioner main PCA.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Do the following:

i. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove four screws (callout 2) and the
AC line filter and cover.

ii. Disconnect one inline connector (callout 3), and then release the wire harness from the
retainers (callout 4).

Figure 1-1563 Remove the AC line filter and cover

1096 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove one screw (callout 1), release the wire harnesses from the retainers (callout 2), and
then release one tab (callout 3).

NOTE: This screw requires a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1564 Remove one screw

c. Rotate the top of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then lift it up and off
(callout 2) of the chassis to remove it.

Figure 1-1565 Remove the cover

d. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove five screws, and then remove the PCA.

NOTE: There are nine flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and 5 wire-harness connectors.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1097

 Figure 1-1566 Remove the conditioner main PCA

4. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

Figure 1-1567 Open the doors

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

1098 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1568 Open the doors

b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1569 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1099

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1570 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1571 Remove the cover

5. Remove the conditioner top front cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

1100 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out and
away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-1572 Remove the blank cover

b. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1573 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1101

 c. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Figure 1-1574 Rotate the left edge of the cover out

d. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1575 Remove the cover

6. Remove the bridge assembly.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1102 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1576 Remove three screws

b. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Figure 1-1577 Remove the bridge assembly

7. Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1103

 a. Remove two screws, and then remove the conditioner left-front inner cover.

Figure 1-1578 Remove the conditioner inner HPR cover

b. Before proceeding, take note of the tabs and alignment pins on the cover.

Figure 1-1579 Locate the tabs and pins on the cover

c. Pull the cover straight off of the chassis to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1104 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1580 Remove the inner cover (HPR)

8. Remove the HPR duct and exhaust fan lower.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) and one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-1581 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

b. Separate the flexible rubber duct from the fan housing (callout 1) and from the exhaust
distribution duct (callout 2).

NOTE: The duct is attached to the housing and air box with a slip fit. Hold the fan housing,
and then pull the duct away from it. Pull the duct away from the air box to release it.

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1105

 Figure 1-1582 Release the rubber duct

c. Remove the flexible duct.

Reinstallation tip: To reinstall the duct, first attach the air box end, and then install the fan
housing end.

Figure 1-1583 Remove the rubber duct

d. Peel the adhered FFC off of the chassis and duct (make sure to peel it past the joint in the hard
plastic HPR duct—dashed line in the figure below).

IMPORTANT: When the FFC is reinstalled, it must be fully adhered to the duct and chassis or
it will be damaged when the bridge is reinstalled. Press down firmly along the entire length of
the FFC.

1106 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1584 Release the FFC

e. Disconnect one FFC.

TIP: It might be easier to disconnect the FFC by using needle-nose pliers.

Figure 1-1585 Disconnect one FFC

f. Remove one screw.

CAUTION: Place some sheets of paper in the bridge cavity to prevent the screw from
entering the printer if it is dropped (see the figure below).

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1107

 Figure 1-1586 Remove one screw

g. Rotate the fan end of the duct away from the chassis (callout 1) to release it, and then remove
the fan and duct (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the fan and duct, push in on the hard plastic duct from
the heated pressure roller (HPR) side to make joining the two ducts easier.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1587 Remove the lower duct and fan

9. Remove the HPR electrical interconnect.

NOTE: This procedure is for floor standing finisher printer configurations only.

1108 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Do the following:

i. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

ii. Use needle-nose pliers to release two standoffs (callout 2).

iii. Release the wire harness from the retainer (callout 3), and then pull the wire harness
through the slot in the chassis (callout 4).

Figure 1-1588 Disconnect one connector and release the wire harnesses

b. From the HPR side of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1589 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Heated pressure roller electrical interconnect 1109

 c. Pull the assembly straight out of the printer.

Figure 1-1590 Release the HPR EI

d. Remove the HPR electrical interconnect assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1591 Remove the HPR electrical interconnect assembly

10. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1110 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Figure 1-1592 Install the bridge assembly

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit

Learn how to remove and replace the airflow repair kit (airflow assembly and AC control module
(ACCM)).

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1111

 View a video of how to remove and replace the airflow repair kit.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 40 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-114 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67027 Airflow repair kit

NOTE: This kit includes the airflow assembly, AC control module (ACCM), and
a flat-flexible cable (FFC).

J7Z09-67033 Kit-Hi Roller Airflow Repair

NOTE: This Airflow Repair Kit is for Devices that have the External Finisher
attached

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

See step (Special installation instructions: Airflow assembly) for post service test instructions.

1. Remove the airflow assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1112 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1593 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1594 Pull the service fluid container out

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1113

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the left cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1595 Remove one screw and the left cover

d. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the right cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1596 Remove one screw and the right cover

1114 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. At the left side of the airflow assembly, disconnect one connector (callout 1) and one flat-
flexible cable (FFC) (callout 2).

Figure 1-1597 Disconnect one connector and one FFC

f. Loosen two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These recessed screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1598 Loosen two screws

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1115

 g. Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down and away from the printer.

Figure 1-1599 Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down

h. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to release it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the FFC (at the left side of the airflow assembly) or the eject motor
(on the upper left-side of the airflow assembly) when removing the assembly.

NOTE: Slide the assembly as straight out as possible to avoid binding interference with the
chassis. It might take a considerable pulling force to release the bottom retainers.

TIP: Apply upward pressure to the inside bottom edge of the assembly to make it easier to
remove.

Figure 1-1600 Slide the airflow assembly straight out of the printer

1116 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Remove the airflow assembly.

NOTE: When removing the airflow assembly to access other assemblies, place it on a soft
surface to avoid damage to the star wheels.

Figure 1-1601 Remove the airflow assembly

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1602 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1117

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1603 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1604 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1118 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1605 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1606 Remove the formatter cage cover

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1119

 b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For a SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the openings in the formatter cage.

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

TIP: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and formatter
cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

1120 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1607 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

Figure 1-1608 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1121

 e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away form the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1609 Release the formatter cage and back plate

f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1610 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

4. Remove the AC controller module (ACCM).

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. At the rear of the printer, do one of the following:

● MFP models: Disconnect two (callout 1/2).

1122 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● SFP models: Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Release the wire harness(es) from the retainer(s) (callout 3).

Figure 1-1611 Disconnect connector(s)

2
1

b. Release one tab (callout 1), release three pins (callout 2), and then move the guide out of the
way.

Figure 1-1612 Release the guide

2
2

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1123

 c. Release one FFC from the guide (callout 1).

Figure 1-1613 Release one FFC from the guide

d. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1614 Remove three screws

e. Push up on the guide to release it, and then move it out of the way.

TIP: There are some tabs on the sheet-metal side of the guide that install in corresponding
holes in the sheet-metal plate. The guide is flat against the sheet metal when it is correctly
installed.

1124 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1615 Release the guide

f. Disconnect three FFCs (callout 1), push in on the FFC just below the ferrite (callout 2) to release
a tab, and then slide the ferrite down and out of the holder (callout 3).

Figure 1-1616 Disconnect three FFCs

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1125

 g. Carefully pry out on the hinge portion of the lower FFC guide to separate it from the AC control
module, and then move it out of the way.

Figure 1-1617 Move the lower FFC guide out of the way

h. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2) on the sheet-metal plate,
and then remove two screws (callout 3) on the AC control module.

TIP: Install the four sheet-metal plate screws (callout 2) after installing two screws (callout 3)
on the AC control module. Doing so allows the AC module and plate to be repositioned if the
four screw holes in the plate are not completely aligned with the corresponding threaded
holes in the chassis.

Figure 1-1618 Disconnect one connector and remove six screws

1126 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Hold the sheet-metal bracket out of the way, and slide the AC control module to the left and
away from the printer.

Figure 1-1619 Hold the sheet-metal bracket out of the way

j. Remove the AC control module.

Figure 1-1620 Remove the AC control module

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Airflow repair kit 1127

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Airflow assembly

a. Take note of the mounting rail on the right side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the right side of the printer chassis.

b. Take note of the mounting rail on the left side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the left side of the printer chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

1128 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to, and then select the Support Tools button.

ii. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

iii. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

iv. Select the Sign In button to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

v. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Component Tests

vi. Select the Airflow System Motors item, and then select the Start button.

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan

Learn how to remove and replace the aerosol fan.

View a video of how to remove and replace the aerosol fan.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan 1129

 Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-115 part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67105 Aerosol fan

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the airflow assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1130 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1621 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1622 Pull the service fluid container out

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan 1131

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the left cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1623 Remove one screw and the left cover

d. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the right cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1624 Remove one screw and the right cover

1132 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. At the left side of the airflow assembly, disconnect one connector (callout 1) and one flat-
flexible cable (FFC) (callout 2).

Figure 1-1625 Disconnect one connector and one FFC

f. Loosen two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These recessed screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1626 Loosen two screws

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan 1133

 g. Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down and away from the printer.

Figure 1-1627 Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down

h. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to release it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the FFC (at the left side of the airflow assembly) or the eject motor
(on the upper left-side of the airflow assembly) when removing the assembly.

NOTE: Slide the assembly as straight out as possible to avoid binding interference with the
chassis. It might take a considerable pulling force to release the bottom retainers.

TIP: Apply upward pressure to the inside bottom edge of the assembly to make it easier to
remove.

Figure 1-1628 Slide the airflow assembly straight out of the printer

1134 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Remove the airflow assembly.

NOTE: When removing the airflow assembly to access other assemblies, place it on a soft
surface to avoid damage to the star wheels.

Figure 1-1629 Remove the airflow assembly

2. Remove the aerosol fan:

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and
then release the wire harness from the retainer (callout 3).

Figure 1-1630 Disconnect one FFC and connector

b. Partially peel the foam seal away from the airflow assembly covers.

NOTE: The foam seal does not need to be completely removed. Peel it back just far enough
that the covers can be separated (later in this procedure).

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan 1135

 Figure 1-1631 Release the foam seal

c. Release the FFC from the guide.

Figure 1-1632 Release the FFC

1136 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Remove four screws, and then move the fan cover out of the way.

Figure 1-1633 Remove four screws

e. Remove the fan.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1634 Remove the fan

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Aerosol fan 1137

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also use the following Special installation
instructions.

Aerosol fan

a. Take note of the mounting rail on the right side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the right side of the printer chassis.

b. Take note of the mounting rail on the left side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the left side of the printer chassis.

1138 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to and then touch the Support Tools button.

ii. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

iii. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

iv. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

v. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

vi. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Component Tests

vii. Select the Airflow System Motors item, and then select the Start button.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit

Learn how to remove and replace the service fluid container electrical interconnect kit.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the Service fluid container electrical interconnect
kit for HP PageWide 755, 765, 774, 779, 780, and 785 models.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1139
 View a video that shows how to remove and replace the Service fluid container electrical
interconnect kit for HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-116 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67102 Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit

Required tools
● #6 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver (optional)

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the service fluid container.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1140 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1635 Open the left door

b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the
printer.

Figure 1-1636 Pull the service fluid container out

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1141
 c. At the left side service fluid container mounting rail, rotate the blue latch to the open position.

Figure 1-1637 Open the blue latch

d. Rotate the left rail mounting pin up and out of the rail (callout 1), slightly slide the service fluid
container to the left (callout 2) to release the right rail mounting pin, and then remove the
service fluid container (callout 3).

Figure 1-1638 Remove the service fluid container

2. Remove the front tower cover.

1142 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1639 Open the door

b. Release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1640 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1143
 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1641 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1642 Remove the cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1144 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1643 Release the left side retainer

b. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1644 Release the right side retainer

c. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1145
 Figure 1-1645 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 4b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

1146 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1646 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1147
 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1647 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-1648 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1148 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1649 Remove the middle internal front cover

5. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-1650 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1149
 Figure 1-1651 Remove the tray(s)

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-1652 Locate the cover lock feature

1150 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-1653 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-1654 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 5d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1151
 Figure 1-1655 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-1656 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1152 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1657 Remove the front lower cover

6. Remove the service fluid container electrical interconnect kit.

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then pass the FFC through the ferrite
(callout 2).

Figure 1-1658 Disconnect one FFC

b. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).

NOTE: This screw requires a #6 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1153
 Figure 1-1659 Release two tabs

c. Remove the interconnect PCA.

NOTE: Pass the FFC through the opening in the printer chassis.

Figure 1-1660 Remove the PCA

1154 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Use a finger to reach in behind the contact block, and then push it out of the holder.

Figure 1-1661 Remove the contact block

7. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit 1155
 8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Service fluid container electrical interconnect kit

■ Before installing the contact block, take note of the correct installation orientation (as indicated
in the image below).

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the ejection drive assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the ejection drive assembly.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

1156 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-117 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67054 Ejection drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the airflow assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1662 Open the left door

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1157

 b. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the left cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1663 Remove one screw and the left cover

c. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the right cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1664 Remove one screw and the right cover

1158 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. At the left side of the airflow assembly, disconnect one connector (callout 1) and one flat-
flexible cable (FFC) (callout 2).

Figure 1-1665 Disconnect one connector and one FFC

e. Loosen two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1666 Loosen two screws

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1159

 f. Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down and away from the printer.

Figure 1-1667 Rotate the top of the airflow assembly down

g. Slide the assembly straight out of the printer to release it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the FFC at the left side of the airflow assembly when removing it.

NOTE: Slide the assembly as straight out as possible to avoid binding interference with the
chassis. It might take a considerable pulling force to release the bottom retainers.

TIP: Apply upward pressure to the inside bottom edge of the assembly to make it easier to
remove.

Figure 1-1668 Slide the airflow assembly straight out of the printer

1160 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 h. Remove the airflow assembly.

Figure 1-1669 Remove the airflow assembly

2. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1670 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1161

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1671 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1672 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1162 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1673 Remove the rear cover

3. Remove the ejection drive assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. SFP models only: Remove one screw, and then remove the black-plastic support bracket

Figure 1-1674 Remove the bracket

b. Release the wire harness and cables form the guide (callout 1).

NOTE: SFP printer cables are shown. An MFP printer has additional cables.

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1163

 Figure 1-1675 Release the wire harness and cables

c. Loosen two thumbscrews, and then remove the formatter cage cover.

NOTE: These screws are captive.

Figure 1-1676 Remove the cover

1164 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-1677 Remove one screw

e. Release three pins, and then move the guide (callout 1) to the left to get it out of the way.

Figure 1-1678 Move the guide out of the way

f. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), loosen one screw (callout 2), and then
rotate the guide up (callout 3) and away from the chassis to move it out of the way.

NOTE: The screw is captive.

When the guide is fully raised, it locks in the up position.

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1165

 Figure 1-1679 Move the guide out of the way

1 2
3

g. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then release it from the guide (callout 2).

Figure 1-1680 Disconnect one FFC

h. Loosen three screws (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

NOTE: The three drive gear screws (callout 1) are captive.

TIP: The motor screws (callout 2) are shorter than other screws used in the printer. Make sure
that these screws are used when the ejection drive assembly installed.

1166 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1681 Remove five screws

i. At the left side of the printer, pass the ejection drive assembly FFC through the slot in the
chassis.

Figure 1-1682 Release the FFC

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1167

 j. Slightly raise the drive gear assembly, push up slightly on the motor to release it, and then
remove the motor.

Figure 1-1683 Remove the motor

4. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

1168 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Airflow assembly

a. Take note of the mounting rail on the right side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the right side of the printer chassis.

b. Take note of the mounting rail on the left side of the airflow assembly. This rail slides over a
corresponding mounting bracket on the left side of the printer chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Ejection drive assembly 1169

 Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the printhead assembly.

Mean time to repair: 60 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the printhead assembly for HP PageWide 785z+,
E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-118 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67069 Printhead assembly with instruction guide

NOTE: The following parts are included:

● Fluid service container

● Shipping restrain (rear)

● Shipping restrain (front)

● Printhead wiper (installed in the printhead assembly)

● Start-up cartridge set

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

1170 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print a test page and then check the print quality.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1684 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1171

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1685 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1686 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1172 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1687 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1688 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1173

 Figure 1-1689 Remove the right tower cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1690 Open the cartridge door

1174 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1691 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1692 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1175

 Figure 1-1693 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1694 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

1176 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1695 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1696 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1177

 Figure 1-1697 Remove the cover

5. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

1178 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1698 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1179

 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1699 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-1700 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1180 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1701 Remove the middle internal front cover

6. Remove the output bin.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 6b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1181

 ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

1182 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1183

 vii. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special
installation instructions.

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1702 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

1184 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1703 Remove the flaps

d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1704 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1185

 e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1705 Remove the output bin

7. Remove the printhead assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: The following procedure is for replacing a defective printhead assembly. Special
instructions are provided at the end of this procedure that must be followed to make sure that the
replacement printhead assembly installation is successful.

a. Remove the print cartridges, and then install the shipping fluid cap.

NOTE: Make sure that the start-up supplies (included with the replacement assembly) are
used when the power is turned on for the first time after replacing the printhead assembly.

Make sure that clean unused paper is loaded in Tray 2.

TIP: If the original fluid cap is not available, use the one that is installed in the replacement
printhead assembly.

1186 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1706 Install the fluid cap

b. Before proceeding, do the following:

Reinstallation tip: This is a removal only step. When installing the replacement printhead, skip
this step (the printhead wiper will already be in the home position).

i. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and
under the printhead), go to step 7c. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1
below), continue with these sub steps.

ii. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the
printer. Continue to turn the shaft until the wiper stops.

CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the
printhead.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1187

 1

c. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Verify that the shipping restraint is locked in place.

Shipping restraints (supplied in the kit) must be used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The replacement printhead assembly can become misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1707 Install the right-rear shipping restraint

d. Install the right-front shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Verify that the shipping restraint is locked in place.

Shipping restraints (supplied in the kit) must be used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The replacement printhead assembly can become misaligned when it is installed.

1188 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1708 Install the right-front shipping restraint

e. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB2; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1;
callout 1), install one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).

Figure 1-1709 Remove three screws

f. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 2) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1189

 Figure 1-1710 Disconnect three FFCs

g. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen
one screw (PB5; callout 2).

The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this
printer, but screw access is the same.

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full
counterclockwise/clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4;
callout 1), and then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

Figure 1-1711 Loosen two screws

h. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead
assembly) until it snaps into the locked position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal
chassis.

NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.

1190 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1712 Rotate the FFC guide down

i. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB6; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB7; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB8; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB6;
callout 1), install one screw (PB7; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB8; callout 3).

Figure 1-1713 Remove three screws

j. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then
carefully slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.

IMPORTANT: Use the packaging material from the replacement printhead assembly to send
the defective part back to HP.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1191

 Figure 1-1714 Remove the printhead assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly:

IMPORTANT: Use the packaging material from the replacement printhead assembly to send the
defective part back to HP.

a. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

b. Use the packaging material from the replacement PCA to send the defective part back to HP.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Printhead and wiper assembly

CAUTION: Before reinstalling the printer covers, follow the steps in this section to make sure that
the printhead assembly is correctly installed in the printer—it must be correctly aligned to prevent
the wiper from binding during printer operation.

a. Do the following:

1192 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

i. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

ii. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs
shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1193.

iii. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead
assembly to fully travel into the printer.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1193

 iv. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive
wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1193.

v. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the
wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.

1194 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

vi. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on
the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to
become misaligned in the printer.

TIP: If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) from being fully in and will not slide
in any further, the mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be
protruding into the printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.

vii. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then
PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1195

 b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

i. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the
printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement
rack disengage from the drive wheels. If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and
drive wheels on page 1193.

ii. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is
fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3)
to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

1196 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in
the printer chassis.

Printhead assembly (remove the service fluid container)

CAUTION: A replacement service fluid container is supplied with a replacement printhead

assembly. The replacement service fluid container must be installed before the printer power is
turned on after installing the replacement print head assembly. Follow the instruction below to
remove the installed service fluid container

IMPORTANT: Failure to install a replacement service fluid container might cause an over-flow ink
condition.

a. Open the left door.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1197

 b. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then pull it straight out of the
printer.

c. At the left side of the service fluid container mounting rails, rotate the blue latch to the open
position.

d. Rotate the left rail mounting pin up and out of the rail (callout 1), slightly slide the service fluid
container to the left (callout 2) to release the right rail mounting pin, and then remove the
service fluid container (callout 3).

1198 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Install the replacement service fluid container

CAUTION: A replacement service fluid container is supplied with a replacement printhead

assembly. The replacement service fluid container must be installed before the printer power is
turned on after installing the replacement print head assembly. Follow the instructions below to
install a replacement service fluid container.

IMPORTANT: Failure to install a replacement service fluid container might cause an over-flow ink
condition.

NOTE: After the replacement fluid service container is installed, go to step 7L.

a. Position the service fluid container right rail pin in the mounting rail (callout 1/2), and then
rotate the left rail mounting pin down and into the rail (callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1199

 b. At the left side of the service fluid mounting rails, rotate the blue latch to the closed position.

c. Grasp the green handle on the service fluid container, and then push it straight into the printer.

d. Close the left door.

1200 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Standard output bin

a. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1201

 c. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

d. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

1202 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1203

 g. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

1204 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Set up the replacement printhead assembly

IMPORTANT:

● Make sure that the start-up cartridges are installed before proceeding. Used cartridges might
not contain enough ink to validate and initialize the replacement printhead assembly.

● In the unlikely event that a supply is missing or defective, substitute a regular full trade supply
for the missing or defective supply. The initialization process uses a considerable amount of
ink, so the substitute supply must be new to avoid an out of ink condition during printhead
initialization.

NOTE: The initialization process takes about 26 minutes to complete.

Several pages might print during this process. Discard these pages.

Once the initialization process begins, the installed replacement printhead is paired to the printer.
If it is removed before initialization begins, it is still considered a “new” printhead assembly.

TIP: The initialization processes use paper. Make sure that paper is loaded in the Tray 2.

a. Turn the printer power on (prompts appear on the control-panel display for the following
steps).

b. When the Set up Printhead Assembly screen appears on the control-panel display, select the
Start button to begin the process.

c. When the Sign In screen appears on the control-panel display, type in the following service
access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

d. Select the Sign In button to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: After singing in, the Advanced Service menu opens.

Removal and replacement: Printhead assembly 1205

 e. Several printhead validation screens appear on the control-panel display. When prompted,
select the Continue button to finish the printhead initialization.

IMPORTANT: When initializing is completed, the printhead is permanently paired to the

printer.

NOTE: Do not turn the printer power off during printhead initialization.

Printing is not available while the printhead is initializing (other functions, like printer
configuration settings, might be available during this process.

Verify drop detect status

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select Support Tools.

b. Select Service to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Select the Sign In button to enter the Service menu.

f. Select the Service Reports item, select the Printhead checkbox, and then select the Printer
icon to print the report.

g. Verify that the 32. Drop Detect Status line item is Enabled.

h. If line item 32 is Disabled, do the following:

i. From the main Service menu screen, open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Calibration/Cleaning

ii. Select the Perform Drop Detect item, and then select the Start button.

Verify print quality

Use the following steps to print a Print Quality Report and then verify that the print quality is
acceptable:

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.

b. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Print Quality Pages

c. Select the Print Quality Report item, and then select the Print button to print the page.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit

Learn how to remove and replace the supply interconnect kit.

1206 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the supply interconnect kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off.

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-119 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67103 Supply interconnect kit

This kit includes the following printhead components:

● Flex needle (4)

● Spring, cartridge eject (4)

● Latch arm, cartridge (4)

● Spring, latch (4)

● PCA, acumen contact (1)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1207

 ● #10 TORX short shaft driver with a magnetized tip

IMPORTANT: Required for printers with an inline finisher configuration. If this short shaft driver is
not available, the printhead assembly must be removed to install the supply interconnect kit
components. The shaft and handle length combined should not exceed 83 mm (3.25 in).

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1715 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1208 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1716 Remove the right tower cover

2. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Do one of the following:

a. Floor standing finisher configuration: Open the left door and the upper front door.

b. All other configurations: Open the left door and cartridge door.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1209

 b. At the left side of the printer, release two tabs.

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1717 Release two tabs

1210 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1718 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1719 Remove the cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1211

 a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1720 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1721 Release the left side retainer

1212 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1722 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1723 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1213

 a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 4b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

1214 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1724 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1725 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1215

 Figure 1-1726 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1727 Remove the middle internal front cover

5. Remove the standard output bin.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

1216 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1217

 iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1218 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

vii. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1219

 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1728 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

Figure 1-1729 Remove the flaps

1220 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1730 Release two tabs

e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1731 Remove the output bin

6. Remove the supply interconnect kit.

a. Remove five screws.

IMPORTANT: Inline finisher printers: These screws require a #10 TORX short shaft driver
with a magnetized tip.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1221

 If this short shaft driver is not available, the printhead assembly must be removed to install
the supply interconnect kit components. The shaft and handle length combined should not
exceed 83 mm (3.25 in).

TIP: Inline finisher printers: If necessary, slightly push up on the upper bin moveable tray
base to fit the short shaft driver under it.

Figure 1-1732 Remove five screws

b. Remove the cartridge eject spring(s).

NOTE: Grasp the spring near the base, slightly squeeze it, rotate the spring counterclockwise
to release it, and then remove the spring.

Figure 1-1733 Remove the spring(s)

1222 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Pull the flex needle straight off the post to remove it.

Figure 1-1734 Remove the flex needle(s)

d. Slightly lift the spring end of the latch up.

TIP: Using a small flat-blade screwdriver might make removing the latch and spring easier.

Figure 1-1735 Lift the cartridge latch and spring

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1223

 e. Rotate the latch to the left (callout 1; about 45 degrees from the installed position) to align the
keyed shaft with the slot in the base, and then lift it straight up to release it (callout 2).

Figure 1-1736 Release the cartridge latch and spring

f. Remove the cartridge latch and spring.

Reinstallation tip: Install the spring on the latch, and then install the latch/spring on the base.

Figure 1-1737 Remove the cartridge latch(es) and spring(s)

1224 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Move the guide out of the way, and then disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Figure 1-1738 Disconnect one FFC

h. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-1739 Remove three screws

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1225

 i. Remove the acumen PCA.

Figure 1-1740 Remove the acumen PCA

7. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.
Supply interconnect kit cartridge eject spring

1226 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

■ When the correctly installed, the end of the spring fits into a slot in the mounting base and
the spring is seated on the mounting base pedestal.

Standard output bin

i. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

ii. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1227

 iii. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

iv. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin
so that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

1228 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

v. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1)
engages the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

vi. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto
the printer.

Removal and replacement: Supply interconnect kit 1229

 vii. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly
installed, these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled
—most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer
mounting rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive
motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis
when installing the bridge assembly.

1230 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and
carriage kit
Learn how to remove and replace the through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and
carriage assembly kit.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video that shows how to remove and replace the through beam drop detect (TBODD)
motor and bracket/carriage kits for HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1231
 Table 1-120 part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67061 Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit

● TBODD motor

● TBODD motor bracket

● TBODD drive belt

A7W93-67060 Through beam drop detect (TBODD) carriage assembly kit

● TBODD drive belt

● TBODD drive belt tension assembly

● TBODD Mylar encoder strip

● TBODD flat-flexible cables (FFCs)

● TBODD carriage and upper/sensor PCAs

Required tools
● #6 TORX driver

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1232 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1741 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1742 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1233
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1743 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1744 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the formatter, formatter cage, and back plate.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

1234 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 NOTE: Some of the figures in the procedure show an MFP printer. However, the procedure is
correct for SFP printers.

a. Loosen two thumbscrews (callout 1) and then lift up on the formatter cage cover (callout 2) to
remove it.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1745 Remove the formatter cage cover

b. Do one of the following:

● For an MFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

● For an SFP: Disconnect all of the connectors, and then pass the wire harnesses and
cables through the openings in the formatter cage.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1235
 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reconnect this connector when installing the formatter and
formatter cage.

When correctly installed, the line on the FFC is parallel to the connector body.

Figure 1-1746 Disconnect one connector

d. Remove four screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is captive and cannot be completely removed.

1236 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1747 Remove four screws

e. Rotate the bottom edge of the guide away from the printer (callout 1), and then slightly lift up on
the formatter cage while rotating the bottom edge of the cage away from the printer (callout 2)
to release it.

Figure 1-1748 Release the formatter cage and back plate

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1237
 f. Remove the formatter cage and back plate assembly.

Figure 1-1749 Remove the formatter cage and back plate

3. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1750 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

1238 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1751 Remove the right tower cover

4. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1752 Open the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1239
 b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1753 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1754 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1240 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1755 Remove the cartridge door

5. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1756 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1241
 Figure 1-1757 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1758 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1242 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1759 Remove the cover

6. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 6b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1243
 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1760 Remove five screws

1244 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1761 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-1762 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1245
 Figure 1-1763 Remove the middle internal front cover

7. Remove the output bin

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 7b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

1246 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1247
 v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

1248 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1764 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1249
 Figure 1-1765 Remove the flaps

d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1766 Release two tabs

1250 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1767 Remove the output bin

8. Remove the printhead assembly:

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

IMPORTANT: The following procedure is only for removing the printhead assembly to access
other parts. If a replacement printhead assembly needs to be installed, use the Removal and
Replacement: Printhead assembly instructions in the printer Repair Manual. Special installation
instructions for replacement installations are provided that must be followed to make sure a
replacement assembly installation is successful.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the fluid cap installed. When removing the
printhead to access other assemblies, leave the cartridges installed. Installing the fluid cap is not
necessary.

a. Before proceeding, do the following:

i. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and
under the printhead, go to step 8b. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1
below), continue with these sub steps.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1251
 ii. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the
printer. Continue to turn the shaft until the wiper stops.

CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the
printhead.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

b. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

1252 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1768 Install the right-rear shipping restraint

c. Install the right-front shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1769 Install the right-front shipping restraint

d. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB2; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1;
callout 1), install one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1253
 Figure 1-1770 Remove three screws

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 2) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

Figure 1-1771 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen
one screw (PB5; callout 2).

The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this
printer, but screw access is the same.

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full
counterclockwise/clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4;
callout 1), and then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

1254 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1772 Loosen two screws

g. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead
assembly) until it snaps into the locked position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal
chassis.

NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.

Figure 1-1773 Rotate the FFC guide down

h. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB6; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB7; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB8; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB6;
callout 1), install one screw (PB7; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB8; callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1255
 Figure 1-1774 Remove three screws

i. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then
carefully slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover (if
installed) away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.

Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to
access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Slightly pull up and/or push down on the leading edge of the assembly if
interference is felt.

If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) in and will not slide in any further, the
mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be protruding into the
printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.

Figure 1-1775 Remove the printhead assembly

9. Remove the through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket and carriage kits:

This assembly is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1256 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Disconnect four FFCs (callout 1).

Figure 1-1776 Disconnect four FFCs

b. Remove two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: The upper screw is captive, the lower screw is not captive.

Figure 1-1777 Remove two screws

c. Rotate the top guide up, and then rotate the lower guide away from the printer to move them
out of the way.

NOTE: When the top guide is fully raised, it locks in the up position.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1257
 Figure 1-1778 Move the FFC guides out of the way

d. Use a #6 TORX driver to turn the TBODD drive worm gear clockwise (callout 1) to move the
TBODD carriage into the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1779 Move the TBODD carriage into the printer

e. Pull the TBODD carriage fully into the printer.

Figure 1-1780 Pull the TBODD carriage fully into the printer

1258 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. At the rear of the printer, release the encoder strip (callout 1).

Reinstallation tip: When the encoder strip is reinstalled, fasten the strip on the hook at front
of the printer, and then pull it tight against the tension assembly—this allows the strip to stretch
far enough that it can be easily fastened to the hook on the motor bracket.

Figure 1-1781 Release the encoder strip (rear)

g. At the front of the printer, release the encoder strip (callout 1).

Figure 1-1782 Release the encoder strip (front)

h. Carefully pass the encoder strip through the opening in the chassis to remove it.

NOTE: The encoder strip is included in the TBODD carriage kit (it is not included in the motor
and bracket kit).

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1259
 Figure 1-1783 Remove the encoder strip

i. To remove the TBODD carriage drive belt, motor worm gear, and the motor/bracket, do the
following:

i. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These two screws are different than those used elsewhere in the printer.
make sure these two short shoulder screws are used to reinstall the tension assembly.

ii. Remove the encoder strip mounting clip (callout 1).

NOTE: The mounting clip is included in the TBODD carriage kit (it is not included in the
motor and bracket kit).

1260 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 iii. Pull the TBODD drive belt bracket away from the chassis to release it (callout 1), rotate the
top of the bracket to the left (callout 2), and then partially pass the bracket through the
hole in the chassis (callout 3) to release the tension on the drive belt.

NOTE: The bracket is included in the TBODD carriage kit (it is not included in the motor
and bracket kit).

iv. At the rear of the printer, release the belt (callout 1) from the gear (callout 2), and then
rotate the right end of the shaft away from the holder (callout 3) to remove the gear and
shaft.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1261
 v. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

vi. Remove three screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Before removing the last screw, support the motor/bracket assembly.

vii. Remove the TBODD motor/bracket assembly.

CAUTION: The captive printhead assembly screws (PB4 and PB5; callout 1) are not
captive when the motor/bracket assembly is removed.

1262 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 viii. Before proceeding, note the registration boss on the drive belt.

ix. Pinch the belt on each side of the holder on the carriage, and then rotate the belt (and
registration boss) away from the carriage to remove it.

NOTE: The drive belt is included in both the carriage kit and in the motor and bracket kit.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1263
 j. To remove the TBODD carriage, upper/sensor PCAs, and FFCs (with support bar), do the
following:

Reinstallation tip: For a TBODD motor and bracket kit, skip the remaining steps in this section
and reverse the previous removal steps to install the kit. For a TBODD carriage kit, continue
with the following steps below.

i. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release one ferrite (callout 2).

ii. Remove two screws (callout 1) to release the guide.

iii. Slide the carriage toward the rear of the printer until the retainer on the leading edge of
the carriage can rotate up and off of the shaft.

1264 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 iv. Carefully pull up on the trailing edge of the carriage to release it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to unsnap the trailing edge of the carriage from
the shaft.

v. Support the TBODD carriage, release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the support bar/
FFCs assembly through the opening in the chassis (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1265
 vi. Remove the TBODD assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies.

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Printhead and wiper assembly

a. Do the following:

1266 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

ii. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs
shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

iii. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead
assembly to fully travel into the printer.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1267
 iv. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive
wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

v. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the
wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.

1268 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 vi. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on
the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to
become misaligned in the printer.

vii. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then
PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1269
 b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

i. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the
printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement
rack disengages from the drive wheels.

ii. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is
fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter clockwise (callout 3)
to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

1270 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in
the printer chassis.

Standard output bin

a. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1271
 c. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

d. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

1272 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

Removal and replacement: Through beam drop detect (TBODD) motor and bracket kit and carriage kit 1273
 g. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

1274 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors
Learn how to remove and replace the front deskew and rear deskew reflective edge detection
interrupter (REDI) sensors.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors for
HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-121 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67076 Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1275
 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1784 Remove four screws

1276 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1785 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1786 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1277
 Figure 1-1787 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1788 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1278 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1789 Remove the right tower cover

3. Remove the cartridge door:

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1790 Open the cartridge door

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1279
 b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1791 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1792 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1280 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1793 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1794 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1281
 Figure 1-1795 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1796 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1282 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1797 Remove the cover

5. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1283
 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1798 Remove five screws

1284 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1799 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-1800 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1285
 Figure 1-1801 Remove the middle internal front cover

6. Remove the output bin.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 6b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

1286 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1287
 v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

1288 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1802 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1289
 Figure 1-1803 Remove the flaps

d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1804 Release two tabs

1290 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1805 Remove the output bin

7. Remove the printhead assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

IMPORTANT: The following procedure is only for removing the printhead assembly to access
other parts. If a replacement printhead assembly needs to be installed, use the Removal and
Replacement: Printhead assembly instructions in the printer Repair Manual. Special installation
instructions for replacement installations are provided that must be followed to make sure a
replacement assembly installation is successful.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the fluid cap installed. When removing the
printhead to access other assemblies, leave the cartridges installed. Installing the fluid cap is not
necessary.

a. Before proceeding, do the following:

i. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and
under the printhead, go to step 7b. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1
below), continue with these sub steps.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1291
 ii. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the
printer. Continue to turn the shaft until the wiper stops.

CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the
printhead.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

b. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

1292 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1806 Install the right-rear shipping restraint

c. Install the right-front shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1807 Install the right-front shipping restraint

d. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB2; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1;
callout 1), install one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1293
 Figure 1-1808 Remove three screws

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 2) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

Figure 1-1809 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen
one screw (PB5; callout 2).

The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this
printer, but screw access is the same.

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full
counterclockwise/clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4;
callout 1), and then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

1294 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1810 Loosen two screws

g. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead
assembly) until it snaps into the locked position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal
chassis.

NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.

Figure 1-1811 Rotate the FFC guide down

h. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB6; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB7; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB8; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB6;
callout 1), install one screw (PB7; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB8; callout 3).

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1295
 Figure 1-1812 Remove three screws

i. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then
carefully slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover (if
installed) away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.

Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to
access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Slightly pull up and/or push down on the leading edge of the assembly if
interference is felt.

If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) in and will not slide in any further, the
mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be protruding into the
printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.

Figure 1-1813 Remove the printhead assembly

j. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

CAUTION: Before reinstalling the printer covers, follow the steps in this section to make sure
that the printhead assembly is correctly installed in the printer—it must be correctly aligned to
prevent the wiper from binding during printer operation.

1296 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

8. Remove the front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1), lift the sensors (callout 2) up, and then disconnect the flat-flexible
cables (FFCs) (callout 3) to remove the deskew REDI sensors.

Figure 1-1814 Remove the deskew REDIs

9. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Printhead and wiper assembly

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1297
 a. Do the following:

i. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

ii. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs
shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

iii. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead
assembly to fully travel into the printer.

1298 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

iv. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive
wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

v. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the
wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1299
 vi. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on
the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to
become misaligned in the printer.

vii. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then
PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

1300 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

i. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the
printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement
rack disengages from the drive wheels.

ii. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is
fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter clockwise (callout 3)
to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1301
 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in
the printer chassis.

Standard output bin

a. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

1302 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

d. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1303
 e. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

1304 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors 1305
 Front deskew and rear deskew REDI sensors

a. Scroll to and select the Support Tools button.

b. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then touch the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the eject flap drive assembly.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the Eject flap drive assembly for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

1306 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-122 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67049 Eject flap drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1307

 Figure 1-1815 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1816 Open the rear access covers

1308 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1817 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1818 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1309

 a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1819 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1820 Remove the right tower cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1310 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1821 Open the cartridge door

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1822 Release the left side retainer

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1311

 c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1823 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1824 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the front tower cover.

1312 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1825 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

Figure 1-1826 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1313

 c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1827 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1828 Remove the cover

5. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

1314 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1315

 b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1829 Remove five screws

c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1830 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

1316 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1831 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1832 Remove the middle internal front cover

6. Remove the output bin.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1317

 a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 6b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

1318 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1319

 vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

1320 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1833 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

Figure 1-1834 Remove the flaps

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1321

 d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1835 Release two tabs

e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1836 Remove the output bin

7. Remove the printhead assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

IMPORTANT: The following procedure is only for removing the printhead assembly to access
other parts. If a replacement printhead assembly needs to be installed, use the Removal and
Replacement: Printhead assembly instructions in the printer Repair Manual. Special installation

1322 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

instructions for replacement installations are provided that must be followed to make sure a
replacement assembly installation is successful.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the fluid cap installed. When removing the
printhead to access other assemblies, leave the cartridges installed. Installing the fluid cap is not
necessary.

a. Before proceeding, do the following:

i. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and
under the printhead, go to step 7b. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1
below), continue with these sub steps.

ii. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the
printer. Continue to turn the shaft until the wiper stops.

CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the
printhead.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1323

 1

b. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1837 Install the right-rear shipping restraint

c. Install the right-front shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

1324 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1838 Install the right-front shipping restraint

d. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB2; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1;
callout 1), install one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).

Figure 1-1839 Remove three screws

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 2) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1325

 Figure 1-1840 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen
one screw (PB5; callout 2).

The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this
printer, but screw access is the same.

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full
counterclockwise/clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4;
callout 1), and then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

Figure 1-1841 Loosen two screws

g. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead
assembly) until it snaps into the locked position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal
chassis.

NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.

1326 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1842 Rotate the FFC guide down

h. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB6; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB7; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB8; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB6;
callout 1), install one screw (PB7; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB8; callout 3).

Figure 1-1843 Remove three screws

i. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then
carefully slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover (if
installed) away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.

Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to
access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Slightly pull up and/or push down on the leading edge of the assembly if
interference is felt.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1327

 If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) in and will not slide in any further, the
mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be protruding into the
printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.

Figure 1-1844 Remove the printhead assembly

8. Remove the eject flap drive assembly.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Locate the eject flap drive assembly.

Figure 1-1845 Locate the eject flap drive assembly

1328 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1846 Remove two screws

c. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then remove the eject flap drive
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1847 Remove the eject flap drive assembly

9. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1329

 If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Printhead and wiper assembly

a. Do the following:

i. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

ii. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs
shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

1330 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

iii. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead
assembly to fully travel into the printer.

iv. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive
wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1331

 v. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the
wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.

vi. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on
the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to
become misaligned in the printer.

vii. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then
PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

1332 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

i. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the
printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement
rack disengages from the drive wheels.

ii. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is
fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter clockwise (callout 3)
to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1333

 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in
the printer chassis.

Standard output bin

a. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

1334 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

d. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1335

 e. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

1336 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Eject flap drive assembly 1337

 Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor
Learn how to remove and replace the image sensor and motor.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Advanced

View a video of how to remove and replace the image sensor and motor for HP PageWide
785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-123 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67063 Image sensor and motor

1338 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #8 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1848 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1339

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1849 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1850 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1340 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1851 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1852 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1341

 Figure 1-1853 Remove the right tower cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1854 Open the cartridge door

1342 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1855 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1856 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1343

 Figure 1-1857 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1858 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

1344 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1859 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1860 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1345

 Figure 1-1861 Remove the cover

5. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

1346 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1862 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1347

 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1863 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-1864 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1348 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1865 Remove the middle internal front cover

6. Remove the output bin:

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 6b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1349

 ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

1350 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1351

 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1866 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

1352 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1867 Remove the flaps

d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1868 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1353

 e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1869 Remove the output bin

7. Remove the printhead assembly:

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

IMPORTANT: The following procedure is only for removing the printhead assembly to access
other parts. If a replacement printhead assembly needs to be installed, use the Removal and
Replacement: Printhead assembly instructions in the printer Repair Manual. Special installation
instructions for replacement installations are provided that must be followed to make sure a
replacement assembly installation is successful.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the fluid cap installed. When removing the
printhead to access other assemblies, leave the cartridges installed. Installing the fluid cap is not
necessary.

a. Before proceeding, do the following:

i. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and
under the printhead, go to step 7b. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1
below), continue with these sub steps.

1354 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the
printer. Continue to turn the shaft until the wiper stops.

CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the
printhead.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

b. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1355

 Figure 1-1870 Install the right-rear shipping restraint

c. Install the right-front shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1871 Install the right-front shipping restraint

d. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB2; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1;
callout 1), install one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).

1356 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1872 Remove three screws

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 2) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

Figure 1-1873 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen
one screw (PB5; callout 2).

The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this
printer, but screw access is the same.

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full
counterclockwise/clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4;
callout 1), and then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1357

 Figure 1-1874 Loosen two screws

g. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead
assembly) until it snaps into the locked position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal
chassis.

NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.

Figure 1-1875 Rotate the FFC guide down

h. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB6; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB7; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB8; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB6;
callout 1), install one screw (PB7; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB8; callout 3).

1358 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1876 Remove three screws

i. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then
carefully slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover (if
installed) away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.

Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to
access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Slightly pull up and/or push down on the leading edge of the assembly if
interference is felt.

If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) in and will not slide in any further, the
mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be protruding into the
printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.

Figure 1-1877 Remove the printhead assembly

j. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

CAUTION: Before reinstalling the printer covers, follow the steps in this section to make sure
that the printhead assembly is correctly installed in the printer—it must be correctly aligned to
prevent the wiper from binding during printer operation.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1359

 i. Do the following:

1. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of
the printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

2. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front
tabs shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper
engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1360.

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front
cover away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the
printhead assembly to fully travel into the printer.

1360 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

4. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the
drive wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1360.

5. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back
into the printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise
to engage the wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the
chassis.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1361

 6. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the
manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the
chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks
on the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the
assembly to become misaligned in the printer.

7. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and
then PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

1362 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

ii. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

1. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear
(callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully
raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to
move the wiper away from the printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the
engagement rack disengages from the drive wheels.

2. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear
is disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the
printhead is fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter
clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1363

 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly
aligned in the printer chassis.

8. Remove the image sensor and motor

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Remove seven screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These screws require a #8 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1878 Remove seven screws

b. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: When correctly reinstalled, the cover fits flat against the chassis. If the
cover is not flat against the chassis, remove it and then make sure the Image sensor assembly
is correctly installed.

1364 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1879 Remove the cover

c. Carefully lift the Image sensor at the flat-flexible cable (FFC) end, and then gently pull up on the
FFC to release it.

IMPORTANT: Avoid touching the glass. Skin oils and finger prints can cause print-quality
problems.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement FFC is installed, a protective backing might need to be

removed to expose the sticky side of the FFC.

Figure 1-1880 Remove the FFC

d. Depress one tab (callout 1), slide the ferrite to the left (callout 2) to remove it, and then
disconnect one FFC (callout 3).

Remove the Image sensor.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1365

 Figure 1-1881 Release the ferrite and disconnect the FFC

e. Remove the motor drive gears (callout 1).

Figure 1-1882 Remove the motor drive gears

f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These screws require a #8 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1883 Remove two screws

1366 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 g. Slide the ground clip off the motor bracket to remove it.

Figure 1-1884 Remove the ground clip

h. Lift the motor out of the printer, and then disconnect one FFC (callout 1) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-1885 Remove the image sensor motor

9. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1367

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Printhead and wiper assembly

a. Do the following:

i. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

ii. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs
shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

1368 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

iii. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead
assembly to fully travel into the printer.

iv. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive
wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1369

 v. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the
wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.

vi. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on
the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to
become misaligned in the printer.

vii. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then
PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

1370 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

i. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the
printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement
rack disengages from the drive wheels.

ii. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is
fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter clockwise (callout 3)
to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1371

 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in
the printer chassis.

Standard output bin

a. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

1372 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

d. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1373

 e. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

1374 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

Removal and replacement: Image sensor and motor 1375

 Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor
Learn how to remove and replace the upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form reflective edge
detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI
sensor for HP PageWide 785z+, E77650z+, E77660z+, and P77940dn+ models.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-124 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67053 Upper paper guide assembly

NOTE: The upper paper guide assembly includes the top-of-form reflective
edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor.

1376 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

NOTE: Needle-nose pliers make removing and installing small FFCs easier.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly

1. Remove the rear cover

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-1886 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1377
 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-1887 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-1888 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1378 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1889 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the right tower cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the right door.

Figure 1-1890 Open the right door

b. Release the bottom edge of the right tower cover (callout 1), and then pull straight out on the
cover (callout 2) to remove it.

NOTE: It might take considerable force to remove this cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1379
 Figure 1-1891 Remove the right tower cover

3. Remove the cartridge door.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Open the cartridge door.

Figure 1-1892 Open the cartridge door

1380 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge of
the door to release it.

Figure 1-1893 Release the left side retainer

c. At the right side of the door, rotate the bottom of the black retainer towards the outside edge
of the door to release it.

Figure 1-1894 Release the right side retainer

d. Lift the door straight up and off of the printer to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1381
 Figure 1-1895 Remove the cartridge door

4. Remove the front tower cover.

a. Open the left door.

Figure 1-1896 Open the left door

b. Release two tabs (callout 1).

NOTE: Spread these tabs to release (do not pinch).

1382 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1897 Release two tabs

c. Flex the corner of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the top edge
away from the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1898 Release the front tower cover

d. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1383
 Figure 1-1899 Remove the cover

5. Remove the middle internal front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 5b.

i. Open the upper front door, grasp the door hinges, and then push them straight in to
release them.

NOTE: The hinges are spring loaded.

1384 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Lift the hinges up (callout 1), and then slide them out of the brackets (callout 2) to remove
the door.

b. Remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1900 Remove five screws

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1385
 c. Lift up the middle of the output bin up and pull out on the middle internal front cover to release
one tab.

Figure 1-1901 Release one tab

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up to
release it (callout 2).

CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the cover.

Figure 1-1902 Release the cover

e. Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite from the holder (callout 1), and then remove the
cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1386 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1903 Remove the middle internal front cover

6. Remove the lower front cover.

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

a. Move the cartridge door hinges and connecting bar to the door closed position.

b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the hinge connecting bar.

Figure 1-1904 Remove the hinge connecting bar

c. Pull the tray(s) out until they stop, lift up, and then remove the tray(s).

NOTE: The A4 tandem Tray 2/3 configuration is shown below. However, removing the single
A3 Tray 2 is identical.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1387
 Figure 1-1905 Remove the tray(s)

d. Locate the cover lock near one of the hinges.

Figure 1-1906 Locate the cover lock feature

1388 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Use needle-nose pliers to pull the locking lever out until it stops.

Figure 1-1907 Pull the locking lever out

f. Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge to release it.

Figure 1-1908 Slide the lock shaft away from the hinge

g. Verify that the lock shaft is released, and then repeat these steps to release and unlock the
remaining cover lock (see step 6d).

CAUTION: Both cover locks must be released and unlocked to avoid damage to the lower
front cover when it is removed.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1389
 Figure 1-1909 Verify that the lock shaft is released

h. Move the hinges to the door open position (callout 1), and then remove five screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-1910 Remove five screws

i. Remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1390 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1911 Remove the front lower cover

7. Remove the output bin:

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

NOTE: For floor standing finisher printers, the output bin will look different than shown in the
figures in this section. However, the removal steps are valid for that printer configuration.

a. For floor standing finishers only, do the following:

For all other printers, go to step 7b.

i. For non-flow printers (no keyboard) only: Rotate the top of the keyboard blank cover out
and away from the printer to release it. Remove the cover.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1391
 ii. At the left side of the printer, remove two screws.

iii. Rotate the left edge of the cover out and away from the printer.

iv. Continue to rotate the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.

1392 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

v. Remove three screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

vi. Slide the bridge assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: The bridge assembly is heavy. Do not drop the assembly when handling it.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1393
 b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1912 Disconnect one FFC and remove two screws

2
1

c. Remove two flaps (callout 1) from the output shaft.

NOTE: These flaps snap onto the shaft.

1394 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1913 Remove the flaps

d. Squeeze two tabs together (callout 1), and then slightly slide the output bin towards the front of
the printer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1914 Release two tabs

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1395
 e. Pull the output bin straight out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1915 Remove the output bin

8. Remove the printhead assembly:

A printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer
models.

IMPORTANT: The following procedure is only for removing the printhead assembly to access
other parts. If a replacement printhead assembly needs to be installed, use the Removal and
Replacement: Printhead assembly instructions in the printer Repair Manual. Special installation
instructions for replacement installations are provided that must be followed to make sure a
replacement assembly installation is successful.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the fluid cap installed. When removing the
printhead to access other assemblies, leave the cartridges installed. Installing the fluid cap is not
necessary.

a. Before proceeding, do the following:

i. Check the location of the printhead wiper. If it is in the correct position (all the way in and
under the printhead, go to step 8b. If it is not in the correct position (for example, callout 1
below), continue with these sub steps.

1396 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ii. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper into the
printer. Continue to turn the shaft until the wiper stops.

CAUTION: Lifting up on printhead bar prevents the moving wiper from damaging the
printhead.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

b. At the right side of the printer, install the right-rear shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1397
 Figure 1-1916 Install the right-rear shipping restraint

c. Install the right-front shipping restraint.

CAUTION: Shipping restraints (included in the A7W93-67077 PageWide niblit kit) must be
used to avoid the following conditions:

● The printhead wiper can slide out of the printhead assembly when it is removed.

● The printhead assembly is misaligned when it is installed.

Figure 1-1917 Install the right-front shipping restraint

d. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB1; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB2; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB3; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB1;
callout 1), install one screw (PB2; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB3; callout 3).

1398 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1918 Remove three screws

e. At the rear of the printer, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1).

CAUTION: One FFC connector (callout 2) is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open a
small clip on the connector to remove the FFC.

Figure 1-1919 Disconnect three FFCs

f. Loosen two screws in the following order: Loosen one screw (PB4; callout 1), and then loosen
one screw (PB5; callout 2).

The guide shown in the figure below looks slightly different than the one installed on this
printer, but screw access is the same.

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed. Turn the screws 5 or 6 full
counterclockwise/clockwise revolutions to make sure they disengage/engage the printhead
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Tighten these screws in the following order: Tighten one screw (PB4;
callout 1), and then tighten one screw (PB5; callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1399
 Figure 1-1920 Loosen two screws

g. At the front of the printer, rotate the printhead FFC guide down (towards the printhead
assembly) until it snaps into the locked position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the FFCs are fully on the printhead side of the sheet-metal
chassis.

NOTE: An audible click is heard when the guide locks onto the printhead assembly.

Figure 1-1921 Rotate the FFC guide down

h. Remove three screws in the following order: Remove one screw (PB6; callout 1), remove one
screw (PB7; callout 2), and then remove one screw (PB8; callout 3).

IMPORTANT: These screws must be removed/installed in the correct order.

NOTE: Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the
printhead to access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstall these screws in the following order: Install one screw (PB6;
callout 1), install one screw (PB7; callout 2), and then install one screw (PB8; callout 3).

1400 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1922 Remove three screws

i. Grasp the printhead print bar (callout 1) and the right side (callout 2) of the assembly, and then
carefully slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.

NOTE: It might be necessary to slightly flex the corner (callout 4) of the lower front cover (if
installed) away from the printer chassis so that it does not interfere with the assembly.

Installing a shipping fluid cap (as shown below) is not necessary to remove the printhead to
access other assemblies. Leave the cartridges installed.

Reinstallation tip: Slightly pull up and/or push down on the leading edge of the assembly if
interference is felt.

If the printhead assembly is about 10 mm (0.5 in) in and will not slide in any further, the
mounting screws at the rear of the printer (PB4 and/or PB5) might be protruding into the
printhead cavity. Use a magnetized screwdriver to pull them back out.

Figure 1-1923 Remove the printhead assembly

j. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1401
 Special installation instructions: Printhead and wiper assembly

CAUTION: Before reinstalling the printer covers, follow the steps in this section to make sure
that the printhead assembly is correctly installed in the printer—it must be correctly aligned to
prevent the wiper from binding during printer operation.

i. Do the following:

1. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of
the printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

2. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front
tabs shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper
engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1402.

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front
cover away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the
printhead assembly to fully travel into the printer.

1402 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

4. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the
drive wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1402.

5. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back
into the printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise
to engage the wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the
chassis.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1403
 6. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the
manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the
chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks
on the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the
assembly to become misaligned in the printer.

7. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and
then PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

1404 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

ii. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

1. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear
(callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully
raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to
move the wiper away from the printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the
engagement rack disengages from the drive wheels.

2. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear
is disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the
printhead is fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter
clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1405
 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly
aligned in the printer chassis.

9. Remove the upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor:

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from
the holder.

Figure 1-1924 Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite

b. Remove five screws (callout 1/2).

NOTE: Two sheet-metal screws (callout 1) and three self-tapping screws (callout 2).

1406 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1925 Remove five screws

c. Slightly lift up the upper paper guide assembly (callout 1), slide the assembly towards the rear
of the printer (callout 2), and then rotate the front end of the assembly to the left (callout 3) to
release it.

NOTE: As the assembly is removed/installed, pass the FFC through the opening in the
chassis,

Figure 1-1926 Release the upper paper guide assembly

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1407
 d. Remove the upper paper guide assembly.

Figure 1-1927 Remove the upper paper guide assembly

10. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Printhead and wiper assembly

a. Do the following:

1408 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

i. Before proceeding, take note of the engagement racks (callout 1) on the bottom of the
printhead wiper and the drive wheels (callout 2) in the printer.

ii. Partially install the printhead assembly into the printer until the first two tabs (front tabs
shown) rest on the printer chassis.

IMPORTANT: When the middle tab (callout 1) is aligned with the printer chassis, the
wiper engagement racks are engaged with the drive wheels. See Wiper engagement
racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

iii. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to carefully flex the corner of the lower front cover
away from the printer chassis—this creates the required clearance for the printhead
assembly to fully travel into the printer.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1409
 iv. Push down on the top of the printhead assembly, and then turn the manual wiper
movement shaft clockwise to disengage the wiper engagement racks from the drive
wheels.

NOTE: If necessary, see Wiper engagement racks and drive wheels on page 1267.

v. Continue to push down on the top of the printhead assembly, slightly slide it back into the
printer, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to engage the
wiper engagement racks with the drive wheels.

NOTE: This step ensures that the assembly is installed correctly aligned in the chassis.

1410 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

vi. With constant down pressure on the printhead assembly, continue to turn the manual
wiper movement shaft counterclockwise to pull the assembly fully into the chassis.

IMPORTANT: Down pressure on the assembly ensures that the engagement racks on
the wiper do not ride up and over the drive wheels, which can cause the assembly to
become misaligned in the printer.

vii. When the assembly is fully seated, install screw PB1 (callout 1), PB2 (callout 2), and then
PB3 (callout 3) to keep the assembly from moving.

NOTE: Remove the flat-blade screwdriver, and continue the reinstall steps.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1411
 b. After all printhead assembly screws are installed (in the correct order), remove the wiper
shipping restraints, and then do the following:

NOTE: Use a #20 TORX driver to turn the manual wiper movement shaft.

i. Support the printhead bar (callout 1), and then disengage a spring loaded gear (callout 2;
pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is fully raised, and then turn
the manual wiper movement shaft clockwise (callout 3) to move the wiper away from the
printhead (towards the right door).

CAUTION: Do not move the wiper so far away from the printhead that the engagement
rack disengages from the drive wheels.

ii. Continue to support the printhead bar (callout 1), verify that the spring-loaded gear is
disengaged (callout 2; pull it toward the front of the printer). Make sure the printhead is
fully raised, and then turn the manual wiper movement shaft counter clockwise (callout 3)
to move the wiper to its home position under the printhead.

NOTE: The wiper should move with little force required to turn the manual shaft.

1412 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 If excessive force is required to move the wiper, the printhead is not correctly aligned in
the printer chassis.

Standard output bin

a. Locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the output bin.

b. Before proceeding, locate the mounting rail (callout 1) on the printer.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1413
 c. Align the mounting rail on the output bin with the mounting rail on the printer.

d. Slide the output bin about half way in, and then slightly lift the right side of the output bin so
that the inner clip (callout 1) will pass over the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

1414 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

e. Continue to slide the output bin into place, and make sure that the inner clip (callout 1) engages
the slot in the sheet-metal chassis (callout 2).

f. Slide the output bin straight onto the printer.

IMPORTANT: Slide the output bin completely into place. Make sure it slides straight onto the
printer.

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1415
 g. From the right side of the printer, check the tabs on the output bin. If it is correctly installed,
these tabs are aligned with the hole in the chassis.

IMPORTANT: If the tabs are not aligned with the hole in the chassis and would require
pushing in on the output bin to align them, the output bin must be removed and reinstalled—
most likely the output bin mounting rail was not aligned and installed on the printer mounting
rail.

NOTE: Make sure that the output stack control arm shaft is engaged with its drive motor.

Bridge assembly

● Make sure that the rails on the bridge assembly align with rails on the printer chassis when
installing the bridge assembly.

1416 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Upper paper guide assembly (1 of 2)

■ Slightly lift up on the through beam optical detect (TBODD) carriage (callout 1), and then insert
the end of the upper paper guide marked “REAR” through the hole in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Upper paper guide assembly (2 of 2)

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools
button.

b. Select the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Enter the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

Removal and replacement: Upper paper guide assembly / top-of-form REDI sensor 1417
 e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

g. Select the Calibrate Paper Path Sensors item, and then touch the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Remove and replacement: Trays

Learn how to remove and replace the printer trays.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and all optional 1X550-sheet input
feeders
Learn how to remove and replace Tray 2 (A3), and all optional 1X550-sheet input feeders.

View a video of how to remove and replace the printer trays.

CAUTION: Do not extend more than one tray at a time.

Do not use a paper tray as a step.

Keep hands out of paper trays when closing.

All trays must be closed when moving the printer.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-125 Part information

Part number Part description

A7X02-67006 Tray 2 (A3) and optional 1X550-sheet input feeders trays

1418 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and use the replaced tray as the paper source.

1. Remove the tray.

NOTE: The tandem Tray 2/3 (A4) printer configuration is shown in this procedure. However, the
procedure is correct for a single Tray 2 (A3) printer configuration and for all optional 1X550-sheet
input feeders.

■ Pull the tray out of the printer until it stops, slightly lift the front of the tray up, and then pull it out
of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-1928 Remove the tray or trays

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 (A3), tandem Tray 2/3 (A4), and all optional 1X550-sheet input feeders 1419
 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Remove and replacement: Accessories

Learn how to remove and replace the accessories.

Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory
Learn how to remove and replace the small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to install the small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM)
accessory.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

1420 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-126 Part information

Part number Part description

E5K48-67902 SODIMM with instruction guide

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Press the Power button to turn on the printer.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-1929 Release the formatter cover

Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory 1421
 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1930 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1931 Loosen two thumb screws

1422 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1932 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Unpack the accessory.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory 1423
 4. Install the SODIMM.

NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFP
printers.

a. Insert the SODIMM in the holder.

TIP: The SODIMM is keyed and can only be inserted in the holder one way.

Figure 1-1933 Insert the SODIMM

b. Rotate the SODIMM toward the holder (callout 1), and then make sure that the two locking
arms snap into place (callout 2).

Figure 1-1934 Install the SODIMM

5. Install the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

1424 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-1935 Install the formatter cage cover

b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-1936 Tighten two thumb screws

6. Install the formatter cover.

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1937 Install the formatter cover

Install accessory: Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) accessory 1425
 b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

Figure 1-1938 Install the formatter cover

Install accessory: Internal USB ports

Learn how to install the internal USB ports.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video of how to remove and replace the internal USB ports accessory.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-127 Part information

Part number Part description

B5L28-67902 Two internal USB ports

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

1426 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the formatter cover.

a. Grasp the top of the formatter cover, and then rotate it away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-1939 Release the formatter cover

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1940 Remove the formatter cover

2. Remove the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Install accessory: Internal USB ports 1427

 a. Loosen two thumb screws.

NOTE: These screws are captive and cannot be removed.

Figure 1-1941 Loosen two thumb screws

b. Lift the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1942 Remove the formatter cage cover

3. Unpack the accessory.

a. Remove the accessory from its package. Save all packaging for recycling.

b. For complete information on HP's recycling programs, go to Product return and recycling.

4. Install the internal USB ports:

CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.

NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this procedure. However, the procedure is correct for SFP
printers.

1428 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove the following items from the accessory kit.

● The small PCA board

● The PCA mounting cradle

● The shortest single cable (B5L46-60115)

Figure 1-1943 Select accessory kit items

b. Do the following:

i. Hold the small PCA and the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation.

ii. Align the cutouts on the PCA on the tabs of the PCA mounting cradle.

iii. Install the small PCA on the PCA mounting cradle.

NOTE: The PCA snaps onto the mounting cradle

Mount the PCA on the PCA mounting cradle and snap it in place.

Install accessory: Internal USB ports 1429

 c. Connect the cable to the small PCA.

Figure 1-1944 Connect the cable

d. Do the following:

i. Hold the small PCA attached to the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation.

ii. On the left side of the formatter case area, locate the sheet metal tab and slots (callout 1).

e. Slide the PCA mounting cradle onto the sheet metal tab (callout 1), and then snap the tab into
the sheet-metal slot (callout 2).

NOTE: Make sure that the mounting cradle is securely fastened to the formatter case.

Figure 1-1945 Install the assembly

1430 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Connect the cable to the formatter.

Figure 1-1946 Connect the cable

5. Install the formatter cage cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Position the cover on the formatter cage.

Figure 1-1947 Install the formatter cage cover

Install accessory: Internal USB ports 1431

 b. Tighten two thumb screws.

Figure 1-1948 Tighten two thumb screws

6. Install the formatter cover.

a. Position the cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-1949 Install the formatter cover

b. Rotate the top of the formatter cover towards the printer to install it.

NOTE: The formatter cover snaps in place.

1432 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1950 Install the formatter cover

Install accessory: Foreign interface harness (FIH)

Learn how to install the foreign interface harness (FIH).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video on how to install the foreign interface harness (FIH) accessory.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts

Table 1-128 Part information

Part number Part description

B5L31-67902 Foreign interface harness (FIH)

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Install accessory: Foreign interface harness (FIH) 1433

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Unpack the accessory.

a. Remove the new part from its package. Save all packaging for recycling.

b. For complete information on HP's recycling programs, go to Product return and recycling.

2. Install the foreign interface harness (FIH).

■ Locate the USB port on the printer, and then plug the USB end of the FIH cable into the printer
USB port.

Figure 1-1951 Plug the FIH cable into the printer USB port

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the stapler/stacker (S/S) punch assembly in the finisher.

Mean time to repair: 20 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

View a video on how to install the 2/4, 3/4, and Swedish hole punch kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

1434 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

Refer to the table below to identify the part number. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-129 Part information

Part number Part description

SL-HPU501T Hole punch (2/3 hole)

SL-HPU501F Hole punch (2/4 hole)

SL-HPU501S Hole punch (Swedish)

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● X-acto knife (optional)

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left top cover (finisher).

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1435

 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-1952 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-1953 Separate the finisher from the printer

1436 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-1954 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-1955 Remove the left top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1437

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-1956 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-1957 Remove three screws (front side)

1438 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-1958 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-1959 Remove three screws (rear side)

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1439

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1960 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Figure 1-1961 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door (finisher).

1440 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1962 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-1963 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1441

 Figure 1-1964 Remove the front door assembly

4. Unpack the accessory.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Install the punch assembly (finisher).

1442 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-1965 Remove two screws (front side)

b. Pull the sheet-metal bracket straight out of the chassis to remove it.

Figure 1-1966 Remove the sheet-metal bracket

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1443

 c. Remove the shipping tape from the punch assembly if it is present.

Figure 1-1967 Remove the shipping tape

d. Slide the punch assembly into the chassis.

Figure 1-1968 Install the punch assembly

e. Install one screw.

CAUTION: The punch assembly must be flat against the chassis before installing the screw.
If is not, partially remove the assembly and reinstall it. There is a tab on the far end of the
assembly that fits into a slot in the chassis.

NOTE: This screw is supplied with the kit.

1444 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1969 Install one screw

f. Connect one connector.

Figure 1-1970 Connect one connector

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1445

 g. Open the rear door.

Figure 1-1971 Open the rear door

h. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to carefully remove the blank cover.

NOTE: Pry the blank cover out and away from the inner cover so that it does not fall into the
cavity behind it (it might be difficult to reach in and remove it).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the cover if you use an X-acto knife to cut through some of
the ribs that adjoin it to the inner cover.

Figure 1-1972 Remove the blank cover

1446 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Install the chad drawer.

Figure 1-1973 Install the chad drawer

j. Remove the protective backing from the customer label, and then affix the label to the inner
cover (as shown below).

Figure 1-1974 Apply the customer label

6. Install the front door (finisher).

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1447

 a. Install the front door assembly.

Figure 1-1975 Install the front door assembly

b. Open the front door, and then install two screws.

Figure 1-1976 Install two screws (front side)

1448 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the left side of the finisher, install two screws.

Figure 1-1977 Install two screws (left side)

7. Install the top cover (finisher).

a. Install the top cover.

Figure 1-1978 Install the top cover

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1449

 b. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, connect one in-line connector (callout 1), and
then engage one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-1979 Disconnect one connector and release retainer

c. Install three screws.

Figure 1-1980 Install three screws (top side)

1450 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Install two screws.

Figure 1-1981 Install two screws

e. Open the front door, and then install three screws.

Figure 1-1982 Install three screws (front side)

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1451

 f. Open the rear door, and then install three screws.

Figure 1-1983 Install three screws (rear side)

8. Install the left top cover (finisher).

a. Engage the front edge of the cover with the front door assembly (callout 1), and then rotate the
rear edge of the cover toward the chassis (callout 2) to install it.

Figure 1-1984 Install the left top cover

1452 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Install two screws

Figure 1-1985 Install two screws

c. Slide the finisher toward the printer to engage it.

Figure 1-1986 Connect the finisher to the printer

Install accessory: Stapler/stacker punch assembly 1453

 d. Connect one connector.

Figure 1-1987 Connect finisher connector

Remove and replacement: Input accessories

Learn how to remove and replace the input accessory assemblies.

Remove and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders

Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders assemblies.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, all of the procedures are correct for both 1x550-sheet feeders and the
3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for all sheet
feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder
rear cover.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and
3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1454 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-130 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W95-67001 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover

NOTE: The 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet, 3x550-sheet feeder, and
HCI all use the same rear cover.

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screw driver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover 1455
 a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-1988 Open the printer right door

b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-1989 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

1456 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-1990 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.

Figure 1-1991 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.

Figure 1-1992 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory

f. Remove the accessory rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover 1457
 Figure 1-1993 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder
inner front cover.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

1458 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and
3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-131 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W95-67003 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front
cover

A7W95-67004 3x550-sheet feeder front spanner

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover
1459
 a. 3x550-sheet feeder only: Remove the trays, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the
lower inner front cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-1994 Remove the lower inner front cover

b. Remove the trays and or storage bin, and then remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-1995 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the top of the inner front cover away from the sheet feeder to remove it.

Figure 1-1996 Remove the inner front cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

1460 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder
right door.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and
3x550-sheet feeder right door.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door 1461
 Table 1-132 part information

Part number part description

A7W95-67021 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right door

A7W95-67016 3x550-sheet feeder right door

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-1997 Open the printer right door

1462 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-1998 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-1999 Release the rear cover

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door 1463
 d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.

Figure 1-2000 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.

Figure 1-2001 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory

f. Remove the accessory rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2002 Remove the cover

1464 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2003 Open the printer right door

b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2004 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), release each ferrite (callout 2) from the
holders, and then release the FFCs from the retainers (callout 3).

NOTE: The 1x550-sheet feeder only has the small FFC.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door 1465
 Figure 1-2005 Disconnect two FFCs and release each ferrite

d. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the right door strap.

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement right door is installed, transfer the retention strap from
the discarded door to the replacement assembly.

Figure 1-2006 Remove four screws

e. Close the printer right door.

Figure 1-2007 Close the printer right door

1466 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2008 Remove two screws

g. Slightly flex the top inner corner of the right door cover away from the door.

Figure 1-2009 Flex the top inner corner right door

h. Lift the door straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the FFC(s) when removing the door.

Figure 1-2010 Remove the sheet feeder right door

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder right door 1467
 3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage
cabinet right inner cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right
inner cover.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

1468 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-133 Part information

Part numbers Part description

A7W95-67011 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2011 Open the printer right door

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet right inner cover 1469
 b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2012 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2013 Remove four screws

1470 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Lift the right inner cover up to remove it.

Figure 1-2014 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies (PCAs)
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies (PCAs).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) 1471
 View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit
assemblies (PCAs).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-134 Part information

Part number Part description

A7X02-67005 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit
assembly (PCA)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the appropriate sheet feeder as the source tray.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

1472 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2015 Open the printer right door

b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2016 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) 1473
 Figure 1-2017 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.

Figure 1-2018 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.

Figure 1-2019 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory

f. Remove the accessory rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1474 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2020 Remove the cover

2. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit
assembly (PCA).

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Locate the sheet feeder PCA(s).

Figure 1-2021 Locate the sheet feeder PCA(s)

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) 1475
 b. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the right edge of the cover away from the chassis, and then
remove the cover.

Figure 1-2022 Release one tab and remove the cover

c. Disconnect four flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2),
and then remove two screws (callout 3) to remove the sheet feeder PCA.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2023 Remove the sheet PCA

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

1476 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder latch
assemblies.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-135 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67034 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet feeders latch assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies
1477
 ○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2024 Open the printer right door

b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2025 Open the sheet feeder right door

1478 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-2026 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.

Figure 1-2027 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.

Figure 1-2028 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies
1479
 f. Remove the accessory rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2029 Remove the cover

2. Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assembly.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Locate the sheet feeder latch(es).

Figure 1-2030 Locate the sheet feeder latch(es)

1480 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) from the top of the latch assembly (callout 1).

Figure 1-2031 Release two FFCs

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2032 Remove two screws

d. Slightly rotate the front edge of the latch up to release it, and then remove the HCI latch.

Figure 1-2033 Remove the HCI latch

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder latch assemblies
1481
 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Tray 2 latch assembly (A4 tandem Trays 2/3 only)

■ Before installing the assembly, make sure that it is not in the locked position (callout 1). If it is in
the locked potion, pull on the green lever to unlock it (callout 2).

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch(es)
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutches.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick
clutches.

1482 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-136 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67078 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray with the replaced tray pick clutch as the source tray.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch(es)
1483
 a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2034 Open the printer right door

b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2035 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

1484 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2036 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.

Figure 1-2037 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.

Figure 1-2038 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory

f. Remove the accessory rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch(es)
1485
 Figure 1-2039 Remove the cover

2. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Locate the sheet feeder tray pick clutch.

Figure 1-2040 Locate the sheet feeder tray pick clutch

1486 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-2041 Disconnect one connector

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2042 Remove two screws

d. Remove the sheet feeder tray pick clutch.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2043 Remove the sheet feeder tray pick clutch

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch(es)
1487
 3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensors
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensors.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect
sensors.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

1488 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-137 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67023 1x550 and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensor

Required tools
● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensor.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both 1x550-sheet feeders and the
3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for all sheet
feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Remove the tray, and then locate the sheet feeder width detect sensor.

Figure 1-2044 Locate the sheet feeder width detect sensor

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder width detect sensors 1489
 b. Before proceeding, take note of the retention tab at the top of the part.

Figure 1-2045 Locate the retention tab

c. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the sensor away from the chassis
(callout 2) to separate it from the printer.

CAUTION: The sensor is still connected to the printer by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the sensor.

Figure 1-2046 Release one tab

d. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the sheet feeder width detect sensor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1490 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2047 Disconnect one FFC

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly 1491
 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-138 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67022 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both 1x550-sheet feeders and the
3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps are valid for all sheet
feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

1492 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove the tray, and then locate the sheet feeder lift assembly.

Figure 1-2048 Locate the sheet feeder lift assembly

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1).

Figure 1-2049 Disconnect one FFC

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

CAUTION: The lift assembly is still attached to the sheet feeder by a FFC. Do not attempt to
completely remove the assembly.

Figure 1-2050 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly 1493
 d. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the sheet feeder lift assembly.

Figure 1-2051 Disconnect one FFC and remove the sheet feeder lift assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder lift assembly

1494 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ■ When installing the assembly, make sure that the tab on the assembly is in the arm on the
pickup roller arm shaft.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Image to check the tab on the lift assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s).

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller
arm(s).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-139 part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67079 1x550- and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
1495
 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the pickup roller arm was replaced as the source
tray.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. 3x550-sheet feeder only: Remove the trays, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the
lower inner front cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2052 Remove the lower inner front cover

1496 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove the trays and or storage bin, and then remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2053 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the top of the inner front cover away from the sheet feeder to remove it.

Figure 1-2054 Remove the inner front cover

2. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s).

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
1497
 a. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention
clip.

Figure 1-2055 Release the retention clip

b. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the sheet feeder to release the opposite end
of the shaft.

Figure 1-2056 Pull the shaft out

c. Remove the pickup roller arm.

Figure 1-2057 Remove the pickup roller arm

1498 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 3. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)

a. Install the assembly shaft into the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch (callout 1). Make sure
that the white slotted arm (callout 2) on the pickup roller arm installs over the tab on the lift
assembly (callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: You might have to rotate the shaft to align it with the keyed opening drive
assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)
1499
 b. The shaft is correctly installed in the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch when it protrudes
about 6 mm (.23 in) through the hole in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assemblies
Learn how to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder
separation assemblies.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 1x550 and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assemblies

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-140 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67031 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assembly

1500 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screw driver

● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● Optional: Needle-nose pliers

TIP: Needle-nose pliers make it easier to disconnect/connect flat-flexible cables (FFCs).

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the separation assembly was replaced as the
source tray.

1. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder rear cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2058 Open the printer right door

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
1501
 b. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2059 Open the sheet feeder right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-2060 Release the rear cover

1502 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory to release it.

Figure 1-2061 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory.

Figure 1-2062 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the accessory

f. Remove the accessory rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2063 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
1503
 2. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder inner front cover.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. 3x550-sheet feeder only: Remove the trays, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the
lower inner front cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2064 Remove the lower inner front cover

b. Remove the trays and or storage bin, and then remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2065 Remove six screws

1504 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Rotate the top of the inner front cover away from the sheet feeder to remove it.

Figure 1-2066 Remove the inner front cover

3. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

a. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention
clip.

Figure 1-2067 Release the retention clip

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
1505
 b. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the sheet feeder to release the opposite end
of the shaft.

Figure 1-2068 Pull the shaft out

c. Remove the pickup roller arm.

Figure 1-2069 Remove the pickup roller arm

4. Remove the 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation
assembly.

NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, this procedure is correct for both the 1x550-sheet feeder with
storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder. Figures might show one or the other, however the steps
are valid for both sheet feeders.

Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

1506 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. At the rear of the sheet feeder, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs), and one connector
(callout 1).

Figure 1-2070 Disconnect two FFCs and one connector

b. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2071 Open the printer right door

c. Push the sheet feeder right door release button (callout 1), and then open the sheet feeder
right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2072 Open the sheet feeder right door

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
1507
 d. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab and slightly rotate the bottom edge of the paper
path roller cover away from the sheet feeder (callout 2), and then lift up on the cover (callout 3)
to remove it.

Figure 1-2073 Remove the paper path roller cover

e. Remove two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: If four screws are present, remove the two most inner screws.

Figure 1-2074 Remove two screws

1508 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Support the sheet feeder separation assembly, and then push the left end (the end nearest
the front of the feeder) into the tray cavity.

Figure 1-2075 Release the separation assembly

g. Remove the separation assembly.

Figure 1-2076 Remove the separation assembly

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
1509
 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller arm(s)

a. Install the assembly shaft into the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch (callout 1). Make sure
that the white slotted arm (callout 2) on the pickup roller arm installs over the tab on the lift
assembly (callout 3).

Reinstallation tip: You might have to rotate the shaft to align it with the keyed opening drive
assembly.

b. The shaft is correctly installed in the keyed opening in the tray pick clutch when it protrudes
about 6 mm (.23 in) through the hole in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Image indicating the correct shaft install.

1510 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies

a. If a replacement assembly is installed, install the black plastic mounting bracket from the
discarded assembly on the replacement assembly, and then install two screws (callout 1).

b. Take note of the mounting tabs on the separation assembly.

c. Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet and 3x550-sheet feeder separation assemblies
1511
 Remove and replacement: High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder
Learn how to remove and replace the High capacity input (HCI) 4000-sheet feeder assemblies.

Removal and replacement: HCI tunnel REDI sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tunnel reflective edge detection
interrupter (REDI) sensor.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI tunnel REDI sensor.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-141 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67076 REDI sensor (HCI tunnel)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

1512 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI tunnel REDI sensor.

a. Do the following:

a. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

b. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

c. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Removal and replacement: HCI tunnel REDI sensor 1513

 b. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2077 Open the printer right door

c. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2078 Open the HCI right door

1514 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Grasp the green handle, and then pull the HCI jam cassette straight out of the HCI.

Figure 1-2079 Pull the HCI jam cassette out

e. Look up into the tray cavity, and then locate the HCI tunnel REDI sensor.

Figure 1-2080 Locate the HCI tunnel REDI sensor

f. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the senor holder towards the back of the HCI (callout 2, and
then slightly slide it to the right (callout 3) to release it.

CAUTION: The sensor and holder are still connected to the HCI by a flat-flexible cable. Do not
attempt to completely remove the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI tunnel REDI sensor 1515

 Figure 1-2081 Release the sensor holder

g. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the REDI sensor (callout 2) from the holder.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies.

Figure 1-2082 Remove the HCI tunnel REDI sensor

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

1516 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI rear cover

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) rear cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI rear cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Basic

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-142 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W95-67001 HCI rear cover

NOTE: The HCI, 1x550-sheet feeder with storage cabinet, and 3x550-sheet
feeder all use the same rear cover.

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screw driver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

Removal and replacement: HCI rear cover 1517

 ○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI rear cover.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2083 Open the printer right door

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2084 Open the HCI right door

1518 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-2085 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2086 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2087 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

Removal and replacement: HCI rear cover 1519

 f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2088 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI inner front cover

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) inner front cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI inner front cover.

1520 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-143 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W97-67003 HCI front inner cover

A7W97-67004 HCI front inner lower cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI inner front cover.

a. Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Removal and replacement: HCI inner front cover 1521

 b. Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

c. Remove seven screws, and then remove the HCI inner front cover.

NOTE: Two of these screws (callout 1) require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1522 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2089 Remove the HCI inner front cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI jam cassette

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) jam cassette.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI jam cassette.

Removal and replacement: HCI jam cassette 1523

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-144 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W97-67010 HCI jam cassette

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and use the HCI as the paper source.

1. Remove the HCI jam cassette.

1524 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2090 Open the printer right door

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2091 Open the HCI right door

Removal and replacement: HCI jam cassette 1525

 c. Grasp the green handle, and then pull the HCI jam cassette straight out of the HCI.

Figure 1-2092 Pull the HCI jam cassette out

d. Support the cassette, and then push outward on the rail to release the pin on the left side of
the cassette.

Figure 1-2093 Release the left side cassette rail

e. Support the cassette, and then push outward on the rail to release the pin on the right side of
the cassette.

Figure 1-2094 Release the right side cassette rail

1526 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Remove the HCI jam cassette.

Figure 1-2095 Remove the cassette

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s)

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) pickup roller arm(s).

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI pickup roller arms.

Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s) 1527

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-145 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67079 HCI pickup roller arm(s)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX short shaft driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI inner front cover.

a. Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

1528 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2096 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-2097 Remove the HCI left tray

c. Remove seven screws, and then remove the HCI inner front cover.

NOTE: Two of these screws (callout 1) require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s) 1529

 Figure 1-2098 Remove the HCI inner front cover

2. Remove the HCI pickup roller arm.

NOTE: Removing the left HCI pickup roller arm is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same
for the right pickup arm.

a. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention
clip.

Figure 1-2099 Release the retention clip

1530 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the printer to release the opposite end of the
shaft.

Figure 1-2100 Pull the shaft out

c. Remove the HCI pickup roller arm.

Figure 1-2101 Remove the HCI pickup roller arm

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

Removal and replacement: HCI pickup roller arm(s) 1531

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

HCI pickup roller arm(s)

■ Install the assembly shaft into the hole in the HCI chassis, and make sure that the slotted arm
on the pickup roller installs over the tab (callout 1).

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Figure 1-2102 Install the HCI pickup roller arm(s)

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) separation assemblies.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI separation assemblies.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

1532 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-146 Part information

Part number Part discription

A7W93-67088 HCI separation assemblies

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 TORX short shaft driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the tray where the separation assembly was replaced as the
source tray.

1. Remove the HCI inner front cover.

a. Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies 1533

 Figure 1-2103 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left and right retention levers on the
tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-2104 Remove the HCI left tray

c. Remove seven screws, and then remove the HCI inner front cover.

NOTE: Two of these screws (callout 1) require a #10 TORX thin shaft driver.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1534 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2105 Remove the HCI inner front cover

2. Remove the HCI pickup roller arm.

NOTE: Removing the left HCI pickup roller arm is shown in this procedure. The steps are the same
for the right pickup arm.

a. Slightly pull out on the retention clip to release it, and then rotate it down. Remove the retention
clip.

Figure 1-2106 Release the retention clip

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies 1535

 b. Pull the pickup arm shaft out towards the front of the printer to release the opposite end of the
shaft.

Figure 1-2107 Pull the shaft out

c. Remove the HCI pickup roller arm.

Figure 1-2108 Remove the HCI pickup roller arm

3. Remove the HCI rear cover.

1536 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2109 Open the printer right door

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2110 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies 1537

 Figure 1-2111 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2112 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2113 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1538 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2114 Remove the cover

4. Remove the HCI separation assembly.

NOTE: Removing the left HCI separation assembly is shown in this procedure. The steps are the
same for the right separation assembly.

a. At the rear of the HCI, disconnect three flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and one connector
(callout 1).

Figure 1-2115 Disconnect FFCs and connector

b. Remove three screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the sheet-metal plate.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) is a machine screw, and two screws (callout 2) are self-tapping
screws.

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies 1539

 Figure 1-2116 Remove three screws and the sheet-metal plate

c. HCI left separation assembly only: Look up into the right tray cavity, and then loosen, but do
not remove, two screws.

NOTE: Loosening these screws provides some clearance between the separation assembly
and the chassis.

Figure 1-2117 Loosen two screws

1540 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Slightly slide the front end of the assembly forward, and then rotate it down and to the left, pull
it straight out of the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2118 Release the assembly

e. Remove the separation assembly.

Figure 1-2119 Remove the separation assembly

5. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

Removal and replacement: HCI separation assemblies 1541

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

HCI separation assemblies

a. Take note of the mounting tabs on the separation assembly.

Figure 1-2120 Mounting tabs on the separation assembly

b. Left separation assembly: Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Figure 1-2121 Left separation assembly mounting holes

1542 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Right separation assembly: Take note of the mounting slots in the chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Open the HCI right door to get a better view of the right separation
assembly mounting holes.

Figure 1-2122 Right separation assembly mounting holes

HCI pickup roller arm(s)

■ Install the assembly shaft into the hole in the HCI chassis, and make sure that the slotted arm
on the pickup roller installs over the tab (callout 1).

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Figure 1-2123 Install the HCI pickup roller arm(s)

Removal and replacement: HCI tray presence sensors

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray presence sensors.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI tray presence sensors.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray presence sensors 1543

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-147 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67040 HCI tray presence sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI tray presence sensor.

NOTE: Removing the left HCI tray presence sensor is shown in this procedure. The steps are the
same for the right tray presence sensor.

a. Right HCI tray presence sensor: Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left
and right retention levers on the tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

1544 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2124 Remove the HCI right tray

b. Left HCI tray presence sensor: Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left
and right retention levers on the tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-2125 Remove the HCI left tray

Removal and replacement: HCI tray presence sensors 1545

 c. Look into the tray cavity, and then locate the tray presence sensor.

Figure 1-2126 Locate the sensor

d. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then
remove the tray presence sensor (callout 3).

Figure 1-2127 Remove the sensor

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

1546 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray width detect sensors

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray width detect sensors.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI tray width detect sensors.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-148 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67023 HCI tray width detect sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray width detect sensors 1547

 Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI tray width detect sensor.

NOTE: Removing the left HCI tray width detect sensor is shown in this procedure. The steps are
the same for the right tray width detect sensor.

a. Right HCI tray width detect sensor: Pull the right tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the
left and right retention levers on the tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

b. Left HCI tray width detect sensor: Pull the left tray out of the printer until it stops, locate the left
and right retention levers on the tray rails, and then do the following:

i. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

ii. Push up on and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

iii. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

1548 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Look into the tray cavity, and then locate the tray width detect sensor.

Figure 1-2128 Locate the sensor

d. Before proceeding, take note of the retention tab at the top of the part.

Figure 1-2129 Locate the retention tab

Removal and replacement: HCI tray width detect sensors 1549

 e. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the sensor away from the chassis
(callout 2) to separate it from the HCI.

CAUTION: The sensor is still connected to the HCI by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do not
attempt to completely remove the sensor.

Figure 1-2130 Release the sensor

f. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove the HCI tray width sensor.

Figure 1-2131 Disconnect one FFC and then remove the sensor

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

1550 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

HCI width detect sensor

■ If the FFC does not protrude far enough into the tray cavity to connect to the sensor, remove the
rear cover. Release the sensor FFC from the guide (callout 1 is the right side sensor; callout 2 is
the left side sensor), and then push the FFC into the tray cavity.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) printed circuit assembly (PCA).

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA).

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies 1551

 Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-149 Part information

Part number Part description

A7X02-67005 HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the HCI as the source tray.

1. Remove the HCI rear cover.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2132 Open the printer right door

1552 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2133 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-2134 Release the rear cover

Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies 1553

 d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2135 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2136 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2137 Remove the cover

1554 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

2. Remove the HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA).

a. Locate the HCI PCA(s).

NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most PCA (callout 1) is the right tray PCA,
and the right most PCA (callout 2) is the left tray PCA.

Figure 1-2138 Locate the HCI PCA(s)

b. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the right edge of the cover away from the chassis, and then
remove the cover.

Figure 1-2139 Release one tab and remove the cover

c. Disconnect four flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2),
and then remove three screws (callout 3) to remove the HCI PCA.

NOTE: The left tray PCA only has three FFCs and one connector.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI printed circuit assemblies 1555

 Figure 1-2140 Remove the HCI PCA

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) latch assemblies.

View a video of how to remove and replace the high-capacity input (HCI) latch assemblies.

1556 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-150 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67034 HCI latch

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies 1557

 a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2141 Open the printer right door

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2142 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

1558 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2143 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2144 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2145 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies 1559

 Figure 1-2146 Remove the cover

2. Remove the HCI latch assembly.

a. Locate the HCI latch(es).

NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most latch (callout 1) is the right tray latch,
and the right most PCA (callout 2) is the left tray latch.

Figure 1-2147 Locate the HCI latch(es)

b. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2148 Remove two screws

1560 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Slightly rotate the front edge of the latch up to release it, and then remove the HCI latch.

Figure 1-2149 Remove the HCI latch

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Tray 2 latch assembly (A4 tandem Trays 2/3 only)

Removal and replacement: HCI latch assemblies 1561

 ■ Before installing the assembly, make sure that it is not in the locked position (callout 1). If it is in
the locked potion, pull on the green lever to unlock it (callout 2).

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Figure 1-2150 Check the latch assembly

Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive
assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI pick clutch and jam cassette drive
assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-151 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W93-67078 HCI tray pick clutch

A7W97-67011 Jam cassette drive assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

1562 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the HCI tray with the replaced tray pick clutch as the source tray.

1. Remove the HCI rear cover.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2151 Open the printer right door

Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly 1563
 b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2152 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-2153 Release the rear cover

1564 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2154 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2155 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2156 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly 1565
 2. Remove the HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly.

a. Locate the HCI tray pick clutch.

NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most motor assembly (callout 1) is the
right tray pick clutch, and the right most motor assembly (callout 2) is the left tray pick clutch.

Figure 1-2157 Locate the HCI tray pick clutches

b. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-2158 Disconnect one connector

1566 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2159 Remove two screws

d. Remove the HCI tray pick clutch.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2160 Remove the HCI tray pick clutch

e. Optional step: Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the jam cassette drive
assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray pick clutch and jam cassette drive assembly 1567
 Figure 1-2161 Remove the HCI jam cassette drive assembly

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) tray lift motor assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI tray lift motor assembly.

1568 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-152 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W97-67006 HCI tray lift motor assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer, and use the HCI tray with the replaced lift drive assembly as the source
tray.

1. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly 1569

 a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2162 Open the printer right door

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2163 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

1570 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2164 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2165 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2166 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly 1571

 Figure 1-2167 Remove the cover

2. Remove the HCI tray lift motor assembly.

a. Locate the HCI tray lift motor(s).

NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most motor (callout 1) is the right tray lift
motor, and the right most motor (callout 2) is the left tray lift motor.

Figure 1-2168 Locate the HCI lift motor(s)

1572 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), and then release the ferrite (callout 2) from
the holder.

Figure 1-2169 Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite

c. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2170 Remove three screws

d. Remove the HCI tray lift motor assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2171 Remove the HCI tray lift motor

Removal and replacement: HCI tray lift motor assembly 1573

 3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI right door

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) right door.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI right door.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

1574 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Table 1-153 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W97-67009 HCI right door

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI rear cover.

a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2172 Open the printer right door

Removal and replacement: HCI right door 1575

 b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2173 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

Figure 1-2174 Release the rear cover

1576 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2175 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2176 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2177 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: HCI right door 1577

 2. Remove the HCI right door.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the right edge of the right tray printed circuit assembly (PCA)
cover away from the chassis, and then remove the cover.

NOTE: When looking at the back of the HCI, the left most PCA cover is the right tray PCA.

Figure 1-2178 Remove the right tray PCA cover

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), release the ferrite (callout 2) from the holder,
and then release the FFC from the retainers (callout 3).

Figure 1-2179 Disconnect one FFC and release the ferrite

1578 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2180 Open the printer right door

d. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2181 Open the HCI right door

e. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Reinstallation tip: If a replacement door is installed, transfer the right door strap form the
discarded right door to the replacement right door.

Figure 1-2182 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: HCI right door 1579

 f. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2183 Remove two screws

g. Close the printer right door.

Figure 1-2184 Close the printer right door

h. Slightly flex the right door cover away from the door assembly (callout 1), and then lift up on the
door assembly to release it (callout 2) from the hinges.

CAUTION: Do not damage the right door FFC (callout 3) when releasing the door.

Figure 1-2185 Release the HCI right door

1580 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 i. Remove the HCI right door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2186 Remove the HCI right door

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: HCI left cover

Learn how to remove and replace the high capacity input (HCI) left cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the HCI left cover.

Removal and replacement: HCI left cover 1581

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 15 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-154 Part information

Part number Part description

A7W95-67002 HCI left cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetized tip

● #10 short shaft driver with a magnetized tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the HCI left tray.

1582 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Pull the left tray out of the HCI until it stops.

Figure 1-2187 Pull the left tray out

b. Locate the left and right retention levers (callout 1) on the tray rails, and then do the following:

a. Push down and hold the left-side lever down to release it.

b. Push up and hold the right-side lever up to release it.

c. Pull the tray straight away from the HCI to remove it.

2. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Removal and replacement: HCI left cover 1583

 a. Open the printer right door.

Figure 1-2188 Open the printer right door

b. Push the HCI right door release button (callout 1), and then open the HCI right door (callout 2).

Figure 1-2189 Open the HCI right door

c. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to careful release one tab at the top left corner of the rear
cover.

TIP: Release the rear cover near the embossed mark at the top left corner.

1584 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2190 Release the rear cover

d. Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI to release it.

Figure 1-2191 Release the front edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI.

Figure 1-2192 Rotate the front edge of the cover away from the HCI

f. Remove the HCI rear cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: HCI left cover 1585

 Figure 1-2193 Remove the cover

3. Remove the HCI left cover.

a. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2194 Remove two screws

b. Slide the cover toward the front of the HCI to remove it.

Figure 1-2195 Remove the cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

1586 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

HCI left cover

■ After installing the cover, look inside the left tray cavity and make sure that the two inner middle
clips are engaged with the HCI chassis.

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Image indicating the HCI left cover clips.

Removal and replacement: HCI left cover 1587

 Remove and replacement: Output accessories
Learn how to remove and replace the output accessory assemblies.

Remove and replacement: Inline finisher

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher rear cover (engine)

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher rear cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher rear cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-155 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67922 Inline finisher upper rear cover

Required tools
● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1588 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2196 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2197 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher rear cover (engine) 1589

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2198 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2199 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

1590 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2200 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2201 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher rear cover (engine) 1591

 c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2202 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2203 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1592 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2204 Remove the cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover
Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher MPCA cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher MPCA cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover 1593
 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-156 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67982 Inline finisher MPCA cover

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1594 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2205 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2206 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover 1595
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2207 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2208 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

1596 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2209 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2210 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover 1597
 c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2211 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2212 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1598 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2213 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2214 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) cover 1599
 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2215 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2216 Remove the cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1600 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA)
Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher MPCA.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher MPCA.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-157 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67960 Inline finisher MPCA

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 1601
 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2217 Remove four screws

1602 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2218 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2219 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 1603
 Figure 1-2220 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2221 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

1604 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2222 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2223 Locations of the tabs on the cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 1605
 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2224 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2225 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

1606 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2226 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2227 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher main printed circuit assembly (MPCA) 1607
 Figure 1-2228 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher MPCA.

■ Disconnect all of the flat-flexible cables (FFCs) and connectors, remove two screws, and then
remove the MPCA.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2229 Remove the MPCA (inline finisher)

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1608 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-158 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67977 Inline finisher vertical cable cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover 1609

 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2230 Remove four screws

1610 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2231 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2232 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover 1611

 Figure 1-2233 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2234 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

1612 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2235 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2236 Locations of the tabs on the cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover 1613

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2237 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2238 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

1614 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2239 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2240 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher vertical cable cover 1615

 Figure 1-2241 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

Figure 1-2242 Remove the cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1616 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher front cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher front cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-159 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67953 Inline finisher front cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover 1617

 Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA)

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2243 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

1618 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2244 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2245 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover 1619

 Figure 1-2246 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2247 Raise the ISA

1620 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2248 Secure the ISA

2. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2249 Open the left door

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover 1621

 b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2250 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2251 Release one tab

1622 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2252 Release the cover

1 2

e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2253 Remove the cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher front cover 1623

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher right cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher right cover.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-160 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67954 Inline finisher right cover

1624 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2254 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover 1625

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2255 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2256 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1626 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2257 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2258 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover 1627

 Figure 1-2259 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2260 Locations of the tabs on the cover

1628 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2261 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2262 Remove the cover

3. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover 1629

 a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2263 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Figure 1-2264 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1630 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2265 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Figure 1-2266 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover 1631

 e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2267 Raise the ISA

f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2268 Secure the ISA

4. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

1632 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2269 Open the left door

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2270 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover 1633

 c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2271 Release one tab

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2272 Release the cover

1 2

1634 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2273 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher right cover.

a. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2274 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher right cover 1635

 b. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2275 Remove two screws

c. Slightly slide the cover towards the rear of the printer.

Figure 1-2276 Slide the cover to the rear

1636 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-2277 Remove the cover

2
1

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit
Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1637
 View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher left door (printer) extension/
diverter kit.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-161 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67958 Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1638 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2278 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2279 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1639
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2280 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2281 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

1640 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2282 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2283 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1641
 c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2284 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2285 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1642 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2286 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit.

a. Open the printer left door, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the black plastic
door trim (callout 2).

Figure 1-2287 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1643
 b. Remove two screws, and then remove the sheet-metal retainer plate (callout 2).

Figure 1-2288 Remove two screws

1
2

c. Support the extension/diverter assembly, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2289 Remove two screws

1644 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2290 Release the cover

e. Lift up on the cover to remove it.

Figure 1-2291 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1645
 f. Remove two screws, and then remove the cover (callout 1).

Figure 1-2292 Remove two screws and the cover

g. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC), and then remove the ferrite from the holder.

Figure 1-2293 Disconnect one FFC

1646 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

h. Remove the ferrite.

Figure 1-2294 Remove the ferrite

i. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2295 Remove two screws

j. Remove two screws.

Reinstallation tip: These screws are different (shoulder screws) than other screws used in
the printer. Make sure to use these screws when reinstalling the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1647
 Figure 1-2296 Remove two screws

k. Remove the transition ribbing.

Figure 1-2297 Remove the transition ribbing

1648 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 l. Lift the diverter straight up to release it.

Figure 1-2298 Release the diverter

m. While removing the diverter, pass the FFC through the opening in the door chassis.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2299 Remove the diverter

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher left door (printer) extension/diverter kit 1649
 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher ejection path assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher ejection path assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-162 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67966 Inline finisher ejection path assembly

1650 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2300 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly 1651

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2301 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2302 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1652 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2303 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2304 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly 1653

 Figure 1-2305 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2306 Locations of the tabs on the cover

1654 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2307 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2308 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly 1655

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2309 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2310 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1656 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2311 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

Figure 1-2312 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher ejection path assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly 1657

 a. At the right side of the printer (right door open), remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove
the cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2313 Remove one screw and the cover

1 2

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2),
and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

Figure 1-2314 Disconnect one FFC

1 2 3

c. Remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

1658 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2315 Remove four screws

d. Rotate the top edge of the assembly away from the printer to release it (callout 1), and then lift
up on the assembly (callout 2).

Figure 1-2316 Release the assembly

2
1 1

e. Remove the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher ejection path assembly 1659

 Figure 1-2317 Remove the assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher upper bin motor.

1660 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 View a video of how to replace the inline finisher upper bin motor for HP PageWide 780 and 785
models.

View a video of how to replace the inline finisher upper bin motor for HP PageWide 774, P77440,
P77940-P77960 series.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-163 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67963 Inline finisher upper bin motor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor 1661

 a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2318 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2319 Open the rear access covers

1662 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2320 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2321 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor 1663

 a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2322 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2323 Remove one screw

1664 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2324 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2325 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor 1665

 Figure 1-2326 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2327 Remove two screws

1666 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2328 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2329 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor 1667

 Figure 1-2330 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher upper bin motor.

a. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2331 Remove one screw and the cover

1 2

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2),
and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

1668 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2332 Disconnect one FFC

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) to release the motor, and then release the belt (callout 2).

Figure 1-2333 Remove one screw and release the belt

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor 1669

 d. Rotate the motor assembly to the right.

Figure 1-2334 Rotate the motor

e. Remove the motor assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Engage the belt before positioning the assembly on the finisher chassis.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2335 Remove the motor assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

1670 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher upper bin motor

■ Push in on the motor and make sure that it moves freely, and then tighten the locking shoulder
screw.

NOTE: Make sure that the motor is in the extended (out) position before tightening the screw.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin motor 1671

 Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher support motor assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher support motor assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-164 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67964 Inline finisher support motor assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

1672 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2336 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2337 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly 1673

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2338 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2339 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

1674 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2340 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2341 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly 1675

 c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2342 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2343 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1676 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2344 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2345 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly 1677

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2346 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2347 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

1678 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2348 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher support motor assembly.

a. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2349 Remove one screw and the cover

1 2

b. Disconnect two flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFCs through the ferrites
(callout 2), and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrites and then slip them off of the FFCs. Depress a
tab behind the FFCs to release the ferrites.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly 1679

 Figure 1-2350 Disconnect two FFCs

2 3
1

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: One screw (callout 1) requires a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2351 Remove two screws

1680 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the top of the motor assembly away from the printer (so that the lower motor does not
interfere with the ejection path assembly FFC).

Figure 1-2352 Rotate the motor assembly

e. Remove the motor assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2353 Remove the motor assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher support motor assembly 1681

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher compiler.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher compiler.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-165 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67970 Inline finisher compiler

1682 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2354 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1683

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2355 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2356 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1684 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2357 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2358 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1685

 Figure 1-2359 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2360 Locations of the tabs on the cover

1686 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2361 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2362 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1687

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2363 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2364 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1688 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2365 Remove the cover

4. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2366 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1689

 Figure 1-2367 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2368 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

1690 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2369 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2370 Raise the ISA

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1691

 f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2371 Secure the ISA

5. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2372 Open the left door

1692 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2373 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2374 Release one tab

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1693

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2375 Release the cover

1 2

e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2376 Remove the cover

6. Remove the inline finisher compiler:

CAUTION: Do not attempt to disassemble or service the compiler. The compiler is removed for
access only. If the compiler fails, install a whole unit replacement assembly.

1694 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2377 Disconnect five FFCs

b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2378 Remove nine screws

c. Slightly lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1695

 Figure 1-2379 Remove the assembly

7. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher compiler

1696 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher compiler 1697

 d. At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to and select the Support Tools button.

ii. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

iii. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

iv. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

v. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

vi. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

vii. Select the calibrate finisher sensors item, and then select the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in
Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher bin illumination sensor.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher bin illumination sensor.

1698 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-166 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67978 Inline finisher bin illumination sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1699

 Figure 1-2380 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2381 Open the rear access covers

1700 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2382 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2383 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1701

 a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2384 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2385 Remove one screw

1702 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2386 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2387 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1703

 Figure 1-2388 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2389 Remove two screws

1704 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2390 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2391 Remove the cover

4. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1705

 a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2392 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Figure 1-2393 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1706 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2394 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Figure 1-2395 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1707

 e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2396 Raise the ISA

f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2397 Secure the ISA

5. Remove the inline finisher front cover

1708 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2398 Open the left door

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2399 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1709

 c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2400 Release one tab

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2401 Release the cover

1 2

1710 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2402 Remove the cover

6. Remove the inline finisher compiler:

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2403 Disconnect five FFCs

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1711

 b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2404 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Figure 1-2405 Remove the assembly

1712 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

7. Remove the inline finisher bin illumination sensor.

NOTE: This sensor is an internal assembly on the compiler.

a. Release two tabs, and then remove the cover.

CAUTION: The cover/sensor is still attached to the compiler by a flat-flexible cable (FFC). Do
not attempt to completely remove the cover/sensor assembly.

Figure 1-2406 Remove the cover

b. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) to release the sensor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2407 Remove the sensor

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin illumination sensor 1713

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

1714 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher bin full sensor.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher bin full sensor.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1715

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-167 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67967 Inline finisher bin full sensor

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1716 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2408 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2409 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1717

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2410 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2411 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

1718 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2412 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2413 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1719

 c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2414 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2415 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1720 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2416 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2417 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1721

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2418 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2419 Remove the cover

4. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

1722 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2420 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Figure 1-2421 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1723

 Figure 1-2422 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Figure 1-2423 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

1724 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2424 Raise the ISA

f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2425 Secure the ISA

5. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1725

 a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2426 Open the left door

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2427 Remove one screw

1726 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2428 Release one tab

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2429 Release the cover

1 2

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1727

 e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2430 Remove the cover

6. Remove the inline finisher compiler:

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2431 Disconnect five FFCs

1728 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2432 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Figure 1-2433 Remove the assembly

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1729

 7. Remove the inline finisher bin full sensor.

NOTE: This sensor is an internal assembly on the compiler.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the cover as shown (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 1-2434 Remove the cover

1
2

b. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) to release the sensor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2435 Remove the sensor

2
1

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

1730 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher bin full sensor 1731

 c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Inline finisher bin full sensor

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and select the Support Tools.

b. Select Service to display the Sign In screen.

c. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

d. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

1732 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

e. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

f. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Sensors

● Bin Sensors

● Output Bin 1

g. Select the Output Bin 1 Full Sensor item, and then select the Start button.

NOTE: The printer picks a single sheet of paper, holds the sheet in the compiler, and then
drops the sheet into the inline finisher output bin.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher stapler flag.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher stapler flag.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-168 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67959 Inline finisher stapler flag

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1733

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a (staple) print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2436 Remove four screws

1734 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2437 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2438 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1735

 Figure 1-2439 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2440 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

1736 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2441 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2442 Locations of the tabs on the cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1737

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2443 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2444 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

1738 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2445 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2446 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1739

 Figure 1-2447 Remove the cover

4. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2448 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

1740 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2449 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2450 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1741

 Figure 1-2451 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2452 Raise the ISA

1742 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2453 Secure the ISA

5. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2454 Open the left door

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1743

 b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2455 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2456 Release one tab

1744 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2457 Release the cover

1 2

e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2458 Remove the cover

6. Remove the inline finisher compiler.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1745

 a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2459 Disconnect five FFCs

b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2460 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

1746 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2461 Remove the assembly

7. Remove the inline finisher stapler flag.

a. Un-clip the right end of the flag (callout 1), and then slide it to the right (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2462 Release the flag

b. Remove the stapler flag.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1747

 Figure 1-2463 Remove the flag

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher compiler

1748 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler flag 1749

 Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-169 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67965 Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

1750 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a (staple) print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2464 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1751

 b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2465 Open the rear access covers

c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2466 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1752 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2467 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2468 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1753

 Figure 1-2469 Remove one screw

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2470 Locations of the tabs on the cover

1754 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2471 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2472 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1755

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2473 Remove two screws

b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2474 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1756 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2475 Remove the cover

4. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA):

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2476 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1757

 Figure 1-2477 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2478 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

1758 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2479 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2480 Raise the ISA

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1759

 f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2481 Secure the ISA

5. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2482 Open the left door

1760 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2483 Remove one screw

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2484 Release one tab

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1761

 d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2485 Release the cover

1 2

e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2486 Remove the cover

6. Remove the inline finisher compiler:

1762 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2487 Disconnect five FFCs

b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2488 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1763

 Figure 1-2489 Remove the assembly

7. Remove the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly.

a. At the front of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2490 Remove two screws

1764 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2491 Remove two screws

c. Slide the inline finisher right cover towards the rear of the printer to release it, and then
remove the cover.

IMPORTANT: Temporarily remove the corner support tool to remove the cover. The support
tool must be reinstalled after the cover is removed.

Figure 1-2492 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1765

 d. Slide the inline finisher inner rear cover straight out to remove it.

Figure 1-2493 Remove the cover

e. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Figure 1-2494 Disconnect one FFC

f. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1766 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2495 Remove two screws

g. Move the staple carriage out of the way, and then remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2496 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1767

 h. Move the staple carriage to the center of the track (callout 1), slightly rotate the left end of the
track up and away from the chassis (callout 2), and then slide the assembly (staple carriage
and track together) to the left (callout 3) to release it.

Figure 1-2497 Release the assembly

i. Remove the assembly (staple carriage and track together).

CAUTION: The staple carriage is not captive on the track. Do not let the carriage slide off of
the track when removing or replacing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2498 Remove the assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not

1768 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher stapler carriage assembly 1769

 c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher upper bin.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher upper bin.

1770 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-170 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67962 Inline finisher upper bin

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1771

 Figure 1-2499 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2500 Open the rear access covers

1772 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2501 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2502 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1773

 a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2503 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2504 Remove one screw

1774 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2505 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2506 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1775

 Figure 1-2507 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2508 Remove two screws

1776 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2509 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2510 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1777

 Figure 1-2511 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher ejection path assembly.

a. At the right side of the printer (right door open), remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove
the cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2512 Remove one screw and the cover

1 2

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2),
and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

1778 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2513 Disconnect one FFC

1 2 3

c. Remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2514 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1779

 d. Rotate the top edge of the assembly away from the printer to release it (callout 1), and then lift
up on the assembly (callout 2).

Figure 1-2515 Release the assembly

2
1 1

e. Remove the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2516 Remove the assembly

6. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

1780 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2517 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Figure 1-2518 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1781

 Figure 1-2519 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Figure 1-2520 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

1782 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2521 Raise the ISA

f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2522 Secure the ISA

7. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the ejection path assembly installed even though
it has been removed previously in this procedure. However, the following steps are correct. Always
thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1783

 a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2523 Open the left door

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2524 Remove one screw

1784 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2525 Release one tab

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2526 Release the cover

1 2

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1785

 e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2527 Remove the cover

8. Remove the inline finisher compiler.

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2528 Disconnect five FFCs

1786 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2529 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Figure 1-2530 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the inline finisher stapler carriage assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1787

 a. At the front of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2531 Remove two screws

b. At the rear of the printer, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2532 Remove two screws

c. Slide the inline finisher right cover towards the rear of the printer to release it, and then
remove the cover.

IMPORTANT: Temporarily remove the corner support tool to remove the cover. The support
tool must be reinstalled after the cover is removed.

1788 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2533 Remove the cover

d. Slide the inline finisher inner rear cover straight out to remove it.

Figure 1-2534 Remove the cover

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1789

 e. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC).

Figure 1-2535 Disconnect one FFC

f. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2536 Remove two screws

g. Move the staple carriage out of the way, and then remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

1790 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2537 Remove four screws

h. Move the staple carriage to the center of the track (callout 1), slightly rotate the left end of the
track up and away from the chassis (callout 2), and then slide the assembly (staple carriage
and track together) to the left (callout 3) to release it.

Figure 1-2538 Release the assembly

i. Remove the assembly (staple carriage and track together).

CAUTION: The staple carriage is not captive on the track. Do not let the carriage slide off of
the track when removing or replacing it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1791

 Figure 1-2539 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the inline finisher upper bin.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show a red support tool in use. This tool is no longer
required or supplied by HP.

a. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

Figure 1-2540 Disconnect one FFC

1 2

b. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove a second screw
(callout 2).

IMPORTANT: The upper bin is secured to the chassis with four screws. These screws must
be removed (and installed) in the correct order for proper bin alignment. The chassis is
embossed with the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Use that order to remove or install the screws.

TIP: Slightly flex the sheet-metal frame to access the screws.

1792 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2541 Remove two screws (in the correct order)

2 1

c. Remove one screw (callout 1), slightly flex the front edge of the inline finisher inner left cover
away from the chassis, and then slide the cover toward the front of the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-2542 Remove the cover

2
1

d. Loosen (do not remove) one screw (callout 1), and then release one belt (callout 2).

Remove one screw (callout 3), and then remove a second screw (callout 4).

IMPORTANT: The upper bin is secured to the chassis with four screws. These screws must
be removed (and installed) in the correct order for proper bin alignment. The chassis is
embossed with the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Use that order to remove or install the screws.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1793

 Figure 1-2543 Remove two screws (in the correct order)

3 4

e. Slightly rotate the front corner of the upper bin away from the printer, and then pull it out at an
angle to release it.

NOTE: Pass the FFC through the opening in the chassis as the bin is removed.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2544 Release the upper bin

1 2

f. Remove the upper bin.

TIP: If a replacement bin is installed do the following with the removed bin:

1. Position the moveable tray in the fully extended position.

2. Pull up on the front right corner of the tray to separate it from the upper bin.

1794 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 3. Remove the movable tray, and then install it on the replacement upper bin.

Figure 1-2545 Remove the upper bin

11. Unpack the replacement assembly:

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1795

 12. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

Figure 1-2546 Place the clamp in the raised position

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

Figure 1-2547 Position the paper stop

1796 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Figure 1-2548 Check the clamp drive bar and drive

Inline finisher upper bin

■ At the printer control panel, do the following:

i. Scroll to and select the Support Tools button.

ii. Touch the Service button to display the Sign In screen.

iii. Make sure that Service Access Code displays in the Access Type area.

iv. Type in the following service access personal identification number (PIN) for the printer:

● 09078017 (MFP)

● 09076517 (SFP)

v. Select Sign In to enter the Service menu.

NOTE: The printer must restart to enter the Service menu. This can take up to 2 minutes.

vi. Open the following menus:

● Advanced Service

● Cleaning/Calibration

vii. Select the calibrate finisher sensors item, and then select the Start button.

NOTE: The calibration process uses paper. Load unused letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 2.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher upper bin 1797

 Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit
Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly.

View a video of how to remove and replace the inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-171 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67961 Inline finisher leading edge clamp it (clamp assembly and shaft)

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

1798 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2549 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2550 Open the rear access covers

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1799
 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2551 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2552 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

1800 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2553 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2554 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1801
 c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2555 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2556 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1802 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2557 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2558 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1803
 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2559 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2560 Remove the cover

4. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

1804 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2561 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Figure 1-2562 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1805
 Figure 1-2563 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Figure 1-2564 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

1806 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2565 Raise the ISA

f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2566 Secure the ISA

5. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1807
 a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2567 Open the left door

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2568 Remove one screw

1808 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2569 Release one tab

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2570 Release the cover

1 2

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1809
 e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2571 Remove the cover

6. Remove the inline finisher compiler.

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2572 Disconnect five FFCs

1810 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2573 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Figure 1-2574 Remove the assembly

7. Remove the inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1811
 a. At the back of the printer, disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass
the FFCs through the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2575 Disconnect two FFCs

b. Release the FFCs from the guide.

Figure 1-2576 Release the FFCs

1812 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release the paddle shaft connecting arm.

Figure 1-2577 Release the arm

d. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-2578 Remove three screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1813
 e. Slightly slide the assembly toward the rear of the printer (callout 1), disengage the clips, and
then lift the assembly up (callout 2).

Figure 1-2579 Release the assembly

f. Remove the leading edge clamp assembly.

Figure 1-2580 Remove the clamp assembly

1814 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 g. Optional step: If necessary, release the paddle assembly from two clips (callout 1).

Figure 1-2581 Release the paddle assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1815
 9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher leading edge clamp assembly

There is a tab on the paddle assembly shaft that must be installed in a slot on the clamp assembly
body so that the paddle shaft does not slide from side to side. Use the following procedure to
correctly capture the paddle assembly tab in the slot in the clamp assembly body.

a. Hold the paddle assembly in the raised position with the clamp assembly positioned on the
finisher chassis. Note the gap between the bottom edge of the assembly and the chassis
(callout 1) and the tab (callout 2) on the paddle assembly shaft.

b. Slide the clamp assembly towards the front of the printer. When correctly installed, the clamp
assembly body is flat against the finisher chassis and the tab on the paddle assembly shaft is
captured in the slot in the assembly body.

1816 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Install the three screws that secure the assembly to the finisher chassis. Reinstall the paddle
shaft connecting arm, and then actuate the paddle assembly to verify that the paddles freely
move up and down.

Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher leading edge clamp kit 1817
 c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit

Learn how to remove and replace the inline finisher mezzanine repair kit.

View a video of how to replace the inline finisher mezzanine repair kit.

1818 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Intermediate

Before performing service

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cable before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 1-172 Part information

Part number Part description

J7Z09-67969 Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit

Required tools
● #10 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

● #10 TORX thin shaft driver with a magnetic tip

● #20 TORX driver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Send a print job to the printer and select the inline finisher as the output destination.

1. Remove the rear cover.

CAUTION: The exposed area is electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESD).

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

TIP: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1819

 Figure 1-2582 Remove four screws

b. Open the right- and left-side rear access covers.

Figure 1-2583 Open the rear access covers

1820 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Push in on the right- (shown) and left-side rear cover latches.

Figure 1-2584 Release the latches

d. Rotate the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2585 Remove the rear cover

2. Remove the inline finisher rear cover.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1821

 a. Open the staple cartridge door.

Figure 1-2586 Open the staple cartridge door

b. Remove one screw.

NOTE: This screw requires a #20 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2587 Remove one screw

1822 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Before proceeding, note the locations of the tabs on the cover.

Figure 1-2588 Locations of the tabs on the cover

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release it.

Figure 1-2589 Release the left edge of the cover

e. Continue to rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer to release the middle inner
tabs (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the right to remove it (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1823

 Figure 1-2590 Remove the cover

3. Remove the inline finisher MPCA cover.

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2591 Remove two screws

1824 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2592 Release the cover

2
1

c. Push up on the cover hinge clips (callout 1) to release them, and then remove the cover
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2593 Remove the cover

4. Remove the inline finisher vertical cable cover.

■ Remove two screws (callout 1/2), and then remove the cover.

NOTE: One screw is a sheet metal screw (callout 1), and the other one (callout 2) is a self-
tapping screw.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1825

 Figure 1-2594 Remove the cover

5. Remove the inline finisher ejection path assembly.

a. At the right side of the printer (right door open), remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove
the cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-2595 Remove one screw and the cover

1 2

b. Disconnect one flat-flexible cable (FFC) (callout 1), pass the FFC through the ferrite (callout 2),
and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrite and then slip it off of the FFC. Depress a tab
behind the FFC to release the ferrite.

1826 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2596 Disconnect one FFC

1 2 3

c. Remove four screws.

NOTE: These screws require a thin shaft #10 TORX driver.

Figure 1-2597 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1827

 d. Rotate the top edge of the assembly away from the printer to release it (callout 1), and then lift
up on the assembly (callout 2).

Figure 1-2598 Release the assembly

2
1 1

e. Remove the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2599 Remove the assembly

6. Raise the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

1828 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the document feeder, raise the control panel, and then carefully pull up on the control-
panel bezel to remove it.

Figure 1-2600 Remove the cover

b. Close the document feeder, release the blue document feeder locking clip, and then snap it
over the edge of the document feeder.

CAUTION: Do not raise the ISA without locking the document feeder in the closed position.
The document feeder might uncontrollably open and be damaged.

Figure 1-2601 Lock the document feeder

c. Remove two screws.

NOTE: These screws require a #20 TORX driver.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1829

 Figure 1-2602 Remove two screws

d. Before proceeding, take note of the following warning.

WARNING! If the printer must be moved with the ISA in the raised position, do not use the
left-side cover or support arm as a hand hold. The cover can easily detach from the printer
and break, which allows the ISA to suddenly drop to the closed position causing damage to the
ISA or personal injury.

Figure 1-2603 Do not use the left-side cover as a hand hold

1830 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Raise the ISA.

Figure 1-2604 Raise the ISA

f. Use the locking arm to secure the ISA in the raised position.

Figure 1-2605 Secure the ISA

7. Remove the inline finisher front cover.

NOTE: Some of the figures in this section show the ejection path assembly installed even though
it has been previously removed in this procedure. However, the following steps are correct. Always
thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1831

 a. Open the printer left door.

Figure 1-2606 Open the left door

b. Remove one screw.

Figure 1-2607 Remove one screw

1832 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Release one tab.

Figure 1-2608 Release one tab

d. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the printer(callout 1), and then release the cover
right tabs (callout 2).

Figure 1-2609 Release the cover

1 2

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1833

 e. Remove the cover.

Figure 1-2610 Remove the cover

8. Remove the inline finisher compiler.

a. Disconnect five flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), and then pass two of the FFCs through
the ferrites (callout 2).

Figure 1-2611 Disconnect five FFCs

1834 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove nine screws.

Figure 1-2612 Remove nine screws

c. Slight lift the front edge of the compiler assembly up, slide the assembly toward the front of
the printer to release it, and then lift it straight up to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not damage the compiler internal components when the assembly is removed.
Always set the compiler down so that is rests on it sheet-metal top (not on the internal
components).

Carefully pass the FFCs through the openings in the printer chassis while removing the
assembly.

Figure 1-2613 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the inline finisher mezzanine assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1835

 a. At the left-side of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2614 Remove two screws

b. Gently slide the front and rear mezzanines towards the rear of the printer, slightly rotate the
front end of the sheet-metal support bar towards the inside of the finisher (callout 1), and then
lift the bar (callout 2) while sliding to toward the front of the printer (callout 3) to remove it.

Figure 1-2615 Remove the support bar

c. Before proceeding, take note of how the mezzanine belt clamps are installed:

Reinstallation tip: When reinstalled, the springs on these clamps must make solid contact
with the sheet-metal support bar to provide sufficient grounding for the assembly. Also, make
sure that the black plastic conductive tips are installed on the springs to increase grounding
and reduce noise when the assembly is in operation.

● Front mezzanine: The lower portion of the upper drive belt passes over the clamp (callout
1).

1836 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ● Rear mezzanine: The upper portion of the lower drive belt passes under the clamp
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2616 Check the belt clamp installation

d. Release a belt from the clamp, lift up on the belt end of a mezzanine (callout 1), and then
slightly slide the mezzanine toward the left side of the printer to release it (callout 2).

Figure 1-2617 Release the mezzanines

1 2

e. Remove the mezzanine.

NOTE: Repeat the two previous steps to remove the remaining mezzanine.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1837

 Figure 1-2618 Remove the mezzanine

f. Disconnect two flat-flexible cables (FFCs) (callout 1), pass the FFCs through the ferrites
(callout 2), and then through the slot in the printer chassis (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to remove the ferrites and then slip them off of the FFCs. Depress the
tabs behind the FFCs to release the ferrites.

Figure 1-2619 Disconnect two FFCs

3
1
2

g. Remove two screws, and then remove the support motor assembly.

CAUTION: The two drive gears with the belts behind the motor assembly are not captive.

1838 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2620 Remove two screws and motor assembly

h. Remove the two drive gears.

Figure 1-2621 Remove the drive gears

i. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the pulley cover (callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Two different pulley covers are included with the kit. If this cover must be
replaced, make sure to use the pulley cover that matches the removed part.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1839

 Figure 1-2622 Remove one screw and the cover

j. Remove the belts, and then remove two pulleys.

Figure 1-2623 Remove two pulleys

10. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not

1840 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit

The repair kit contains two sets of tools used to install the mezzanines. Failure to use these tools
results in incorrectly positioned mezzanines that will not properly operate (and might be damaged
when the printer power is turned on).

a. Install the pulleys, belts, and drive gears.

Reinstallation tip: To make the belt installation easier, do the following:

i. Install a pulley, and then loop the belt over it.

ii. Loop the belt over a drive gear, and then install the drive gear on the chassis (stretch the
belt to install the gear).

iii. Install the pulley cover and screw.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1841

 b. Before proceeding, take note of the installed mezzanine positioning tools. These tools lock the
mezzanines in a specific position along the drive belts.

c. Before proceeding, note that the right-side mezzanine tool has a front side (callout 1) and a
rear side (callout 2).

NOTE: When correctly installed, the front side (callout 1) of the tool faces the interior of the
finisher chassis (toward the mezzanine).

1 2

d. Before proceeding, check the replacement mezzanines to see if the belt clamp is pre-installed.
If the clamp is installed, do the following:

■ Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the belt clamp (callout 2).

1842 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 1
2

e. Position a mezzanine with the front most wheel (front mezzanine) or rear most wheel (rear
mezzanine) aligned with the posts on the rail (callout 1; front mezzanine), and then push the tool
down until it snaps over the mezzanine wheel and onto the post (callout 2).

NOTE: When properly installed, the tools are secure (callout 3) and firmly hold the
mezzanines in place.

3
2

f. Install the left-side tools as shown below.

NOTE: Look inside the finisher chassis and make sure that the tool captures the mezzanine
wheel (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1843

 1

g. Before proceeding, take note of how the mezzanine belt clamps are installed:

● Front mezzanine: The lower portion of the upper drive belt passes over the clamp
(callout 1).

● Rear mezzanine: The upper portion of the lower drive belt passes under the clamp
(callout 2).

h. Position the clamp on the belt, and then rotate the belt to slide the clamp into the slot in the
mezzanine.

NOTE: The front mezzanine clamp and belt is shown below.

1844 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

i. Install one screw.

NOTE: Repeat these steps for the remaining mezzanine.

j. Before proceeding, take note of how the sheet-metal support bar looks when correctly
installed.

NOTE: Both ends of the bar are flat against the chassis (callout 1), and the mezzanine ground
springs are in contact with the bar (callout 2).

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1845

 k. Install the rear end of the support bar into the rear slot in the chassis, and then lower it until it
rests on the rear mezzanine ground spring.

IMPORTANT: Do not remove the mezzanine positioning tools until the support bar is fully
installed.

l. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to push in on the rear spring (callout 1), and then gently
push down on the support bar to lower it past the rear spring (callout 2).

NOTE: Continue to lower the support bar until it contacts the front mezzanine ground spring.

1846 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

m. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to push in on the front spring (callout 1), and then gently
push down on the support bar to lower it past the front spring (callout 2).

n. Install the front end of the support bar into the slot in the chassis, install two screws, and then
remove the mezzanine positioning tools.

CAUTION: Do not forget to remove the mezzanine positioning tools.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the springs on the belt clamps make solid contact with the
sheet-metal support bar (to provide sufficient grounding for the assembly). Also, make sure
that the black plastic conductive tips are installed on the springs to increase grounding and
reduce noise when the assembly is in operation.

Removal and replacement: Inline finisher mezzanine repair kit 1847

 Inline finisher compiler

a. Before installing the compiler, check the position of the clamp. If the clamp is in the down
position (callout 1), raise it (callout 2).

b. Set the rear edge of the compiler on the printer, and then slide the paper stop until the rear
wheel appears in the center of the opening.

1848 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Set the compiler down, and then look up inside the inline finisher cavity. Verify that the clamp
drive bar is engaged with the clamp drive.

TIP: The clamp moves up and down when the drive is actuated.

Remove and replacement: Floor standing finisher

Learn how to remove and replace the floor standing finisher assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top output bin

Learn how to remove and replace the top output bin on the finisher.

Remove and replacement: Floor standing finisher 1849

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Make sure that you have the correct part ordered.

JC63-05002B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Bin, top output (finisher)

Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

○ There are no after performing service procedures for this assembly.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the top output bin.

■ Raise the end of the top output bin (callout 1), and then lift it away from the finisher (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 1-2624 Remove the top output bin

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

1850 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack plungers

Learn how to remove and replace the backpack plungers on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC61-08258A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack plungers 1851

 ● Plungers, backpack

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove these assemblies.

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the door properly closes and latches. Process a job through the finisher and verify that
the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the backpack plungers.

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2625 Disconnect finisher connector

1852 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2626 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Squeeze the plunger body from both sides, and then pull the plunger straight off of the chassis
to remove it. Repeat for the remaining plunger if needed.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2627 Remove the plungers

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack plungers 1853

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher left-top cover

Learn how to remove and replace the left-top cover on the stapler stacker (SS) finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Release the finisher from the printer using the release latch on the front-left side of the finisher.
Separate the finisher and printer.

JC63-05715A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Left-top cover (SS finisher)

1854 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Attach the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover.

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2628 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher left-top cover 1855

 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2629 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2630 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1856 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2631 Remove the left-top cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover

Learn how to remove and replace the top cover of the finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover 1857

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01743A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Cover, top

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

1858 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2632 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2633 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover 1859

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2634 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2635 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

1860 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2636 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2637 Remove three screws (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover 1861

 c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2638 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2639 Remove three screws (rear side)

1862 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2640 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2641 Remove the cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top cover 1863

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right upper cover

Learn how to remove and replace the rear-right upper cover on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC63-05716A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Cover, front

1864 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2642 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right upper cover 1865
 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2643 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2644 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1866 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2645 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the rear-right upper cover (finisher).

a. Open the rear door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2646 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right upper cover 1867
 b. Release the power cord.

Figure 1-2647 Release the power cord

c. Lift the cover up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2648 Remove the rear-right upper cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1868 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover

Learn how to remove and replace the rear-right lower cover on the finisher.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC63-05717A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Cover, front

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover 1869
 After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2649 Disconnect finisher connector

1870 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2650 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2651 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover 1871
 Figure 1-2652 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the rear-right upper cover (finisher).

a. Open the rear door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2653 Remove two screws

1872 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Release the power cord.

Figure 1-2654 Release the power cord

c. Lift the cover up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2655 Remove the rear-right upper cover

3. Remove the rear-right lower cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-right lower cover 1873
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2656 Remove two screws

b. Slightly rotate the top of the cover away from the finisher, and then slide it down to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2657 Remove the cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1874 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly

This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front door assembly on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC95-02143A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Door, front assembly

NOTE: Includes door assembly and front lower cover.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly 1875
 Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the door properly closes and latches. Process a job through the finisher and verify that
the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2658 Disconnect finisher connector

1876 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2659 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2660 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly 1877
 Figure 1-2661 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2662 Remove two screws

1878 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2663 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2664 Remove three screws (top side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly 1879
 d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2665 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2666 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1880 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2667 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2668 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front door assembly 1881
 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2669 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2670 Remove the front door assembly

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1882 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover

Learn how to remove and replace the front lower cover on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC95-02143A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Cover, front lower

NOTE: Includes door assembly and front lower cover

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover 1883
 Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small, flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2671 Disconnect finisher connector

1884 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2672 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2673 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover 1885
 Figure 1-2674 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2675 Remove two screws

1886 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2676 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2677 Remove three screws (top side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover 1887
 d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2678 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2679 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1888 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2680 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2681 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover 1889
 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2682 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2683 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

1890 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-2684 Remove one screw (front side)

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2685 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front lower cover 1891
 c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-2686 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2687 Remove the lower front cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1892 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door

Learn how to remove and replace the rear door assembly on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01779A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Door, rear assembly

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door 1893

 After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the door properly closes and latches. Process a job through the finisher and verify that
the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2688 Disconnect finisher connector

1894 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2689 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2690 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door 1895

 Figure 1-2691 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2692 Remove two screws

1896 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2693 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2694 Remove three screws (top side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door 1897

 d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2695 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2696 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1898 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2697 Remove the cover

3. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2698 Lift the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door 1899

 b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2699 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2700 Release the lower hinge pin

1900 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2701 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2702 Remove one screw and the rear door

4. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear door 1901

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover

Learn how to remove and replace the rear-upper cover on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC63-04986B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Rear-upper cover

1902 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2703 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover 1903

 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2704 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2705 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1904 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2706 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2707 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover 1905

 b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2708 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2709 Remove three screws (top side)

1906 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2710 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2711 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover 1907

 Figure 1-2712 Remove the cover

3. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2713 Lift the top hinge pin

1908 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2714 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2715 Release the lower hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover 1909

 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2716 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2717 Remove one screw and the rear door

4. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

1910 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2718 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2719 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-upper cover 1911

 Figure 1-2720 Remove five screws and the front cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover

Learn how to remove and replace the rear-lower cover on the finisher.

1912 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC63-04987B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Rear-lower cover

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover 1913

 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2721 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2722 Separate the finisher from the printer

1914 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2723 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2724 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover 1915

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2725 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2726 Remove three screws (front side)

1916 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2727 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2728 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover 1917

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2729 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2730 Remove the cover

3. Remove the rear door (finisher).

1918 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2731 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2732 Remove the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover 1919

 c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2733 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2734 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1920 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2735 Remove one screw and the rear door

4. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-2736 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear-lower cover 1921

 Figure 1-2737 Remove the rear-lower cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door

Learn how to remove and replace the top door on the finisher.

1922 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01779A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Top door

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the door properly closes and latches. Process a job through the finisher and verify that
the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door 1923

 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2738 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2739 Separate the finisher from the printer

1924 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2740 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2741 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door 1925

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2742 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2743 Remove three screws (front side)

1926 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2744 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2745 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door 1927

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2746 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2747 Remove the cover

3. Remove the rear door (finisher).

1928 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2748 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2749 Remove the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door 1929

 c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2750 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2751 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1930 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2752 Remove one screw and the rear door

4. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher)

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2753 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top door 1931

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2754 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2755 Remove five screws and the front cover

5. Remove the top door (finisher).

■ Remove one screw and the black retainer, and then remove the door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1932 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2756 Remove the top door

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the backpack assembly on the finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1933

 Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01796A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Backpack assembly

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

1934 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2757 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2758 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1935

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2759 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2760 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the rear-right upper cover (finisher).

1936 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Open the rear door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2761 Remove two screws

b. Release the power cord.

Figure 1-2762 Release the power cord

c. Lift the cover up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1937

 Figure 1-2763 Remove the rear-right upper cover

3. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2764 Remove two screws

1938 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2765 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2766 Remove three screws (top side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1939

 d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2767 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2768 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1940 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2769 Remove the cover

4. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2770 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1941

 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2771 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2772 Remove the front door assembly

5. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

1942 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-2773 Remove one screw (front side)

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2774 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1943

 c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-2775 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2776 Remove the lower front cover

6. Remove the rear door (finisher).

1944 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2777 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2778 Remove the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1945

 c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2779 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2780 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1946 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2781 Remove one screw and the rear door

7. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2782 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1947

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2783 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2784 Remove five screws and the cover

8. Remove the backpack assembly (finisher)

1948 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), release three retainers (callout 2), and then remove one
ground screw (callout 3).

Figure 1-2785 Disconnect connectors and remove ground screw

b. Pass the cable through the hole in the finisher chassis.

Figure 1-2786 Release the cable

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1949

 c. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2787 Remove two screws

d. At the back of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2788 Remove two screws

1950 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Lift the assembly up to release it.

Figure 1-2789 Release the backpack assembly

f. Remove the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2790 Remove the backpack assembly

9. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly 1951

 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies

Learn how to remove and replace the backpack inner assemblies on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC39-02610A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Cable power and communication, backpack

0604-001393

● Sensors, backpack

1952 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

JC39-02612A

● Gable sensor, backpack

JC61-00426A

● Bushings, backpack

JC66-05209A

● Shaft, backpack

JC61-08295A

● Springs, backpack

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1953
 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2791 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2792 Separate the finisher from the printer

1954 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2793 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2794 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the rear-right upper cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1955
 a. Open the rear door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2795 Remove two screws

b. Release the power cord.

Figure 1-2796 Release the power cord

c. Lift the cover up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1956 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2797 Remove the rear-right upper cover

3. Remove the rear-right lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2798 Remove two screws

b. Slightly rotate the top of the cover away from the finisher, and then slide it down to remove it.

TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1957
 Figure 1-2799 Remove the cover

4. Remove the top cover (finisher):

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2800 Remove two screws

1958 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2801 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2802 Remove three screws (top side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1959
 d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2803 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2804 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1960 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2805 Remove the cover

5. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2806 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1961
 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2807 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2808 Remove the front door assembly

6. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

1962 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-2809 Remove one screw (front side)

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2810 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1963
 c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-2811 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2812 Remove the lower front cover

7. Remove the rear door (finisher).

1964 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2813 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2814 Remove the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1965
 c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2815 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2816 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1966 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2817 Remove one screw and the rear door

8. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2818 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1967
 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2819 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2820 Remove five screws and the cover

9. Remove the backpack assembly (finisher).

1968 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), release three retainers (callout 2), and then remove one
ground screw (callout 3).

Figure 1-2821 Disconnect connectors and remove ground screw

b. Pass the cable through the hole in the finisher chassis.

Figure 1-2822 Release the cable

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1969
 c. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2823 Remove two screws

d. At the back of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2824 Remove two screws

1970 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Lift the assembly up to release it.

Figure 1-2825 Release the backpack assembly

f. Remove the assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2826 Remove the backpack assembly

10. Remove the backpack inner assemblies (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1971
 a. Before proceeding, take note of the correct installation of the springs, brackets and shaft.

Figure 1-2827 Note the installation of the springs brackets and shaft

b. Remove four screws.

Figure 1-2828 Remove four screws

c. Slide the bushings as shown below to release them, and then remove the shaft, springs, and
bushings.

CAUTION: The springs and bushings are not captive. Do not lose them when they are
removed.

1972 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2829 Remove the shaft springs and bushings

d. Remove six screws, and then separate the backpack sheet-metal plates.

Figure 1-2830 Remove six screws and separate the plates

e. Do one of the following:

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

a. Remove the power cord. Pass the cable through the hole in the plate (callout 1), release
two retainers (callout 2), and then push out the black plastic retainer (callout 3).

TIP: It might be easier to release the retainer (callout 3) by using a small flat-blade
screwdriver.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher backpack inner assemblies 1973
 Figure 1-2831 Remove the power cord

b. Remove the sensor.

i. Use a small flat-blade screw driver to carefully remove the sensor protective shield.

Figure 1-2832 Remove the sensor shield

ii. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the senor (repeat for the other sensor if
needed).

1974 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2833 Remove the sensors

11. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher caster cover

Learn how to remove and replace the caster cover on the finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher caster cover 1975

 IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC63-05787A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Caster cover

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

1976 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-2834 Remove four screws

b. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to
the left (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the rear lower
cover when reinstalling the caster cover.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2835 Remove the caster cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher caster cover 1977

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the lower shield assembly on the finisher.

Click here to visit the HP video library.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01771B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

1978 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

● Lower shield assembly (finisher)

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small, flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2836 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1979
 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2837 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2838 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1980 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2839 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2840 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1981
 b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2841 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2842 Remove three screws (top side)

1982 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2843 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2844 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1983
 Figure 1-2845 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2846 Remove two screws (left side)

1984 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2847 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2848 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1985
 a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-2849 Remove one screw (front side)

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2850 Remove two screws (left side)

1986 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-2851 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2852 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1987
 a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2853 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2854 Remove the top hinge pin

1988 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2855 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2856 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1989
 Figure 1-2857 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-2858 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

1990 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2859 Remove the rear-lower cover

7. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-2860 Remove four screws and the caster cover

8. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1991
 a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-2861 Remove four screws

b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-2862 Release the lower shield

1992 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2863 Disconnect one connector

9. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher lower shield assembly 1993
 c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the upper shield assembly on the finisher.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01784A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher sub - shield

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small, flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

1994 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2864 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2865 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 1995
 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2866 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2867 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

1996 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2868 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2869 Remove three screws (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 1997
 c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2870 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2871 Remove three screws (rear side)

1998 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2872 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2873 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 1999
 a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2874 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2875 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2000 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2876 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-2877 Remove one screw (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2001
 b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2878 Remove two screws (left side)

c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-2879 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2002 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2880 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2881 Lift the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2003
 b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2882 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2883 Release the lower hinge pin

2004 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2884 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2885 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2005
 a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2886 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2887 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2006 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2888 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-2889 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2007
 Figure 1-2890 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-2891 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2008 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-2892 Remove four screws

b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-2893 Release the lower shield

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2009
 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2894 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

2010 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-2895 Lower the output tray

b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2896 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2011
 Figure 1-2897 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2898 Disconnect one connector

2012 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-2899 Locate sensors

11. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher upper shield assembly 2013
 Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA
Learn how to remove and replace the controller PCA on the finisher.

IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC92-02968B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Controller PCA (finisher)

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

2014 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2900 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2901 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA 2015

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2902 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2903 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

2016 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2904 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2905 Remove three screws (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA 2017

 c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2906 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2907 Remove three screws (rear side)

2018 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2908 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2909 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA 2019

 a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2910 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2911 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2020 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2912 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-2913 Remove one screw (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA 2021

 b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-2914 Remove two screws (left side)

c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-2915 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2022 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2916 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the controller PCA.

■ Disconnect all of the connectors, remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the controller
PCA.

Reinstallation tip: Refer to the figure below for correct positioning and connection of the
cables.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2917 Remove the controller PCA

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher controller PCA 2023

 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit

Learn how to remove and replace the staple unit on the finisher.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01765A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher Sub - Staple Unit

2024 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

Staple a document and verify that the stapler functions correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2918 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2025

 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2919 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2920 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2026 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2921 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2922 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2027

 b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2923 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2924 Remove three screws (top side)

2028 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2925 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2926 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2029

 Figure 1-2927 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2928 Remove two screws (left side)

2030 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2929 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2930 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the rear door (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2031

 a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2931 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2932 Remove the top hinge pin

2032 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2933 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2934 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2033

 Figure 1-2935 Remove one screw and the rear door

5. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2936 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

2034 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2937 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2938 Remove five screws and the cover

6. Remove the staple unit.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2035

 a. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the front until it stops.

Figure 1-2939 Move the staple unit to the front

b. Lower the green latch (callout 1), and then slide the staple cartridge away from the finisher to
remove it (callout 2).

Figure 1-2940 Remove the staple cartridge

2036 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. At the back of the finisher, release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors
(callout 2), and then remove two screws (callout 3).

Figure 1-2941 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws

d. At the front of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws
(callout 2).

Figure 1-2942 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws

e. Lift up, and then slide the staple unit to the front of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher stapler unit 2037

 Figure 1-2943 Remove the staple unit

7. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide

Learn how to remove and replace the dummy feed guide on the finisher.

2038 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC93-01161A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Assy-Guide Dummy-Feed

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide 2039
 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2944 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2945 Separate the finisher from the printer

2040 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2946 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2947 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide 2041
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2948 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2949 Remove three screws (front side)

2042 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2950 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2951 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide 2043
 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2952 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2953 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

2044 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2954 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2955 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher dummy feed guide 2045
 Figure 1-2956 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the dummy feed guide (finisher).

■ At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the dummy feed guide
(callout 2).

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2957 Remove two screws and the feed guide

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

2046 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover
Learn how to remove and replace the top jam access cover for the finisher.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01455A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher Sub - Top Jam

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover 2047
 After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2958 Disconnect finisher connector

2048 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2959 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2960 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover 2049
 Figure 1-2961 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2962 Remove two screws

2050 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2963 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2964 Remove three screws (top side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover 2051
 d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2965 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2966 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2052 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-2967 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2968 Remove two screws (left side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover 2053
 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2969 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2970 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the feed exit motor.

■ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two
screws (callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor
when reinstalling the motor.

2054 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2971 Remove the feed exit motor

5. Remove the top jam access cover:

a. At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2972 Remove two screws

b. Remove the top jam access cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top jam access cover 2055
 Figure 1-2973 Remove the top jam access cover

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the top lower feed assembly for the finisher.

2056 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01454A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher Sub-Top Lower

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2057
 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-2974 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-2975 Separate the finisher from the printer

2058 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-2976 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2977 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2059
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-2978 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2979 Remove three screws (front side)

2060 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2980 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-2981 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2061
 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-2982 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2983 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

2062 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2984 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-2985 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2063
 Figure 1-2986 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-2987 Lift the top hinge pin

2064 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-2988 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-2989 Release the lower hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2065
 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-2990 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2991 Remove one screw and the rear door

5. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2066 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-2992 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-2993 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2067
 Figure 1-2994 Remove five screws and the cover

6. Remove the feed exit motor (finisher).

■ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two
screws (callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor
when reinstalling the motor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2995 Remove the feed exit motor

7. Remove the top jam access cover.

2068 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-2996 Remove two screws

b. Remove the top jam access cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-2997 Remove the top jam access cover

8. Remove the top lower feed assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2069
 a. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1) on the buffer motor housing, and then
tilt the motor aside to access the screws under it.

Figure 1-2998 Remove two screws

b. At the front of the finisher, remove three self-tapping screws (callout 1), and then disconnect
one connector (callout 2).

Figure 1-2999 Remove three screws and disconnect one connector

2070 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. At the rear of the finisher, remove three machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3000 Remove three screws

d. At the top of the finisher, lift the feed assembly straight up to disengage two tabs on the
bottom and remove the assembly.

Figure 1-3001 Remove the feed assembly

e. If you are replacing the top lower feed assembly, locate two sensors (callout 1) and one
connector (callout 2) on the back of the assembly. Remove these items and transfer them to
the replacement part.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher top lower feed assembly 2071
 Figure 1-3002 Locate sensors and connector

9. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit

Learn how to remove and replace the ejector unit on the finisher.

2072 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01409A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher Sub - Ejector Unit

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2073

 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3003 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3004 Separate the finisher from the printer

2074 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3005 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3006 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2075

 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3007 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3008 Remove three screws (front side)

2076 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3009 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3010 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2077

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3011 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3012 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

2078 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3013 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3014 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2079

 Figure 1-3015 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-3016 Remove one screw (front side)

2080 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-3017 Remove two screws (left side)

c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-3018 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2081

 Figure 1-3019 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3020 Lift the top hinge pin

2082 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3021 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3022 Release the lower hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2083

 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3023 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3024 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher):

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2084 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3025 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3026 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2085

 Figure 1-3027 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-3028 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2086 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3029 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-3030 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2087

 a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-3031 Remove four screws

b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3032 Release the lower shield

2088 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3033 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2089

 a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3034 Lower the output tray

b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3035 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

2090 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3036 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3037 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2091

 e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-3038 Locate sensors

11. Remove the ejector unit (finisher).

a. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.

Figure 1-3039 Move the staple unit to the center

2092 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).

Figure 1-3040 Disconnect three connectors

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3041 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2093

 d. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3042 Remove one screw

e. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away
from the finisher (callout 3).

Figure 1-3043 Rotate the sensor

2094 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

f. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3044 Remove one screw

g. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.

Figure 1-3045 Remove the front tamper shaft

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2095

 h. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws
(callout 2).

Figure 1-3046 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws

i. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3047 Remove one screw

2096 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

j. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.

Figure 1-3048 Remove the rear tamper shaft

k. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3049 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2097

 l. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3050 Disconnect one connector

m. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws
(callout 1).

Figure 1-3051 Disconnect one connector

2098 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

n. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3052 Remove two screws

o. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.

Figure 1-3053 Lift the edges of the tampers

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2099

 p. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays
clear of the sheet metal frame.

Figure 1-3054 Remove the ejector unit

12. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

2100 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Ejector unit

a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft
will drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the
shaft in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3055 Reinstall the front tamper shaft

b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will
drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft
in the notch (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher ejector unit 2101

 Figure 1-3056 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit

Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper unit on the finisher.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01794A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher Sub - Tamper Front

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

2102 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3057 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2103
 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3058 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3059 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2104 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3060 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3061 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2105
 b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3062 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3063 Remove three screws (top side)

2106 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3064 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3065 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2107
 Figure 1-3066 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3067 Remove two screws (left side)

2108 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3068 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3069 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2109
 a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-3070 Remove one screw (front side)

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-3071 Remove two screws (left side)

2110 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-3072 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3073 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2111
 a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3074 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3075 Remove the top hinge pin

2112 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3076 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3077 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2113
 Figure 1-3078 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3079 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

2114 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3080 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3081 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2115
 a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-3082 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3083 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2116 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-3084 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-3085 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2117
 b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3086 Release the lower shield

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2118 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3087 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3088 Lower the output tray

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2119
 b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3089 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3090 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2120 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3091 Disconnect one connector

e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-3092 Locate sensors

11. Remove the ejector unit (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2121
 a. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.

Figure 1-3093 Move the staple unit to the center

b. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).

Figure 1-3094 Disconnect three connectors

2122 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3095 Remove two screws

d. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3096 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2123
 e. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away
from the finisher (callout 3).

Figure 1-3097 Rotate the sensor

f. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3098 Remove one screw

2124 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.

Figure 1-3099 Remove the front tamper shaft

h. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws
(callout 2).

Figure 1-3100 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2125
 i. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3101 Remove one screw

j. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.

Figure 1-3102 Remove the rear tamper shaft

2126 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

k. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3103 Disconnect one connector

l. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3104 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2127
 m. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws
(callout 1).

Figure 1-3105 Disconnect one connector

n. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3106 Remove two screws

2128 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 o. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.

Figure 1-3107 Lift the edges of the tampers

p. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays
clear of the sheet metal frame.

Figure 1-3108 Remove the ejector unit

12. Remove the front tamper unit.

■ Lift the front tamper away from the finisher to remove it

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper unit 2129
 Figure 1-3109 Remove the front tamper

13. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

14. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Ejector unit

2130 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft
will drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the
shaft in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3110 Reinstall the front tamper shaft

b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will
drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft
in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3111 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit

Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper unit on the finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2131
 NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01807A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher Sub - Tamper Rear

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

2132 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3112 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3113 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2133
 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3114 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3115 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

2134 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3116 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3117 Remove three screws (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2135
 c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3118 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3119 Remove three screws (rear side)

2136 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3120 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3121 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2137
 a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3122 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3123 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2138 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3124 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-3125 Remove one screw (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2139
 b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-3126 Remove two screws (left side)

c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-3127 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2140 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3128 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3129 Lift the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2141
 b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3130 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3131 Release the lower hinge pin

2142 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3132 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3133 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2143
 a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3134 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3135 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2144 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3136 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-3137 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2145
 Figure 1-3138 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-3139 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2146 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-3140 Remove four screws

b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3141 Release the lower shield

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2147
 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3142 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

2148 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3143 Lower the output tray

b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3144 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2149
 Figure 1-3145 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3146 Disconnect one connector

2150 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-3147 Locate sensors

11. Remove the ejector unit (finisher).

a. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.

Figure 1-3148 Move the staple unit to the center

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2151
 b. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).

Figure 1-3149 Disconnect three connectors

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3150 Remove two screws

2152 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3151 Remove one screw

e. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away
from the finisher (callout 3).

Figure 1-3152 Rotate the sensor

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2153
 f. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3153 Remove one screw

g. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.

Figure 1-3154 Remove the front tamper shaft

2154 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

h. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws
(callout 2).

Figure 1-3155 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws

i. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3156 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2155
 j. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.

Figure 1-3157 Remove the rear tamper shaft

k. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3158 Disconnect one connector

2156 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

l. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3159 Disconnect one connector

m. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws
(callout 1).

Figure 1-3160 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2157
 n. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3161 Remove two screws

o. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.

Figure 1-3162 Lift the edges of the tampers

2158 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 p. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays
clear of the sheet metal frame.

Figure 1-3163 Remove the ejector unit

12. Remove the rear tamper unit.

■ Lift the rear tamper away from the finisher to remove it

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3164 Remove the rear tamper

13. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper unit 2159
 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

14. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Ejector unit

a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft
will drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the
shaft in the notch (callout 1).

2160 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3165 Reinstall the front tamper shaft

b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will
drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft
in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3166 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1)
Learn how to remove and replace the feed entrance motor on the finisher.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1) 2161
 Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC31-00163B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Motor, Step

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

2162 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3167 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3168 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1) 2163
 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3169 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3170 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

2164 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3171 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3172 Remove three screws (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1) 2165
 c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3173 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3174 Remove three screws (rear side)

2166 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3175 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3176 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1) 2167
 a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3177 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3178 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2168 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3179 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the feed entrance motor (M1).

■ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two
screws (callout 3), and then remove the feed entrance motor.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor
when reinstalling the motor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3180 Remove the feed entrance motor

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed entrance motor (M1) 2169
 a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2)
Learn how to remove and replace the feed exit motor on the finisher.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC31-00163B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Motor, Step

2170 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3181 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2) 2171
 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3182 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3183 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2172 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3184 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3185 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2) 2173
 b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3186 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3187 Remove three screws (top side)

2174 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3188 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3189 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2) 2175
 Figure 1-3190 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3191 Remove two screws (left side)

2176 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3192 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3193 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the feed exit motor (M2).

■ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two
screws (callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor
when reinstalling the motor.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher feed exit motor (M2) 2177
 Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3194 Remove the feed exit motor

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3)
Learn how to remove and replace the buffer motor, gear, and sensor on the finisher.

2178 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01453A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Finisher sub - drive buffer

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) 2179
 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3195 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3196 Separate the finisher from the printer

2180 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3197 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3198 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) 2181
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3199 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3200 Remove three screws (front side)

2182 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3201 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3202 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) 2183
 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3203 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3204 Remove the cover

3. Remove the rear door (finisher).

2184 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3205 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3206 Remove the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) 2185
 c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3207 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3208 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2186 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3209 Remove one screw and the rear door

4. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3210 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) 2187
 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3211 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3212 Remove five screws and the cover

5. Remove the buffer motor, gear, and sensor.

2188 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-3213 Disconnect two connectors and remove two screws

b. If you are replacing the gear, slide it off of the shaft.

Figure 1-3214 Slide the gear off of the shaft

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) 2189
 c. If you are replacing the sensor (callout 1), remove it from the motor housing.

Figure 1-3215 Remove the sensor

d. If you are replacing the motor, do the following:

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

i. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3216 Remove two screws

ii. Lower the motor (callout 1) and then pull it away from the housing (callout 2) to remove it.

2190 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3217 Remove the buffer motor

6. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6)
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper motor on the finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2191
 NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC93-01001A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Drive Motor, Step

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

2192 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3218 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3219 Separate the finisher from the printer

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2193
 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3220 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3221 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

2194 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3222 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3223 Remove three screws (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2195
 c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3224 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3225 Remove three screws (rear side)

2196 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3226 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3227 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2197
 a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3228 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3229 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2198 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3230 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-3231 Remove one screw (front side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2199
 b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-3232 Remove two screws (left side)

c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-3233 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2200 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3234 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3235 Lift the top hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2201
 b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3236 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3237 Release the lower hinge pin

2202 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3238 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3239 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2203
 a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3240 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3241 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2204 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3242 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-3243 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2205
 Figure 1-3244 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-3245 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2206 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-3246 Remove four screws

b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3247 Release the lower shield

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2207
 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3248 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

2208 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3249 Lower the output tray

b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3250 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2209
 Figure 1-3251 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3252 Disconnect one connector

2210 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-3253 Locate sensors

11. Remove the ejector unit (finisher).

a. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.

Figure 1-3254 Move the staple unit to the center

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2211
 b. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).

Figure 1-3255 Disconnect three connectors

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3256 Remove two screws

2212 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3257 Remove one screw

e. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away
from the finisher (callout 3).

Figure 1-3258 Rotate the sensor

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2213
 f. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3259 Remove one screw

g. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.

Figure 1-3260 Remove the front tamper shaft

2214 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

h. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws
(callout 2).

Figure 1-3261 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws

i. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3262 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2215
 j. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.

Figure 1-3263 Remove the rear tamper shaft

k. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3264 Disconnect one connector

2216 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

l. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3265 Disconnect one connector

m. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws
(callout 1).

Figure 1-3266 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2217
 n. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3267 Remove two screws

o. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.

Figure 1-3268 Lift the edges of the tampers

2218 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 p. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays
clear of the sheet metal frame.

Figure 1-3269 Remove the ejector unit

12. Remove the front tamper (finisher).

■ Lift the front tamper away from the finisher to remove it

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3270 Remove the front tamper

13. Remove the front tamper motor (M6).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2219
 a. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3271 Remove two screws

b. Release the belt (callout 1), and then remove the front tamper motor.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt is routed correctly when reinstalling the motor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3272 Release the belt and remove the motor

14. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

2220 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

15. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Ejector unit

a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft
will drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the
shaft in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3273 Reinstall the front tamper shaft

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher front tamper motor (M6) 2221
 b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will
drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft
in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3274 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7)
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper motor on the finisher.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC93-01001A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Drive Motor, Step

2222 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3275 Disconnect finisher connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2223
 b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3276 Separate the finisher from the printer

c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3277 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2224 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3278 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3279 Remove two screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2225
 b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3280 Remove three screws (front side)

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3281 Remove three screws (top side)

2226 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3282 Remove three screws (rear side)

e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3283 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2227
 Figure 1-3284 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3285 Remove two screws (left side)

2228 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3286 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3287 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2229
 a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-3288 Remove one screw (front side)

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-3289 Remove two screws (left side)

2230 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-3290 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3291 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2231
 a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3292 Lift the top hinge pin

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3293 Remove the top hinge pin

2232 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3294 Release the lower hinge pin

d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3295 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2233
 Figure 1-3296 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3297 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

2234 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3298 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3299 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2235
 a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-3300 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3301 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2236 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 ■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-3302 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-3303 Remove four screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2237
 b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3304 Release the lower shield

c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2238 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3305 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3306 Lower the output tray

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2239
 b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3307 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3308 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2240 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3309 Disconnect one connector

e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-3310 Locate sensors

11. Remove the ejector unit (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2241
 a. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.

Figure 1-3311 Move the staple unit to the center

b. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).

Figure 1-3312 Disconnect three connectors

2242 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3313 Remove two screws

d. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3314 Remove one screw

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2243
 e. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away
from the finisher (callout 3).

Figure 1-3315 Rotate the sensor

f. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3316 Remove one screw

2244 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

g. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.

Figure 1-3317 Remove the front tamper shaft

h. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws
(callout 2).

Figure 1-3318 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2245
 i. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 1-3319 Remove one screw

j. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and
remove one shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.

Figure 1-3320 Remove the rear tamper shaft

2246 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

k. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3321 Disconnect one connector

l. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 1-3322 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2247
 m. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws
(callout 1).

Figure 1-3323 Disconnect one connector

n. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3324 Remove two screws

2248 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 o. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.

Figure 1-3325 Lift the edges of the tampers

p. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays
clear of the sheet metal frame.

Figure 1-3326 Remove the ejector unit

12. Remove the rear tamper (finisher).

■ Lift the rear tamper away from the finisher to remove it

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2249
 Figure 1-3327 Remove the rear tamper

13. Remove the rear tamper motor (M7).

a. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3328 Remove two screws

b. Release the belt (callout 1), and then remove the rear tamper motor.

Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt is routed correctly when reinstalling the motor.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2250 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3329 Release the belt and remove the motor

14. Unpack the replacement assembly

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

15. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Ejector unit

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher rear tamper motor (M7) 2251
 a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft
will drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the
shaft in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3330 Reinstall the front tamper shaft

b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will
drop down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft
in the notch (callout 1).

Figure 1-3331 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft

NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10)

Learn how to remove and replace the SCU motor on the finisher.

2252 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC93-01156A

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Motor, Step

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2253
 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3332 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3333 Separate the finisher from the printer

2254 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3334 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3335 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2255
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3336 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3337 Remove three screws (front side)

2256 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3338 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3339 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2257
 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3340 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3341 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

2258 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3342 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3343 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2259
 Figure 1-3344 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the front lower cover (finisher).

a. At the front of the finisher, remove one screw.

Figure 1-3345 Remove one screw (front side)

2260 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws.

Figure 1-3346 Remove two screws (left side)

c. At the right side of the finisher, remove three screw caps and the screws behind them.

Figure 1-3347 Remove three caps and screws (right side)

d. Remove the front lower cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2261
 Figure 1-3348 Remove the lower front cover

5. Remove the rear door (finisher).

a. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.

Figure 1-3349 Lift the top hinge pin

2262 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.

Figure 1-3350 Remove the top hinge pin

c. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then
rotate it away from the finisher.

Figure 1-3351 Release the lower hinge pin

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2263
 d. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.

Figure 1-3352 Remove the lower hinge pin

e. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap.
Remove the rear door.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3353 Remove one screw and the rear door

6. Remove the rear-upper cover (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

2264 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to
remove it.

Figure 1-3354 Remove the jam-access knob

b. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).

c. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.

Figure 1-3355 Remove one screw

d. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2265
 Figure 1-3356 Remove five screws and the cover

7. Remove the rear-lower cover (finisher).

a. Remove three screws.

Figure 1-3357 Remove three screws

b. Rotate the bottom of the cover away from the finisher, and then remove the cover.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

2266 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3358 Remove the rear-lower cover

8. Remove the caster cover.

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

■ Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and
two machine screws (callout 2). Remove the caster cover.

Figure 1-3359 Remove four screws and the caster cover

9. Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher).

NOTE: The figures in the section might appear slightly different than your finisher. However, the
procedures are correct for this finisher.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2267
 a. Remove four screws (callout 1).

NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.

Figure 1-3360 Remove four screws

b. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away
from the finisher (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.

Figure 1-3361 Release the lower shield

2268 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the shield.

NOTE: The figure below shows two connectors. However, this finisher only has one
connector.

Make sure to transfer the sensor to a replacement shield.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3362 Disconnect one connector

10. Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2269
 a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3363 Lower the output tray

b. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3364 Remove six screws

c. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield
down (callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).

CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the
shield.

Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.

2270 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 Figure 1-3365 Release the shield

d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3366 Disconnect one connector

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2271
 e. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of
the upper shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.

Figure 1-3367 Locate sensors

11. Remove the SCU motor (M10).

a. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).

Figure 1-3368 Disconnect one connector

2272 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 b. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor and bracket.

Figure 1-3369 Remove two screws

c. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor.

Figure 1-3370 Remove two screws and the motor

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher SCU motor (M10) 2273
 b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

SCU motor (M10)

■ When installing the motor and bracket, align the tab and slot on the motor bracket with the tab
and slot in the printer.

Figure 1-3371 Install the motor and bracket

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11)
Learn how to remove and replace the main tray moving motor (M11) on the finisher.

2274 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Before performing service

○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts
down before removing the power cable.

○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel
display is blank).

○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

JC90-01415B

To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

● Motor

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip

After performing service

○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.

○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.

○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.

○ Connect the printer power cable.

○ Turn the printer power on.

Post service test

Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.

1. Remove the left-top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2275
 a. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector.

Figure 1-3372 Disconnect finisher connector

b. At the front of the finisher, push in on the finisher latch (callout 1), and then slide the finisher
away from the printer (callout 2) to release it.

Figure 1-3373 Separate the finisher from the printer

2276 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 c. Remove two screws

Figure 1-3374 Remove two screws

d. Rotate the rear edge of the cover away from the chassis (callout 1), and then slide the cover
toward the rear of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3375 Remove the left-top cover

2. Remove the top cover (finisher).

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2277
 a. Remove two screws.

Figure 1-3376 Remove two screws

b. Open the front door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3377 Remove three screws (front side)

2278 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

c. Open the top cover door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3378 Remove three screws (top side)

d. Open the rear door, and then remove three screws.

Figure 1-3379 Remove three screws (rear side)

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2279
 e. Slightly lift up the right-rear corner of the cover, disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1),
and then release one retainer (callout 2).

Figure 1-3380 Disconnect one connector and release the retainer

f. Lift the cover straight up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Figure 1-3381 Remove the cover

3. Remove the front door assembly (finisher).

2280 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

a. At the left side of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-3382 Remove two screws (left side)

b. Open the front door, and then remove two screws.

Figure 1-3383 Remove two screws (front side)

c. Lift the assembly up and off of the finisher to remove it.

Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2281
 Figure 1-3384 Remove the front door assembly

4. Remove the main tray moving motor (M11).

a. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch
(callout 1) and gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released
position and lower the tray (callout 2) to the lowest position.

Figure 1-3385 Lower the output tray

2282 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

b. Open two retainers (callout 1), and then release the green wires (callout 2).

Figure 1-3386 Open two retainers

c. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 1-3387 Disconnect three connectors

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2283
 d. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then thread the cable up through the opening in the
top of the bracket.

Figure 1-3388 Disconnect one connector

e. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor assembly.

Figure 1-3389 Remove four screws and the motor assembly

2284 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

 f. Carefully pull the motor assembly away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 1-3390 Remove the motor assembly

5. Unpack the replacement assembly.

a. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

b. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform
service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not
available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-
sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches
when they are out of the printer.

If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the
roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching
rollers or pads.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are
removed from the replacement part prior to installation.

c. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the
end of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all
special installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2285
 6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation
instructions.

Main tray moving motor (M11)

a. Before installing the motor assembly, slide the bushing (callout 1) off of the shaft.

Figure 1-3391 Remove the bushing

b. Align the flat edges on the bushing with the flat edges on the opening in the motor assembly
bracket, and then install the bushing.

Figure 1-3392 Install the bushing

c. Position the bushing over the shaft, and then install the motor assembly.

2286 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement

Figure 1-3393 Install the motor assembly

Removal and replacement: Floor standing finisher main tray moving motor (M11) 2287
 2 Parts and diagrams

Printer parts information including exploded assembly diagrams and part number lists.

Order parts by authorized service providers

Find information about ordering parts and supplies for the printer.

Ordering
Order parts by authorized service providers.

Table 2-1 Ordering

Item or provider Description

Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply

Order parts from authorized service providers www.hp.com/buy/parts or partsurfer.hp.com

Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.

Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported web browser on your
computer, enter the printer IP address or host name
in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to
the HP SureSupply web site, which provides options for
purchasing Original HP supplies.

Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the exploded assembly diagrams are orderable parts.

Refer to the tables following the diagrams or the alphabetical/numerical parts lists to determine if a part
is orderable.

Supplies and accessories

Following are the part numbers for the supplies and accessories that are available for the printers.

To order cartridges, visit http://www.hp.com (some portions of the HP Web site are available in English
only). Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries/
regions have information about ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list.
In addition, go to hp.com/supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country/
region.

2288 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge that is being
replaced. Find the cartridge number in the following places:

● On the label of the cartridge that is being replaced.

● On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge door to locate the sticker.

● Open the printer software (HP Printer Assistant), and then click Shop > Shop For Supplies Online.

● Open the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), and then click Tools > Supply Status (under the Product
Information item).

Table 2-2 Maintenance/PMK

Item Description Part number

Service Fluid Container Replacement ink-collection container W1B44A

A7W93-67081

Printhead Wiper kit Replacement wiper assembly with instruction guide W1B43A

A7W93-67080

Tray 2-N roller kit Replacement rollers for Tray 2-5, 1x550-sheet trays, and W1B45A
the high capacity input (HCI) feeder with instruction
guide A7W93-67082

NOTE: Order one kit per tray (each kit includes three
rollers).

Tray 1 roller kit Replacement roller for tray 1 (multi-purpose tray MP) A7W93-67039

Document feeder roller kit (780/785 Replacement document feeder roller and separation pad J8J95A
models only) with instruction guide
5851-7202

Document feeder roller kit (P774/ Replacement document feeder roller and separation pad W1B47A
P779 models only) with instruction guide
A7W93-67083

Table 2-3 Accessories

Item Description Part number

Punch kit 2/3 hole punch SL-HPU501T

2/4 hole punch SL-HPU501F

Swedish hole punch SL-HPU501S

Printer stand and cabinet Optional stand with storage cabinet to support the F2A73A
printer (Recommended when using multiple optional
paper feeders.)

HP PageWide 550-sheet Paper Tray Optional input tray A7W99A

A7W99-67001

HP PageWide 550-sheet Paper Tray Optional input tray and cabinet stand W1B50A
and Stand
W1B50-67001

HP Page Wide 3x550-sheet Paper Optional input trays and stand W1B51A
Tray and Stand
W1B51-67001

Supplies and accessories 2289

 Table 2-3 Accessories (continued)

Item Description Part number

HP 1GB DDR3 x32 144-pin 800MHz Optional DIMM for expanding the memory (M527/ E5K48A
SODIMM E52545/M528/E52645)

HP Page Wide 4000-sheet HCI Paper Optional high-capacity input feeder and stand W1B52A
Tray and Stand
W1B52-67001

PageWide Door Override Kit Door override kit A7W93-67099

PageWide Niblet Kit Niblet Kit A7W93-67077

● K-Clip_Plastic_3mm

● Retainer-plate-attach

● REDI reflector

● Mount REDI multipick

● Mount REDI sensor

● Holder REDI sensor 2

● Mount sensor OOPS REDI MP

● Shipping restraint SS rear

● Shipping restrain SS front

● Assembly cheater front door

● Assembly cheater side doors

HP Secure High Performance Hard Secure hard disk drive (US government) B5L29A
Disk Drive FIPS
B5L29-67903

Two internal USB ports for solutions Optional 2 USB ports for solutions or accessories B5L28A
and AA board
B5L28-67902

HP Foreign Interface Harness (FIH) Optional FIH port for installing accessories B5L31A

B5L31-67902

1 GB Memory DIMM Optional 1GB memory DIMM E5K48A

E5K48-67902

HP SmartCard SIPRNet Solutions for Optional SmartCard SIPRNet solution for US CC543B
US Government government (requires B5L28A)
CC543-69011

HP SmartCard SIPRNet Solution for Optional SmartCard SIPRNet solution for US F8B30A
US Government Government (requires B5L28A)
F8B30-69001

HP JetDirect USB Wireless Print USB wireless print server J8031A

Server
J8031-61001

HP JetDriect wireless Print Server Wireless print server with NFC J8030A
with NFC
J8030-61001

1GB DIMM kit 1GB memory DIMM E5K48-67902

2290 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Customer self-repair kits
Following are the available customer self-repair kits part numbers.

Customer Self-Repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP LaserJet printers to reduce repair time.
More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-support and
www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-

authorized service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number,
serial number (found on back of printer), printer number, or printer name.

● Parts listed as A: Easy

● Parts listed as B: Difficult and/or requires tools

Table 2-4 Customer self-repair kits

Kit Description CSR level Part number

Tray 1 roller kit Replacement Tray 1 roller B BA7W93-67039

with instruction guide

HCI right tray assembly Replacement HCI tray A A7W97-67012

(right) with instruction
guide

HCI left tray assembly Replacement HCI tray (left) A A7W97-67008

with instruction guide

Document feeder white Replacement document B J7Z09-67926

backing kit (780/785 feeder white backing with
models only) instruction guide

Document feeder white Replacement document B J7Z09-67927

backing retention clip kit feeder white backing
(780/785 models only) retention clips

Document feeder white Replacement document B A7W94-67007

backing retention clip kit feeder white backing
(P774/P779 models only) retention clips

Control panel large Replacement control panel B J7Z09-67928

touchscreen (780/785 203 mm (8 in) with
models only) instruction guide

Control panel small Replacement control panel A K0Q15-67901

touchscreen (765/E751 109.22 mm (4.3 in) with
models) instruction guide

Control panel small Replacement control panel A Y3Z60-67911

touchscreen (P774 models) 109.22 mm (4.3 in) with
instruction guide

Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, Replacement keyboard A 5851-6019

RU, DE, ES, UK keyboard) overlay kit
(EMEA) (780/785 models
only)

Keyboard overlay kit Replacement keyboard A 5851-6020

(FR-CN, ES-LA, ES, US overlay kit
keyboard) (NA) (780/785
models only)

Customer self-repair kits 2291

 Table 2-4 Customer self-repair kits (continued)

Kit Description CSR level Part number

Keyboard overlay kit (FR- Replacement keyboard A 5851-6021

SW, DE-SW, DA, UK overlay kit
keyboard) (EMEA) (780/785
models only)

Keyboard overlay kit Replacement keyboard A 5858-6022

(ZHTW, ZHCN (AP) (780/785 overlay kit
models only)

Keyboard overlay kit Replacement keyboard A 5851-6023

(ES, PT) (EMEA) (780/785 overlay kit
models only)

Keyboard overlay kit (JA- Replacement keyboard A 5851-6024

KG, JA-KT) (AP) (780/785 overlay kit
models only)

Keyboard overlay kit Replacement keyboard A A7W12-67901

(Chinese) (AP) (780/785 overlay kit
models only)

Keyboard overlay kit Replacement keyboard A A7W14-67901

(Sweden) (EMEA) (780/785 overlay kit
models only)

eMMC module kit Replacement eMMC A J7Z04-67908

(752/755/765/E751 models module with instruction
8GB) guide.

eMMC module kit (774/779/ Replacement eMMC A Y3Z60-67906

P774/P779 models 16GB) module with instruction
guide.

320GB Hard disk drive Replacement HDD A 5851-6712

(HDD) kit

Secure hard disk drive Replacement secure HDD A B5L29-67903

(HDD) FIPS

Hard disk drive (HDD)/ Replacement for HDD/ A J7Z09-67952

Accelerator board Accelerator board

JetDirect Wireless Print Replacement JetDirect A J8030-61001

Server with NFC kit wireless print server with
NFC

JetDirect wireless print Replacement JetDirect A J8031-61001

server kit wireless print server

HP LaserJet MFP Analog Replacement accessory A B5L53-67901

Fax Accessory 500 500 Fax PCA
(780/785 models only)

HP Foreign Interface Replacement HP foreign A B5L31-67902

Harness (FIH) kit harness kit

Two internal USB ports kit Replacement Two internal A B5L28-67902

USB ports kit

Smartcard NIPRNet Replacement Smartcard A CC543-69011

solution kit for US NIPRNet solution for US
Government government

Smartcard SIPRNet Replacement Smartcard A F8B30-69001

solution kit for US SIPRNet solution for US
government government

2292 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

 Table 2-4 Customer self-repair kits (continued)

Kit Description CSR level Part number

Service fluid container kit Replacement service fluid A A7W93-67081

container kit

Printhead wiper kit Replacement printhead A A7W93-67080

wiper kit

Tray 2-5 roller kit Replacement trays 2–5 A A7W93-67082

roller kit

Tray 1 roller kit Replacement tray 1 roller B A7W93-67039

kit

Tray 2-5 assembly kit Replacement Trays 2-5 A A7X02-67006

assembly kit

Tray 2 (A4) Replacement tandem main A A7W93-67067

Tray 2

Tray 3 (A4) Replacement tandem main A A7W93-67068

Tray 3

Optional 1x550 sheet Replacement 1x550 sheet A A7W99-67001

feeder kit feeder

Optional 1x550 sheet Replacement 1x550 sheet A W1B50-67001

feeder with stand kit feeder with stand

Optional 3x550 sheet Replacement 3x550 sheet A W1B51-67001

feeder kit feeder

Optional 4000 sheet HCI Replacement optional A W1B52-67001

feeder kit 4000 sheet HCI feeder

Optional 1x550 sheet Replacement optional A A7W95-67024

feeder and stand storage 1x550 sheet feeder and
bin kit stand storage bin

Upper bin moveable tray kit Upper bin moveable tray kit B J7Z09-67968

Staple cartridge in-cave Replacement staple A J7Z09-67933

SS kit cartridge

Staple cartridge for SS Replacement staple A J7Z09-67934

finisher kit cartridge

Assembly locations
Learn about major printer assembly locations.

Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)

Locate features on the front of the printer.

Assembly locations 2293

 Figure 2-1 Front view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)

Item Description Item Description

1 Left door 10 Document feeder output

extensions

2 Easy access USB printing 11 Output bin and output bin

port stop

3 Scanner assembly 12 Right door (access for

clearing paper jams)

4 Hardware integration 13 Duplexer

pocket (HIP), for connecting
accessories and third
party device

5 Control panel with color 14 Serial number and product

touchscreen display (tilts number label
up for easy viewing)

6 Keyboard *(785f and 785zs 14 On/Off switch

models only). Push the
keyboard in unit it clicks,
and then pull the keyboard
out to use it.

7 Document feeder cover / 16 Tray 2

access for clearing paper
jams

8 Document feeder input 17 Front door (access to the

tray print cartridges)

9 Document feeder output 18 Service fluid container

bin and output bin and
output bin stop

Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)

Locate features on the rear of the printer.

2294 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

 Figure 2-2 Rear view models 774/779/780/785/E776/P774/P779 (MFP)

Item Description

1 Stapler cover

2 Power connection

3 Formatter plate (contains the interface ports)

4 Access door to interface ports and cable lock slot

5 Tray 1 (multi-purpose tray (MP))

6 Tray 1 (MP) extension

Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)

Locate features on the FSF printer.

Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only) 2295

 Figure 2-3 Floor standing finisher module (MFP; FSF models only)

Item Description

1 Left door (FSF models)

2 Floor standing finisher module (FSF models)

3 Printer base (all models)

Front view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)

Locate features on the front of the printer.

2296 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

 Figure 2-4 Front view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)

Item Description Item Description

1 Left door 7 Right door (access to

paper jams)

2 Easy access USB printing 8 Duplexer

port

3 Color touchscreen control 9 Tray 2

panel (tilts for easy
viewing)

4 On/Off switch 10 Front door (access to print

cartridges)

5 Serial number and product 11 Service fluid container

number label

6 Output bin Not used Not applicable

Rear view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)

Locate features on the rear of the printer.

Figure 2-5 Rear view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP)

Item Description

1 Power connection

2 Formatter face plate (contains interface ports)

3 Interface ports and cable lock slot

Rear view models 755/765/E751/P752 (SFP) 2297

 Item Description

4 Tray 1 (multi-purpose tray (MP))

5 Tray 1 (MP) extension

6 Hardware integration pocket (HIP) for connecting

accessories and third-party devices

How to use the parts lists and diagrams

Learn how to use the parts lists and diagrams.

The figures in this chapter show the major sub-assemblies in the printer and their component parts.
A parts list table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. The table lists the item number, the
associated part number, and the description of each part. If a part is not listed in the table, then it is not a
field replacement unit (FRU).

NOTE: The abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.” Components described as
a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts, such as cables and
sensors.

Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner

components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the document feeder and scanner.

Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785/E776/
P774/P779)
Parts diagram and part list for the document feeder and scanner whole units.

2298 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Figure 2-6 Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779)

Table 2-5 Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67929 ADF whole unit kit (780/785/E776) 1

1 J7Z09-67930 ADF whole unit kit (Workflow 780/785/E776) 1

1 Y3Z60-67903 ADF whole unit kit(P774/P779) 1

2 J7Z09-67916 ADF lock 1

3 J7Z09-67926 ADF white backing kit (780/785/E776) 1

Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units (780/785/E776/P774/P779) 2299
 Table 2-5 Document feeder and scanner (780/785/E776/P774/P779) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 A7W94-67007 ADF white backing kit (P774/P779) 1

4 J7Z09-67932 Kit, image scanner whole unit (780/785/E776) 1

4 Y3Z60-67904 Kit, image scanner whole unit (P774/P779) 1

5 J7Z09-67907 Scanner control board (SCB) (780/785/E776) 1

5 J7Z09-67908 Scanner control board (SCB) (Workflow 1

780/785/E776)

5 Y3Z60-67905 Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779) 1

6 J7Z09-67928 Control panel (large touchscreen) 1

6A Y3Z60-67911 Control panel assembly (P774) 1

Not shown 5851-5939 Cable, WU USB control panel (M527/E52545) 1

7 J7Z09-67910 UK English keyboard 1

7 J7Z09-67909 US English keyboard 1

8 J7Z09-67915 Center lower nose cone assembly 1

9 J7Z09-67914 Left lower nose cone assembly (large 1

touchscreen)

9 Y3Z60-67907 Left lower nose cone assembly (small 1

touchscreen)

10 J7Z09-67904 Control panel bezel w/ center CP (large 1

touchscreen

11 J7Z09-67905 Control panel bezel w/ left CP (large 1

touchscreen)

11 Y3Z60-67908 Control panel bezel w/left CP (small 1

touchscreen)

12 J7Z09-67901 HIP cover (MFP) 1

13 J7Z09-67902 USB cover (MFP w/ center nose cone) 1

13 J7Z09-67905 USB cover (MFP w/ left nose cone) 1

Not shown 0906-3654 Wireless PCA 1

15 J7Z09-67924 Spacer assembly (large touchscreen) 1

15 Y3Z60-67909 Spacer assembly (small touchscreen) 1

Not shown J7Z09-67906 Cover, keyboard fill 1

Not shown J7Z09-67931 ADF Hinges Kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2300 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Printer components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for printer components.

Parts and diagrams: Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models)

Parts diagram and parts list for the MFP printer covers.

Figure 2-7 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models)

Table 2-6 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly Kit 1

3 A7W93-67003 Cover, right tower 1

4 A7W93-67004 Cover, front tower 1

6 A7W93-67075 Cover, lower (internal) front 1

7 A7W93-67065 Cover, middle internal 1

8 A7W93-67066 Door, cartridge 1

9 A7W93-67073 Hinge, right cartridge door 1

10 A7W93-67074 Hinge, left cartridge door 1

Parts and diagrams: Printer components 2301

 Table 2-6 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/P779 models) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

12 A7W93-67043 Handle, rear lift assist 1

13 J7Z09-67938 Cover, rear 1

14 A7W93-67048 Output bin 1

15 A7W93-67058 Strap, left door 1

16 A7W93-67059 Strap, right door 1

17 J7Z09-67935 Cover, formatter assembly 1

18 J7Z09-67936 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lLock plate 1

19 J7Z09-67922 Cover, inline SS rear assembly (MFP) 1

20 J7Z09-67923 Cover, scanner rear w/o SS and spacer (MFP) 1

21 J7Z09-67917 Cover, scanner rear w/ SS 1

23 A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly 1

24 A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly 1

24 J7Z09-67044 Stapler/Stacker Diverter 1

Not shown A7W93-67099 PageWide door override kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67100 Output 1 static assembly 1

Not shown RC4-A7W93-67087 Cover, lower front cover retainer kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67067 Tray 2 (A4; tandem) 1

Not shown A7W93-67068 Tray 3 (A4; tandem) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2302 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Covers (765/E751/P752 models)
Parts diagram and parts list for the SFP printer covers.

Figure 2-8 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

Table 2-7 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7X02-60028 Tray 2 1

3 A7W93-67003 Cover, right tower 1

4 A7W93-67004 Cover, front tower 1

6 A7W93-67075 Cover, lower (internal) front 1

7 A7W93-67065 Cover, middle internal 1

8 J7Z04-67904 Cover, top assembly (SFP) 1

9 A7W93-67066 Door, cartridge 1

10 A7W93-67073 Hinge, right cartridge door 1

11 A7W93-67074 Hinge, left cartridge door 1

12 A7W93-67043 Handle, rear lift assist 1

13 J7Z09-67938 Cover, rear 1

14 A7W93-67048 Output bin 1

15 A7W93-67058 Strap, left door 1

16 A7W93-67059 Strap, right door 1

17 A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly 1

Parts and diagrams: Covers (765/E751/P752 models) 2303

 Table 2-7 Covers (765/E751/P752 models) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

18 A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly 1

19 K0Q15-67901 Control panel assembly (SFP; 765/E751) 1

20 G1W46-67914 Cover, HIP (SFP) 1

21 J7Z04-67901 Cover, USB (SFP) 1

22 J7Z09-67935 Cover, formatter assembly 1

23 J7Z09-67936 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lock plate 1

Not shown A7W93-67099 PageWide door override kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67100 Output 1 static assembly 1

Not shown RC4-A7W93-67087 Cover, lower front cover retainer kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2304 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Covers (floor standing finisher models)
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher printer covers.

Figure 2-9 Covers (floor standing finisher models)

Table 2-8 Covers (floor standing finisher models)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67985 Door, conditioner cartridge (FSF printers) 1

2 J7Z09-67986 Door, upper front (FSF printers) 1

3 J7Z09-67994 Cover, conditioner front top (FSF printers) 1

4 J7Z09-67996 Cover, front-right support (FSF printers) 1

5 J7Z09-67989 Cover, conditioner left-front inner (FSF 1

printers)

6 J7Z09-67988 Cover, bridge right (FSF printers) 1

7 J7Z09-67987 Cover, conditioner right (FSF printers) 1

8 J7Z09-67990 Cover, bridge front (FSF printers) 1

9 J7Z09-67991 Cover, conditioner inner HPR (FSF printers) 1

Parts and diagrams: Covers (floor standing finisher models) 2305

 Table 2-8 Covers (floor standing finisher models) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

10 J7Z09-67992 Cover, conditioner left upper trim 1

11 J7Z09-67993 Cover, conditioner left upper add-on 1

12 J7Z09-67994 Cover, conditioner rear (FSF printers) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2306 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the printer tray pick and duplex path assemblies.

Figure 2-10 Tray pick and duplex path assemblies

Table 2-9 Tray pick and duplex path assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67081 Kit, service fluid container 1

2 A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly 1

3 A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect 1

4 A7W93-67025 Duplex entry rear gear carrier 1

Parts and diagrams: Tray pick and duplex path assemblies 2307
 Table 2-9 Tray pick and duplex path assemblies (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

5 A7W93-67030 Duplex entry drive assembly 1

6 A7W93-67031 Separation assembly 1

7 A7W93-67032 Right duplexer assembly 1

8 A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly 1

9 A7W93-67038 Duplex exit drive assembly 1

10 A7W93-67052 Duplex floor 1

11 A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path 1

12 A7W93-67076 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter 1

(REDI)

13 A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch 1

14 A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly 1

15 A7W93-67080 Kit, printhead wiper assembly 1

Not shown A7W93-67089 Separation mount bracket 3 tray assembly 1

Not shown A7W93-67091 Separation mount bracket right assembly 1

Not shown A7W93-67092 Separation mount bracket center assembly 1

Not shown A7W93-67098 Separation assembly (Tray 1) 1

Not shown A7W93-67104 Torque limiter, Tray 2-x 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2308 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the printer feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies.

Figure 2-11 Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies

Table 2-10 Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67018 PCA, feed motor encoder 1

2 A7W93-67035 Feed shaft 1

3 A7W93-67041 Sensor, drop detect 1

4 A7W93-67050 Deskew front drive assembly 1

5 A7W93-67051 Deskew rear drive assembly 1

6 A7W93-67053 Upper paper guide assembly 1

7 A7W93-67061 Motor with bracket, drop detect 1

8 A7W93-67063 Kit, image sensor repair 1

9 A7W93-67071 Kit, feed motor 1

10 A7W93-67076 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter 1

(REDI)

11 A7W93-67060 Kit, drop detect carriage assembly 1

Parts and diagrams: Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies 2309
 Table 2-10 Feedshaft, drop detect, and deskew assemblies (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

12 A7W93-67095 Deskew front drive gear assembly 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2310 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Left door assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the left door assemblies.

Figure 2-12 Left door assemblies

Table 2-11 Left door assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67017 PCA, left door 1

2 A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly 1

2 J7Z09-67044 Stapler/Stacker Diverter 1

3 A7W93-67039 Kit, tray 1 roller 1

4 A7W93-67055 Motor, left side vertical drive assembly 1

5 A7W93-67056 Motor, duplex diverter assembly 1

6 A7W93-67098 Tray 1 pick and separation assembly 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Left door assemblies 2311

 Parts and diagrams: Left door eject assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the left door eject assemblies.

Figure 2-13 Left door eject assemblies

Table 2-12 Left door eject assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly 1

2 A7W93-67049 Kit, ejection flap drive assembly 1

3 A7W93-67054 Ejection drive assembly 1

4 A7W93-67064 Main bin full sensor 1

5 A7W93-67072 Light, standard output bin 1

Not shown A7W93-67057 Tray 1 assembly 1

Not shown A7W94-67008 Tray 1 pick roller access cover 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2312 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the airflow and right door assemblies.

Figure 2-14 Airflow and right door assemblies

Table 2-13 Airflow and right door assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67027 Kit, airflow repair 1

NOTE: This kit includes the airflow assembly,

AC control module (ACCM), and a flat-flexible
cable (FFC).

1 J7Z09-67033 Kit-Hi Roller Airflow Repair 1

NOTE: This Airflow Repair Kit is for Devices

that have the External Finisher attached

2 A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly 1

Not shown A7W93-67105 Fan, aerosol 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Airflow and right door assemblies 2313

 Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1
Parts diagram and parts list for the printer electrical assemblies 1 components.

Figure 2-15 Electrical assemblies 1

Table 2-14 Electrical assemblies 1

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

5 J7Z09-67941 Cable, power supply to MPCA 1

6 A7W93-67019 PCA, left front upper 1

7 A7W93-67020 PCA, center rear lower 1

8 A7W93-67021 PCA, left rear lower 1

9 Y3Z60-67912 Engine control board MPCA 1

13 A7W93-67040 Sensor, tray/door 1

14 A7W93-67028 PCA, right rear lower 1

15 A7W93-67070 PCA, temperature/humidity 1

18 A7W93-67096 Sensor, left door hall effect PCA 1

19 A7W93-67029 PCA, left rear upper 1

Not shown A7W93-67097 Main PCA center mount bracket 1

Not shown A7W93-67103 Kit, supply interconnect 1

2314 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-14 Electrical assemblies 1 (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown A7W93-67102 Kit, service fluid electrical interconnect 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 1 2315

 Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2
Parts diagram and parts list for the printer electrical assemblies 2 components.

Figure 2-16 Electrical assemblies 2

Table 2-15 Electrical assemblies 2

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z04-67902 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) 1

1 J7Z04-67903 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) China/ 1

India

1 J7Z09-67912 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MFP) 1

1 J7Z09-67913 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MPF) China/ 1

India

1 Y3Z60-67901 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MFP) 1

1 Y3Z60-67902 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MPF) China/India 1

2 5851-6712 Kit, HDD (320 GB standard drive) 1

2 B5L29-67903 Kit, HDD (500 GB standard secure drive) 1

2 J7Z09-67952 Kit, HDD (320 GB drive w/ accelerator board) 1

3 J7Z04-67908 eMMC module (8GB; 755/765/E751/P752) 1

3 Y3Z60-67906 eMMC module (16GB; P774/P779) 1

5 B5L53-67901 Analog fax PCA (fax models only) 1

7 J7Z09-67951 Smart transducer monitor system 1

8 J7Z09-67937 Cover, formatter cage 1

9 J7Z09-67945 Formatter cage and SFP/MFP faceplates kit 1

2316 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-15 Electrical assemblies 2 (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

10 J7Z09-67946 Island of Data (IOD) PCA 1

11 J7Z09-67940 Power supply assembly 110/220V 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Electrical assemblies 2 2317

 Parts and diagrams: Printhead assembly
Parts diagram and parts list for the printhead assembly.

Figure 2-17 Printhead assembly

Table 2-16 Printhead assembly

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67077 Restraints, printhead 2

NOTE: See service supplies and accessory

table. This part is part of the Pagewide Niblet
Kit, and kit contains other service parts.

2 A7W93-67069 Kit, printhead service maintenance (includes 1

service fluid container)

3 A7W93-67010 Kit, printhead FFC cable 1

Not shown A7W93-67102 Service fluid container electrical interconnect 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2318 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the printhead wiper assemblies.

Figure 2-18 Printhead wiper assemblies

Table 2-17 Printhead wiper assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67045 Motor, printhead wiper 2

2 Not orderable Printhead wiper drive assembly 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Printhead wiper assemblies 2319

 Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models)
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher printer covers.

Figure 2-19 Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models)

Table 2-18 Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly (FSF printers) 1

2 J7Z09-67002 MPCA, bridge (FSF printers) 1

3 J7Z09-67004 Cover, bridge MPCA (FSF printers) 1

5 J7Z09-67027 Motor, calendar drive (FSF printers) 1

6 J7Z09-67017 Roller, calendar assembly (FSF printers) 1

7 J7Z09-67007 Sensor, REDI (FSF printers) 1

2320 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-18 Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

8 J7Z09-67005 Bridge electrical interconnect (FSF printers) 1

9 J7Z09-67006 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) 1

10 J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) 1

11 J7Z09-67006 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) 1

12 J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Bridge assemblies (floor standing finisher models) 2321
 Parts and diagrams: Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher models)
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher printer covers.

Figure 2-20 Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher models)

Table 2-19 Chassis assemblies (floor standing finisher models)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67021 Power supply, conditioner (FSF printers) 1

2 J7Z09-67011 Fan, exhaust (FSF printers) 1

3 J7Z09-67003 PCA, bridge distribution (FSF printers) 1

5 J7Z09-67022 Sensor, HPR output jam assembly (REDI) (FSF 1

printers)

6 J7Z09-67026 Sensor, motor wall temperature (FSF printers) 1

7 J7Z09-67024 Cover, conditioner MPCA (FSF printers) 1

8 J7Z09-67018 PCA, conditioner main (FSF printers) 1

9 J7Z09-67029 Sensor, front door (conditioner) (FSF printers) 1

11 J7Z09-67020 Bridge jam clear LED (FSF printers) 1

12 J7Z09-67030 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) 1

13 J7Z09-67034 Conditioner (bridge) dual HE LMOD assembly 1

(FSF printers)

14 J7Z09-67023 HPR electrical interconnect (FSF printers) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2322 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher models)
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher printer covers.

Figure 2-21 Vapor module (floor standing finisher models)

Table 2-20 Vapor module (floor standing finisher models)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67997 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 110V) (FSF 1

printers)

1 J7Z09-67998 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 220V) (FSF 1

printers)

3 J7Z09-67032 Conditioner upper paper path module (FSF 1

printers)

4 J7Z09-67999 Motor wall assembly (FSF printers) 1

5 J7Z09-67008 HPR duct and exhaust fan upper( FSF printers) 1

6 J7Z09-67015 Fan, cooling 1 (FSF printers) 1

7 J7Z09-67013 Exhaust boot upper (FSF printers) 1

8 J7Z09-67010 HPR duct (with fan) (FSF printers) 1

9 J7Z09-67015 Fan 2, exhaust (with HPR duct) (FSF printers) 1

Parts and diagrams: Vapor module (floor standing finisher models) 2323
 Table 2-20 Vapor module (floor standing finisher models) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

10 J7Z09-67014 Exhaust boot lower (FSF printers) 1

11 J7Z09-67020 Lower transport exit guide assembly (FSF 1

printers)

12 J7Z09-67030 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2324 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits
Parts diagram and parts list for the FFCs and engine FFC kits.

Figure 2-22 FFCs and engine FFC kits

Table 2-21 FFCs and engine FFC kits

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown J7Z09-67946 Island of data PCA and FFC kit 1

Not shown J7Z09-67947 Engine control PCA FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67010 Printhead assembly FFC cable kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67005 Center rear lower FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67007 Feed motor FFC Kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67008 Left door FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67014 Left front upper FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67009 Left rear lower FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67013 Left rear upper FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67006 Right rear lower FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: FFCs and engine FFC kits 2325

 Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables
Parts diagram and parts list for the discrete cables.

Figure 2-23 Discrete cables

Table 2-22 Discrete cables

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown J7Z09-67941 Cable, Power supply cables 1

Not shown J7Z09-67942 Cable, HDMI ECB to formatter 1

Not shown J7Z09-67943 Cable, ECB to formatter power 1

Not shown J7Z09-67944 Cable, ECB to formatter 1

Not shown J7Z09-67918 Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/ finisher 1

Not shown J7Z09-67919 Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher 1

Not shown J7Z09-67949 Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/o 1

finisher

Not shown J7Z09-67950 Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher 1

Not shown J7Z09-67920 Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Enterprise 1

Not shown J7Z09-67921 Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Workflow 1

Not shown Y3Z60-67910 Cable, MFP (P752/P774/P779) ISA cable assy 1

Not shown J7Z04-67905 Cable, SFP control panel to formatter 1

Not shown J7Z04-67906 Cable, SFP USB to formatter 1

Not shown J7Z04-67907 Cable, SF HIP-2 to formatter 1

Not shown J7Z09-67948 Cable, PC to AC control module 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2326 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher)
Parts diagram and parts list for the discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher).

Figure 2-24 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher)

Table 2-23 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC media transport output motor 1

2 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC post HPR jam sensor PCA 1

3 J7Z09-67036 Cable, conditioner media transmission 1

interconnect

Not shown J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC mount assembly 1

5 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC front door sensor (conditioner) 1

6 J7Z09-67037 Cable, fans 1

7 J7Z09-67038 Cable, finisher to printer 1

8 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution 1

9 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution interior 1 1

10 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC HPR jam wrap 1

11 J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner jam access 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Discrete cables and FFCs (floor standing finisher) 2327
 Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the 550-sheet tray components.

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray covers

Parts diagram and parts list for the 550-sheet tray covers.

Figure 2-25 550-sheet tray covers

Table 2-24 550-sheet tray covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7X02-67001 Cover, right (550-sheet tray) 1

2 A7X02-67002 Cover, left (550-sheet tray) 1

3 A7X02-67003 Cover, rear (550-sheet tray) 1

4 A7X02-67004 Cover, front inner (550-sheet tray) 1

5 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (550-sheet tray) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2328 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray internal assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the 550-sheet tray internal assemblies.

Figure 2-26 550-sheet tray internal assemblies

Table 2-25 550-sheet tray internal assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (550-sheet tray) 1

2 A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (550-sheet tray) 1

3 A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (550-sheet tray) 1

4 A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (550-sheet tray) 1

5 A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (550-sheet tray) 1

6 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (550-sheet tray) 1

7 A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (550-sheet tray) 1

9 A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (550-sheet tray) 1

11 A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path (550-sheet tray) 1

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet tray internal assemblies 2329

 Table 2-25 550-sheet tray internal assemblies (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2330 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet
components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet components.

Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers

Parts diagram and parts list for the 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers.

Figure 2-27 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers

Table 2-26 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

2 A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

3 A7W95-67003 Cover, stand front inner (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

4 A7W95-67021 Door, right (1x550-sheet tray with storage 1

cabinet)

5 A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (1x550-sheet tray with storage 4

cabinet)

6 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

7 A7W95-67024 Storage bin (1x550-sheet tray with storage 1

cabinet)

Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet components 2331
 Table 2-26 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet covers (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown A7W95–67011 1x550 sheet tray right inner cover 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2332 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies.

Figure 2-28 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies

Table 2-27 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

2 A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (1x550-sheet tray with 2

storage cabinet)

3 A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

4 A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

5 A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

6 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

7 A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 1

storage cabinet)

8 A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (1x550-sheet tray with storage 1

cabinet)

Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies 2333
 Table 2-27 1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet internal assemblies (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

10 A7W95-67024 Storage bin (1x550-sheet tray with storage 1

cabinet)

11 A7W95-67019 Castor, stand swivel (1x550-sheet tray with 4

storage cabinet)

13 A7W95-67026 Stand tip foot assembly (1x550-sheet tray with 2

storage cabinet)

Not shown A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 1

Not shown A7W95–67013 3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2334 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the 3x550-sheet tray components.

Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray covers

Parts diagram and parts list for the 3x550-sheet tray covers.

Figure 2-29 3x550-sheet tray covers

Table 2-28 3x550-sheet tray covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (3x550-sheet tray) 1

2 A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (3x550-sheet tray) 1

Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray components 2335

 Table 2-28 3x550-sheet tray covers (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 A7W95-67003 Cover, stand front inner (3x550-sheet tray) 1

4 A7W95-67016 Door, right (3x550-sheet tray) 1

5 A7W95-67004 Cover, stand front spanner (3x550-sheet tray) 1

6 A7W95-67012 Door, stand latch stop (3x550-sheet tray) 2

7 A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (3x550-sheet tray) 4

8 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (3x550-sheet tray) 3

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2336 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies.

Figure 2-30 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies

Table 2-29 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

2 A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (3x550-sheet feeder) 2

3 A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

4 A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

5 A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

6 A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

7 A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

9 A7W95-67019 Castor, stand swivel (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

11 A7W95-67026 Stand tip foot assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 1

12 A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 4

Not shown A7W95–67013 3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet tray internal assemblies 2337

2338 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams
Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the HCI tray components.

Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray covers

Parts diagram and parts list for the HCI tray covers.

Figure 2-31 High-capacity input (HCI) tray covers

Table 2-30 High-capacity input (HCI) tray covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (HCI) 1

2 A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (HCI) 1

3 A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (HCI) 1

4 A7W97-67001 Bezel, left tray and stand (HCI) 1

5 A7W97-67002 Bezel, right tray and stand (HCI) 1

6 A7W97-67003 Cover, stand front inner (HCI) 1

7 A7W97-67004 Cover, stand front inner lower (HCI) 1

8 A7W97-67009 Door, right (HCI) 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray components 2339

 Parts and diagrams: High-capacity input (HCI) tray internal assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the HCI tray internal assemblies.

Figure 2-32 High-capacity input (HCI) tray internal assemblies

Table 2-31 High-capacity input (HCI) tray internal assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 A7W93-67088 Separation assembly (HCI) 2

2 A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (HCI) 2

3 A7W97-67006 Motor, tray lift assembly (HCI) 2

4 A7W97-67007 Motor, tray lift interconnect PCA (HCI) 2

5 A7W97-67008 Tray, left (HCI) 1

6 A7W97-67009 Door, right (HCI) 1

7 A7W97-67010 Path jam assembly (HCI) 1

8 A7W97-67011 Path jam drive assembly (HCI) 1

9 A7W97-67012 Tray, right (HCI) 1

10 A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (HCI) 2

12 A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (HCI) 2

Not shown A7W93-67090 Separation mount bracket HCI assembly 2

Not shown A7W97-67005 HCI FFC Kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2340 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the inline finisher.

Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher covers

Parts diagram and parts list for the inline finisher covers.

Figure 2-33 Inline finisher covers

Table 2-32 Inline finisher covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09–67953 Stapler/Stacker front cover 1

2 J7Z09-67954 Stapler/Stacker right cover 1

3 J7Z09-67955 Stapler/Stacker inner rear cover 1

4 J7Z09-67956 Stapler/Stacker inner left cover 1

5 J7Z09-67922 Stapler/Stacker rear cover 1

6 J7Z09-67976 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly 1

cover

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher components 2341

 Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher internal assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the inline finisher internal assemblies.

Figure 2-34 Inline finisher internal assemblies

Table 2-33 Inline finisher internal assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09-67970 Stapler/Stacker compiler assembly 1

2 J7Z09-67959 Staple paper sensor flag 1

3 J7Z09-67960 Stapler/Stacker main PCA 1

4 J7Z09-67961 Stapler/Stacker leading edge clamp kit 1

6 J7Z09-67963 Stapler/Stacker upper bin motor assembly 1

7 J7Z09-67964 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly 1

8 J7Z09-67965 Stapler/Stacker cartridge assembly 1

9 J7Z09-67966 Stapler/Stacker ejection path assembly 1

10 J7Z09-67967 Stapler/Stacker bin full sensor 1

11 J7Z09–67933 Stapler/Stacker staple cartridge 1

12 J7Z09–67981 Stapler/Stacker ISA hinge kit 1

13 A7W93–67077 Stapler/Stacker REDI Reflector 1

NOTE: Part is in the Niblet Kit A7W93-67077,

and kit contains other service parts.

14 J7Z09-67977 Stapler/Stacker vertical cable guide 1

15 J7Z09-67978 Stapler/Stacker bin illumination assembly 1

16 J7Z09-67979 Stapler/Stacker horizontal cable guide 1

2342 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-33 Inline finisher internal assemblies (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

17 J7Z09-67980 Stapler/Stacker bin mezzanine idlers retainer 1

18 J7Z09-67962 Stapler/Stacker upper bin and moveable tray 1

19 J7Z09-67982 Stapler/Stacker main PCA cover 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher internal assemblies 2343

 Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies
Parts diagram and parts list for the inline finisher mezzanine assemblies.

Figure 2-35 Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies

Table 2-34 Inline finisher mezzanine assemblies

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 J7Z09–67953 Stapler/Stacker mezzanine repair kit 1

3 J7Z09-67044 Stapler/Stacker Door extension/diverter kit - 1

Rev B

4 J7Z09-67956 Stapler/Stacker left door upper trim cover 1

NOTE: This part includes support strut.

5 J7Z09-67922 Stapler/Stacker support strut 1

NOTE: This part includes support strut.

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2344 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher flat flexible cables (FFCs)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inline finisher FFCs.

Figure 2-36 Inline finisher FFCs

Table 2-35 Inline finisher FFCs

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

Not shown J7Z09-67973 Stapler/Stacker FFC kit 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Inline finisher flat flexible cables (FFCs) 2345
 Parts and diagrams: 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher
components
View parts diagrams and parts lists for the 3,250-sheet floor standing finisher components.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR)
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR).

Figure 2-37 Floor standing finisher covers WUR

Table 2-36 Floor standing finisher covers WUR

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 JC90-01806A Floor standing finisher 1

2 J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly 1

3 J7Z09-67997 Kit, heated pressure roller 110V 1

2346 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-36 Floor standing finisher covers WUR (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 J7Z09-67998 Kit, heated pressure roller 220V 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher whole unit replacement (WUR) 2347
 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher covers
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher covers.

Figure 2-38 Floor standing finisher covers

Table 2-37 Floor standing finisher covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

8 JC81-08263A Magnet 1

12 JC63-04986B Rear cover 1

13 JC66-04767A Hinge 2

14 JC63-04987B Cover-r, lower 1

15 JC63-05787A Cover, caster 1

16 JC95-02143A Cover, front upper and lower (with door) 1

20 JC63-05715A Cover, top (left) 1

22 JC90-01743A Finisher sub-top cover assembly 1

24 JC90-01779A Door, rear 1

2348 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-37 Floor standing finisher covers (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

25 JC90-01445B Finisher sub-top door 1

26 JC63-04996B Output bin, top (cover-t) 1

27 JC63-05002B Output bin, lower (cover-m) 1

28 JC63-05716A Cover, rear-right upper 1

29 JC63-05717A Cover, rear-right lower 1

30 JC90-01771B Shield, lower 1

31 JC90-01784A Shield, upper 1

32 JC63-05003B Output bin sub-tray (cover-s, tray) 2

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher covers 2349

 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1.

Figure 2-39 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1

Table 2-38 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

4 JC90-01409A Finisher sub-ejector unit 1

5 JC66-04722A Roller, main-feed entrance 1

12 6601-001478 Bearing ball 6

14 0604-001415 Photo-interrupter 1

16 JC90-01457A Finisher sub-right jam 1

19 JC90-01807A Finisher sub-tamper rear 1

2350 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-38 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1 (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

20 JC90-01794A Finisher sub-tamper front 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 1 2351

 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2.

Figure 2-40 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2

Table 2-39 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

5 JC90-01672A Finisher sub feed 1

6 JC61-07414A Spring 2

9 JC61-00426A Bushing 2

11 6601-001478 Bearing ball 6

12 JC67-00817A Main-brush, exit 1

13 JC90-01674A Finisher sub exit 1

2352 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-39 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2 (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

14 JC90-01455A Finisher sub-top jam 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 2 2353

 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3.

Figure 2-41 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3

Table 2-40 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

2 JC90-01474A Finisher sub-clutch div 1

4 JC90-01466A Finisher sub-end fence 1

5 JC90-01404A Clutch drive 1

6 JC66-04727A Roller, top-feed exit 6

12 JC66-04602A Gear 1

17 JC66-04526A Actuator 1

18 JC63-04995B Cover-t, tray 1

19 JC62-01328A Seal 1

22 JC61-07206A Guide 1

25 6602-003649 Timing-belt, gear 1

26 6602-003647 Timing-belt, gear 1

28 6602-003645 Timing-belt, gear 2

29 6602-003640 Timing-belt, gear 1

30 6602-003639 Timing-belt, gear 1

2354 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-40 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3 (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

31 6601-003062 Bearing ball 2

33 0604-001415 Photo-interrupter 1

36 JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly 1

36A JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly 1

37 JC90-01467A Finisher sub-ef mtr, fence 1

38 JC90-01453A Finisher sub-drv buffer 1

39 JC90-01458A Finisher sub-div cam 1

40 JC90-01673A Motor, buffer exit 1

Not shown JC90-01675A Solenoid 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 3 2355

 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4.

Figure 2-42 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4

Table 2-41 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

2 JC90-01765A Finisher sub-staple unit 1

10 JC63-04984A Ground 1

17 JC61-07192A Guide 1

18 JC61-07189A Guide 1

24 6602-003652 Timing-belt, gear 2

25 6602-003270 Timing-belt, gear 1

26 JC67-00818A Top-brush exit 1

27 JC67-00820A Compiler-brush, ceiling front 1

28 JC67-00819A Compiler-brush, ceiling rear 1

29 JC90-01415B Tray HFT motor 1

30 JC90-01461A Motor, paddle 1

2356 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-41 Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4 (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

31 JC90-01414A Motor, SCU 1

Not shown JC92-02968B PCA - 3K main 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher internal assemblies 4 2357

 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor.

Figure 2-43 Floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor

Table 2-42 Floor standing finisher SCU motor and STK motor

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 JC90-01414A Motor, SCU assembly 1

1-1 JC93-01156A Motor, step 1

1-2 JC66-04604A Gear 1

1-5 6502-001131 Cable clamp 6

1-6 6044–000125 E-ring 2

2 JC90-01415B Motor, main tray lift assembly 1

2-1 JG70-40542A Cartridge, ICT-PIN 1

2-2 JC81-07637A Stacker, CSP-worm 1

2-9 JC31-00178B Motor, lift 1

2-11 6031-001547 Bearing ball 3

2-12 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2358 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam.

Figure 2-44 Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam

Table 2-43 Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 JC90-01453A Motor, buffer assembly 1

1-1 JC93-01155A Drive motor, step 1

1-2 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter 1

2 JC90-01454A Top lower feed assembly 1

2-1 JC66-04525A Actuator, top exit 1

2-3 JC61-07411A Spring, ts 1

2-6 JC39-02322A Harness, 3k finisher exit pat 1

2-7 JC32-00020A Sensor 1

3 JC90-01455A Top jam access path 2

3-6 JC62-01328A Seal 1

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam 2359
 Table 2-43 Floor standing finisher drive buffer, top lower, and top jam (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3-7 JC61-07417A Spring, ts 1

3-8 JC61-07415A Spring, es 4

3-9 JC61-07410A Spring, ts 1

3-10 JC61-07409A Spring, es 2

3-11 JC61-07205A Guide, diverter 1

3-12 JC61-07196A Guide, top jam 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2360 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit.

Figure 2-45 Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit

Table 2-44 Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1-4 JC61-07408A Spring, es 2

1-7 JC32-00020A Sensor, rp 1

2 JC90-01450A Finisher sub-mid jam 2

3 JC90-01451A Finisher sub-exit main 2

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit 2361
 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor,
and paddle motor.

Figure 2-46 Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor

Table 2-45 Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 JC90-01674A Finisher sub exit 1

1-3 JC61-07413A Spring, ts 2

1-5 JC61-07204A Guide, buff div 1

1-7 JC61-08072A Guide, buff exit 1

1-8 JC32-00020A Sensor, rp 1

2 JC90-01457A Finisher sub-right jam 1

2-1 JC81-08263A Magnet 1

2-2 JC61-07418A Spring, ts 1

2362 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

 Table 2-45 Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 JC90-01458A Finisher sub-div cam 1

3-1 JC70-40360A Ict-pin, paralled, p/u 1

4 JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly 1

4 JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly 1

4-1 JC31-00163B Motor step, ip 2

5 JC90-01461A Motor, paddle assembly 1

5-1 JC93-01001A Drive motor, step 1

5-3 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor 2363
 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit.

Figure 2-47 Floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit

Table 2-46 Floor standing finisher front alignment (tamper) unit

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

0 JC90-01794A Front tamper unit 1

13 JC93-01001B Driver motor, step 1

14 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter 1

15 6602-003644 Timing belt, gear 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2364 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit.

Figure 2-48 Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit

Table 2-47 Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

0 JC90-01807A Rear tamper unit 1

1 JC93-01001B Driver motor, step 1

12 6602-003644 Timing belt, gear 1

15 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear alignment (tamper) unit 2365
 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear upper shield
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher upper shield.

Figure 2-49 Floor standing finisher upper shield

Table 2-48 Floor standing finisher upper shield

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 JC90-01784A Shield, upper 1

1-1 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter 1

1-9 JC63-04999B Cover, stacker 1

1-10 JC61-07428A Spring, ts 1

1-11 JC61-07427A Spring, ts 1

2 JC90-01467A Motor, fence assembly 1

2366 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-48 Floor standing finisher upper shield (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

2-1 JC93-01001A Drive motor, step 1

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher rear upper shield 2367
 Parts and diagrams: Floor standing finisher backpack assembly
Parts diagram and parts list for the floor standing finisher backpack assembly.

Figure 2-50 Floor standing finisher backpack assembly

Table 2-49 Floor standing finisher backpack assembly

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 JC90-01796A Backpack, assembly 1

2 JC61-00426A Bushing 2

3 JC66-05209A Shaft 1

4 JC61-08295A Spring 2

5 JC39-02612A Cable, sensor 1

6 JC39-02610A Cable, power and communication 1

7 JC61-08258A Plunger, back 2

8 0604-001393 Photo-interrupter, sensor 2

NOTE: To access HP Part Surfer information, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

2368 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Alphabetical parts list
Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list

Description Part number Table and page

1x550 sheet tray right inner cover A7W95–67011 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit A7W95–67013 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit A7W95–67013 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

ADF Hinges Kit J7Z09-67931 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

ADF lock J7Z09-67916 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

ADF white backing kit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67926 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

ADF white backing kit (P774/P779) A7W94-67007 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

ADF whole unit kit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67929 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

ADF whole unit kit (Workflow 780/785/E776) J7Z09-67930 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

ADF whole unit kit(P774/P779) Y3Z60-67903 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Actuator JC66-04526A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Actuator, top exit JC66-04525A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Analog fax PCA (fax models only) B5L53-67901 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Backpack, assembly JC90-01796A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Bearing ball 6031-001547 Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Bearing ball 6601-001478 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Bearing ball 6601-001478 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Alphabetical parts list 2369

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Bearing ball 6601-003062 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Bezel, left tray and stand (HCI) A7W97-67001 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

Bezel, right tray and stand (HCI) A7W97-67002 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

Bridge assembly J7Z09-67001 Floor standing finisher covers

WUR on page 2346

Bridge assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67001 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Bridge electrical interconnect (FSF printers) J7Z09-67005 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Bridge jam clear LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67020 Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Bushing JC61-00426A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Bushing JC61-00426A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Cable, ECB to formatter J7Z09-67944 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, ECB to formatter power J7Z09-67943 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, HDMI ECB to formatter J7Z09-67942 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, MFP (P752/P774/P779) ISA cable assy Y3Z60-67910 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67949 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Enterprise J7Z09-67920 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Workflow J7Z09-67921 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67919 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher J7Z09-67950 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, PC to AC control module J7Z09-67948 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, Power supply cables J7Z09-67941 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, SF HIP-2 to formatter J7Z04-67907 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, SFP USB to formatter J7Z04-67906 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, SFP control panel to formatter J7Z04-67905 Discrete cables on page 2326

Cable, WU USB control panel (M527/E52545) 5851-5939 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Cable, conditioner media transmission interconnect J7Z09-67036 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

2370 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cable, fans J7Z09-67037 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor

standing finisher) on page 2327

Cable, finisher to printer J7Z09-67038 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor

standing finisher) on page 2327

Cable, power and communication JC39-02610A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Cable, power supply to MPCA J7Z09-67941 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

Cable, sensor JC39-02612A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Cartridge, ICT-PIN JG70-40542A Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Castor, stand swivel (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67019 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Castor, stand swivel (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67019 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Center lower nose cone assembly J7Z09-67915 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Center rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67005 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Clutch drive JC90-01404A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Conditioner (bridge) dual HE LMOD assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67034 Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Conditioner upper paper path module (FSF printers) J7Z09-67032 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Control panel (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67928 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Control panel assembly (P774) Y3Z60-67911 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Control panel assembly (SFP; 765/E751) K0Q15-67901 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Control panel bezel w/ center CP (large touchscreen J7Z09-67904 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Control panel bezel w/ left CP (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67905 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Alphabetical parts list 2371

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Control panel bezel w/left CP (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67908 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Cover, USB (SFP) J7Z04-67901 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, bridge MPCA (FSF printers) J7Z09-67004 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Cover, bridge front (FSF printers) J7Z09-67990 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, bridge right (FSF printers) J7Z09-67988 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, caster JC63-05787A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Cover, conditioner MPCA (FSF printers) J7Z09-67024 Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Cover, conditioner front top (FSF printers) J7Z09-67994 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, conditioner inner HPR (FSF printers) J7Z09-67991 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, conditioner left upper add-on J7Z09-67993 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, conditioner left upper trim J7Z09-67992 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, conditioner left-front inner (FSF printers) J7Z09-67989 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, conditioner rear (FSF printers) J7Z09-67994 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, conditioner right (FSF printers) J7Z09-67987 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, formatter assembly J7Z09-67935 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, formatter assembly J7Z09-67935 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, formatter assembly w/ lLock plate J7Z09-67936 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, formatter assembly w/ lock plate J7Z09-67936 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, formatter cage J7Z09-67937 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Cover, front inner (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67004 550-sheet tray covers on page
2328

Cover, front tower A7W93-67004 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

2372 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cover, front tower A7W93-67004 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, front upper and lower (with door) JC95-02143A Floor standing finisher covers
on page 2348

Cover, front-right support (FSF printers) J7Z09-67996 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Cover, inline SS rear assembly (MFP) J7Z09-67922 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, keyboard fill J7Z09-67906 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Cover, left (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67002 550-sheet tray covers on page

2328

Cover, lower (internal) front A7W93-67075 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, lower (internal) front A7W93-67075 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, lower front cover retainer kit RC4-A7W93-67087 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, lower front cover retainer kit RC4-A7W93-67087 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)
on page 2303

Cover, middle internal A7W93-67065 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, middle internal A7W93-67065 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, rear J7Z09-67938 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, rear J7Z09-67938 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, rear (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67003 550-sheet tray covers on page

2328

Cover, rear-right lower JC63-05717A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Cover, rear-right upper JC63-05716A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Cover, right (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67001 550-sheet tray covers on page

2328

Cover, right tower A7W93-67003 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, right tower A7W93-67003 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover, scanner rear w/o SS and spacer (MFP) J7Z09-67923 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/
P779 models) on page 2301

Cover, stand front inner (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67003 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Alphabetical parts list 2373

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cover, stand front inner (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67003 3x550-sheet tray covers on
page 2335

Cover, stand front inner (HCI) A7W97-67003 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

Cover, stand front inner lower (HCI) A7W97-67004 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

Cover, stand front spanner (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67004 3x550-sheet tray covers on
page 2335

Cover, stand left (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67002 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Cover, stand left (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67002 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

Cover, stand left (HCI) A7W95-67002 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

Cover, stand rear (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67001 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Cover, stand rear (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67001 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

Cover, stand rear (HCI) A7W95-67001 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

Cover, top (left) JC63-05715A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Cover, top assembly (SFP) J7Z04-67904 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Cover-r, lower JC63-04987B Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Cover-t, tray JC63-04995B Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Deskew front drive assembly A7W93-67050 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

Deskew front drive gear assembly A7W93-67095 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

Deskew rear drive assembly A7W93-67051 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

Door, cartridge A7W93-67066 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Door, cartridge A7W93-67066 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Door, conditioner cartridge (FSF printers) J7Z09-67985 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

2374 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Left door assemblies on page

2311

Door, left assembly A7W93-67033 Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

Door, rear JC90-01779A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Door, right (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67021 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Door, right (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67016 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

Door, right (HCI) A7W97-67009 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

Door, right (HCI) A7W97-67009 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Door, right assembly A7W93-67024 Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

Door, stand latch stop (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67012 3x550-sheet tray covers on
page 2335

Door, upper front (FSF printers) J7Z09-67986 Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

Drive motor, step JC93-01001A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Drive motor, step JC93-01001A Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

Drive motor, step JC93-01155A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Driver motor, step JC93-01001B Floor standing finisher front

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2364

Driver motor, step JC93-01001B Floor standing finisher rear

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2365

Duplex entry drive assembly A7W93-67030 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Duplex entry rear gear carrier A7W93-67025 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Alphabetical parts list 2375

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Duplex exit drive assembly A7W93-67038 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Duplex floor A7W93-67052 Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

E-ring 6044–000125 Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Ejection drive assembly A7W93-67054 Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

Engine control PCA FFC kit J7Z09-67947 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Engine control board MPCA Y3Z60-67912 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

Exhaust boot lower (FSF printers) J7Z09-67014 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Exhaust boot upper (FSF printers) J7Z09-67013 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Fan 2, exhaust (with HPR duct) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67015 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Fan, aerosol A7W93-67105 Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

Fan, cooling 1 (FSF printers) J7Z09-67015 Vapor module (floor standing

finisher models) on page 2323

Fan, exhaust (FSF printers) J7Z09-67011 Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Feed shaft A7W93-67035 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Finisher sub feed JC90-01672A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Finisher sub-clutch div JC90-01474A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Finisher sub-drv buffer JC90-01453A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

2376 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Finisher sub-ef mtr, fence JC90-01467A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Finisher sub-ejector unit JC90-01409A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Finisher sub-end fence JC90-01466A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Finisher sub-exit main JC90-01451A Floor standing finisher

entrance guide, mid jam, and
main exit on page 2361

Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly JC90-01459A Floor standing finisher internal
assemblies 3 on page 2354

Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly JC90-01459A Floor standing finisher transfer
buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly JC90-01459A Floor standing finisher internal
assemblies 3 on page 2354

Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly JC90-01459A Floor standing finisher transfer
buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Finisher sub-staple unit JC90-01765A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

Finisher sub-tamper front JC90-01794A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Finisher sub-tamper rear JC90-01807A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Finisher sub-top cover assembly JC90-01743A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Finisher sub-top door JC90-01445B Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Finisher sub-top jam JC90-01455A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Floor standing finisher JC90-01806A Floor standing finisher covers

WUR on page 2346

Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) J7Z04-67902 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) China/India J7Z04-67903 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MFP) J7Z09-67912 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Alphabetical parts list 2377

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MPF) China/India J7Z09-67913 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MFP) Y3Z60-67901 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MPF) China/India Y3Z60-67902 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Formatter cage and SFP/MFP faceplates kit J7Z09-67945 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Front tamper unit JC90-01794A Floor standing finisher front

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2364

Gear JC66-04602A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Gear JC66-04604A Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Ground JC63-04984A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

Guide JC61-07189A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

Guide JC61-07192A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

Guide JC61-07206A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Guide, buff div JC61-07204A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Guide, diverter JC61-07205A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Guide, top jam JC61-07196A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

HCI FFC Kit A7W97-67005 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

HIP cover (MFP) J7Z09-67901 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

HPR duct (with fan) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67010 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

HPR duct and exhaust fan upper( FSF printers) J7Z09-67008 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

HPR electrical interconnect (FSF printers) J7Z09-67023 Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

2378 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Handle, rear lift assist A7W93-67043 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Handle, rear lift assist A7W93-67043 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Harness, 3k finisher exit pat JC39-02322A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Hinge JC66-04767A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Hinge, left cartridge door A7W93-67074 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Hinge, left cartridge door A7W93-67074 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Hinge, right cartridge door A7W93-67073 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Hinge, right cartridge door A7W93-67073 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Ict-pin, paralled, p/u JC70-40360A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Island of Data (IOD) PCA J7Z09-67946 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Island of data PCA and FFC kit J7Z09-67946 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Kit, FFC HPR jam wrap J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, FFC conditioner distribution J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, FFC conditioner distribution interior 1 J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, FFC conditioner jam access J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, FFC media transport output motor J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, FFC mount assembly J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, FFC post HPR jam sensor PCA J7Z09-67035 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

Kit, HDD (320 GB drive w/ accelerator board) J7Z09-67952 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Kit, HDD (320 GB standard drive) 5851-6712 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Kit, HDD (500 GB standard secure drive) B5L29-67903 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Alphabetical parts list 2379

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Kit, airflow repair A7W93-67027 Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

Kit, drop detect carriage assembly A7W93-67060 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

Kit, ejection flap drive assembly A7W93-67049 Left door eject assemblies on
page 2312

Kit, feed motor A7W93-67071 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 110V) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67997 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 220V) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67998 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Kit, heated pressure roller 110V J7Z09-67997 Floor standing finisher covers
WUR on page 2346

Kit, heated pressure roller 220V J7Z09-67998 Floor standing finisher covers
WUR on page 2346

Kit, image scanner whole unit (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67932 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Kit, image scanner whole unit (P774/P779) Y3Z60-67904 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Kit, image sensor repair A7W93-67063 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

Kit, printhead FFC cable A7W93-67010 Printhead assembly on page

2318

Kit, printhead service maintenance (includes service fluid A7W93-67069 Printhead assembly on page
container) 2318

Kit, printhead wiper assembly A7W93-67080 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Kit, service fluid container A7W93-67081 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Kit, service fluid electrical interconnect A7W93-67102 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

Kit, skirt cover (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67005 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Kit, skirt cover (3x550-sheet tray) A7W95-67005 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

Kit, skirt cover (HCI) A7W95-67005 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

Kit, supply interconnect A7W93-67103 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

2380 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Kit, tray 1 roller A7W93-67039 Left door assemblies on page

2311

Kit-Hi Roller Airflow Repair J7Z09-67033 Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

Left door FFC kit A7W93-67008 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Left front upper FFC kit A7W93-67014 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Left lower nose cone assembly (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67914 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Left lower nose cone assembly (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67907 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Left rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67009 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Left rear upper FFC kit A7W93-67013 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Light, standard output bin A7W93-67072 Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

Lower transport exit guide assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67020 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

MPCA, bridge (FSF printers) J7Z09-67002 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Magnet JC81-08263A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Magnet JC81-08263A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Main PCA center mount bracket A7W93-67097 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

Main bin full sensor A7W93-67064 Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

Main-brush, exit JC67-00817A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Motor step, ip JC31-00163B Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Motor wall assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67999 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Motor with bracket, drop detect A7W93-67061 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

Alphabetical parts list 2381

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Motor, SCU assembly JC90-01414A Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Motor, buffer assembly JC90-01453A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Motor, buffer exit JC90-01673A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Motor, calendar drive (FSF printers) J7Z09-67027 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Motor, duplex diverter assembly A7W93-67056 Left door assemblies on page

2311

Motor, fence assembly JC90-01467A Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

Motor, left side vertical drive assembly A7W93-67055 Left door assemblies on page
2311

Motor, lift JC31-00178B Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Motor, main tray lift assembly JC90-01415B Floor standing finisher SCU
motor and STK motor on page
2358

Motor, paddle assembly JC90-01461A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Motor, printhead wiper A7W93-67045 Printhead wiper assemblies on

page 2319

Motor, step JC93-01156A Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Motor, tray lift assembly (HCI) A7W97-67006 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

Motor, tray lift interconnect PCA (HCI) A7W97-67007 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

Output 1 static assembly A7W93-67100 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Output 1 static assembly A7W93-67100 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Output bin A7W93-67048 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Output bin A7W93-67048 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Output bin sub-tray (cover-s, tray) JC63-05003B Floor standing finisher covers
on page 2348

2382 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Output bin, lower (cover-m) JC63-05002B Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Output bin, top (cover-t) JC63-04996B Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

PCA, bridge distribution (FSF printers) J7Z09-67003 Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

PCA, center rear lower A7W93-67020 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

PCA, conditioner main (FSF printers) J7Z09-67018 Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

PCA, feed motor encoder A7W93-67018 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

PCA, left door A7W93-67017 Left door assemblies on page

2311

PCA, left front upper A7W93-67019 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

PCA, left rear lower A7W93-67021 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

PCA, left rear upper A7W93-67029 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

PCA, right rear lower A7W93-67028 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

PCA, temperature/humidity A7W93-67070 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

PCA, tray (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7X02-67005 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

PCA, tray (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67005 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

PCA, tray (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67005 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

PageWide door override kit A7W93-67099 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

PageWide door override kit A7W93-67099 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Path jam assembly (HCI) A7W97-67010 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Path jam drive assembly (HCI) A7W97-67011 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Alphabetical parts list 2383

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Floor standing finisher rear

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2365

Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Photo-interrupter, sensor 0604-001393 Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Pick arm assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W93-67079 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Pick arm assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67079 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Pick arm assembly (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67079 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Pick arm assembly (HCI) A7W93-67079 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Pick drive clutch (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W93-67078 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Pick drive clutch (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67078 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Pick drive clutch (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67078 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Pick drive clutch (HCI) A7W93-67078 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Plunger, back JC61-08258A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Power supply assembly 110/220V J7Z09-67940 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Power supply, conditioner (FSF printers) J7Z09-67021 Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

2384 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Printhead assembly FFC cable kit A7W93-67010 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Printhead wiper drive assembly Not orderable Printhead wiper assemblies on

page 2319

Rear cover JC63-04986B Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Rear tamper unit JC90-01807A Floor standing finisher rear

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2365

Restraints, printhead A7W93-67077 Printhead assembly on page

2318

Right duplexer assembly A7W93-67032 Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

Right rear lower FFC kit A7W93-67006 FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

Right side vertical path A7W93-67062 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Right side vertical path (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67062 550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2329

Roller, calendar assembly (FSF printers) J7Z09-67017 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Roller, main-feed entrance JC66-04722A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

Scanner control board (SCB) (780/785/E776) J7Z09-67907 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779) Y3Z60-67905 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Scanner control board (SCB) (Workflow 780/785/E776) J7Z09-67908 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Seal JC62-01328A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Seal JC62-01328A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Sensor JC32-00020A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) J7Z09-67030 Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Alphabetical parts list 2385

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Sensor, HPR output jam assembly (REDI) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67022 Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Sensor, REDI (FSF printers) J7Z09-67007 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) J7Z09-67006 Bridge assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) J7Z09-67006 Bridge assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Sensor, drop detect A7W93-67041 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

Sensor, front door (conditioner) (FSF printers) J7Z09-67029 Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Sensor, left door hall effect PCA A7W93-67096 Electrical assemblies 1 on page
2314

Sensor, motor wall temperature (FSF printers) J7Z09-67026 Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) A7W93-67076 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) A7W93-67076 Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

Sensor, rp JC32-00020A Floor standing finisher

entrance guide, mid jam, and
main exit on page 2361

Sensor, rp JC32-00020A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Sensor, tray size detect A7W93-67023 Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

Sensor, tray size detect (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W93-67023 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Sensor, tray size detect (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67023 3x550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2337

Sensor, tray size detect (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67023 550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2329

Sensor, tray/door A7W93-67040 Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 FFCs and engine FFC kits on

page 2325

2386 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Separation FFC kit A7W93-67015 1x550-sheet tray with storage

cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Separation assembly A7W93-67031 Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

Separation assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W93-67031 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Separation assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67031 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Separation assembly (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67031 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Separation assembly (HCI) A7W93-67088 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Separation mount bracket HCI assembly A7W93-67090 High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

Service fluid container electrical interconnect A7W93-67102 Printhead assembly on page

2318

Shaft JC66-05209A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Shield, lower JC90-01771B Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Shield, upper JC90-01784A Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

Shield, upper JC90-01784A Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

Smart transducer monitor system J7Z09-67951 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Solenoid JC90-01675A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Spacer assembly (large touchscreen) J7Z09-67924 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Spacer assembly (small touchscreen) Y3Z60-67909 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Spring JC61-07414A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

Spring JC61-08295A Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Alphabetical parts list 2387

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Spring, es JC61-07408A Floor standing finisher

entrance guide, mid jam, and
main exit on page 2361

Spring, es JC61-07409A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Spring, es JC61-07415A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Spring, ts JC61-07410A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Spring, ts JC61-07411A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Spring, ts JC61-07413A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Spring, ts JC61-07417A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Spring, ts JC61-07418A Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

Spring, ts JC61-07427A Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

Spring, ts JC61-07428A Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

Stacker, CSP-worm JC81-07637A Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

Stand tip foot assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67026 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Stand tip foot assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W95-67026 3x550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2337

Staple paper sensor flag J7Z09-67959 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker Diverter J7Z09-67044 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Stapler/Stacker Diverter J7Z09-67044 Left door assemblies on page

2311

Stapler/Stacker Door extension/diverter kit - Rev B J7Z09-67044 Inline finisher mezzanine

assemblies on page 2344

Stapler/Stacker FFC kit J7Z09-67973 Inline finisher FFCs on page

2345

2388 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Stapler/Stacker ISA hinge kit J7Z09–67981 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker REDI Reflector A7W93–67077 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker bin full sensor J7Z09-67967 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker bin illumination assembly J7Z09-67978 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker bin mezzanine idlers retainer J7Z09-67980 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker cartridge assembly J7Z09-67965 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker compiler assembly J7Z09-67970 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker ejection path assembly J7Z09-67966 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker front cover J7Z09–67953 Inline finisher covers on page

2341

Stapler/Stacker horizontal cable guide J7Z09-67979 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker inner left cover J7Z09-67956 Inline finisher covers on page

2341

Stapler/Stacker inner rear cover J7Z09-67955 Inline finisher covers on page

2341

Stapler/Stacker leading edge clamp kit J7Z09-67961 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker left door upper trim cover J7Z09-67956 Inline finisher mezzanine
assemblies on page 2344

Stapler/Stacker main PCA J7Z09-67960 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker main PCA cover J7Z09-67982 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker mezzanine repair kit J7Z09–67953 Inline finisher mezzanine

assemblies on page 2344

Stapler/Stacker rear cover J7Z09-67922 Inline finisher covers on page

2341

Stapler/Stacker right cover J7Z09-67954 Inline finisher covers on page

2341

Stapler/Stacker staple cartridge J7Z09–67933 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly J7Z09-67964 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly cover J7Z09-67976 Inline finisher covers on page
2341

Alphabetical parts list 2389

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Stapler/Stacker support strut J7Z09-67922 Inline finisher mezzanine

assemblies on page 2344

Stapler/Stacker upper bin and moveable tray J7Z09-67962 Inline finisher internal
assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker upper bin motor assembly J7Z09-67963 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Stapler/Stacker vertical cable guide J7Z09-67977 Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

Storage bin (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67024 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Storage bin (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W95-67024 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Strap, left door A7W93-67058 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Strap, left door A7W93-67058 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Strap, right door A7W93-67059 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Strap, right door A7W93-67059 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67019 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) J7Z09-67019 Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 Floor standing finisher front

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2364

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003270 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003639 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003640 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003645 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003647 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003649 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Timing-belt, gear 6602-003652 Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

2390 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Top jam access path JC90-01455A Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

Top-brush exit JC67-00818A Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

Tray 1 assembly A7W93-67057 Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

Tray 1 pick and separation assembly A7W93-67098 Left door assemblies on page
2311

Tray 1 pick roller access cover A7W94-67008 Left door eject assemblies on
page 2312

Tray 2 A7X02-60028 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Tray 2 (A4; tandem) A7W93-67067 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Tray 2-5 Assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7X02-67006 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7X02-67006 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Tray 2-5 Assembly (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67006 550-sheet tray covers on page
2328

Tray 2-5 Assembly Kit A7X02-67006 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Tray 2-5 assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7X02-67006 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

Tray 2-5 assembly (3x550-sheet tray) A7X02-67006 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

Tray 2-5 assembly (550-sheet tray) A7X02-67006 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Tray 3 (A4; tandem) A7W93-67068 Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Tray latch assembly A7W93-67034 Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

Tray latch assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W93-67034 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Tray latch assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67034 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Tray latch assembly (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67034 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Tray latch assembly (HCI) A7W93-67034 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Tray lift assembly A7W93-67022 Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

Alphabetical parts list 2391

 Table 2-50 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Tray lift assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) A7W93-67022 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

Tray lift assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) A7W93-67022 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

Tray lift assembly (550-sheet tray) A7W93-67022 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

Tray, left (HCI) A7W97-67008 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

Tray, right (HCI) A7W97-67012 High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

UK English keyboard J7Z09-67910 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

US English keyboard J7Z09-67909 Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

USB cover (MFP w/ center nose cone) J7Z09-67902 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

USB cover (MFP w/ left nose cone) J7Z09-67905 Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Upper paper guide assembly A7W93-67053 Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

eMMC module (16GB; P774/P779) Y3Z60-67906 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

eMMC module (8GB; 755/765/E751/P752) J7Z04-67908 Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

2392 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Numerical parts list
Table 2-51 Numerical parts list

Part number Description Table and page

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher rear

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2365

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

0604-001393 Photo-interrupter, sensor Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

0604-001415 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

0604-001415 Photo-interrupter Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

5851-5939 Cable, WU USB control panel (M527/E52545) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

5851-6712 Kit, HDD (320 GB standard drive) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

6031-001547 Bearing ball Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

6044–000125 E-ring Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

6601-001478 Bearing ball Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

6601-001478 Bearing ball Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

6601-003062 Bearing ball Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

6602-003270 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

6602-003639 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

6602-003640 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Numerical parts list 2393

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

6602-003644 Timing belt, gear Floor standing finisher front

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2364

6602-003645 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

6602-003647 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

6602-003649 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

6602-003652 Timing-belt, gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

A7W93-67003 Cover, right tower Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67003 Cover, right tower Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67004 Cover, front tower Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67004 Cover, front tower Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67005 Center rear lower FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67006 Right rear lower FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67008 Left door FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67009 Left rear lower FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67010 Kit, printhead FFC cable Printhead assembly on page

2318

A7W93-67010 Printhead assembly FFC cable kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67013 Left rear upper FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67014 Left front upper FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on

page 2325

A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67015 Separation FFC kit 1x550-sheet tray with storage

cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67017 PCA, left door Left door assemblies on page

2311

2394 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W93-67018 PCA, feed motor encoder Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67019 PCA, left front upper Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67020 PCA, center rear lower Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67021 PCA, left rear lower Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W93-67022 Tray lift assembly (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2337

A7W93-67023 Sensor, tray size detect (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67024 Door, right assembly Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

A7W93-67025 Duplex entry rear gear carrier Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67027 Kit, airflow repair Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

A7W93-67028 PCA, right rear lower Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67029 PCA, left rear upper Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67030 Duplex entry drive assembly Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67031 Separation assembly Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

Numerical parts list 2395

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W93-67031 Separation assembly (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67032 Right duplexer assembly Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Left door assemblies on page

2311

A7W93-67033 Door, left assembly Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67034 Tray latch assembly (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W93-67035 Feed shaft Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67038 Duplex exit drive assembly Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67039 Kit, tray 1 roller Left door assemblies on page

2311

A7W93-67040 Sensor, tray/door Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67041 Sensor, drop detect Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67043 Handle, rear lift assist Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67043 Handle, rear lift assist Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

2396 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W93-67045 Motor, printhead wiper Printhead wiper assemblies on

page 2319

A7W93-67048 Output bin Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67048 Output bin Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67049 Kit, ejection flap drive assembly Left door eject assemblies on
page 2312

A7W93-67050 Deskew front drive assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67051 Deskew rear drive assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67052 Duplex floor Tray pick and duplex path

assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67053 Upper paper guide assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67054 Ejection drive assembly Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

A7W93-67055 Motor, left side vertical drive assembly Left door assemblies on page
2311

A7W93-67056 Motor, duplex diverter assembly Left door assemblies on page

2311

A7W93-67057 Tray 1 assembly Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

A7W93-67058 Strap, left door Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67058 Strap, left door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67059 Strap, right door Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67059 Strap, right door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67060 Kit, drop detect carriage assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67061 Motor with bracket, drop detect Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67062 Right side vertical path (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2329

Numerical parts list 2397

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W93-67063 Kit, image sensor repair Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67064 Main bin full sensor Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

A7W93-67065 Cover, middle internal Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67065 Cover, middle internal Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67066 Door, cartridge Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67066 Door, cartridge Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67067 Tray 2 (A4; tandem) Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67068 Tray 3 (A4; tandem) Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67069 Kit, printhead service maintenance (includes service fluid Printhead assembly on page
container) 2318

A7W93-67070 PCA, temperature/humidity Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67071 Kit, feed motor Feedshaft, drop detect, and

deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67072 Light, standard output bin Left door eject assemblies on

page 2312

A7W93-67073 Hinge, right cartridge door Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67073 Hinge, right cartridge door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67074 Hinge, left cartridge door Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67074 Hinge, left cartridge door Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67075 Cover, lower (internal) front Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67075 Cover, lower (internal) front Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67076 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67076 Sensor, reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67077 Restraints, printhead Printhead assembly on page

2318

2398 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67078 Pick drive clutch (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7W93-67079 Pick arm assembly (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W93-67080 Kit, printhead wiper assembly Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67081 Kit, service fluid container Tray pick and duplex path
assemblies on page 2307

A7W93-67088 Separation assembly (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W93-67090 Separation mount bracket HCI assembly High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W93-67095 Deskew front drive gear assembly Feedshaft, drop detect, and
deskew assemblies on page
2309

A7W93-67096 Sensor, left door hall effect PCA Electrical assemblies 1 on page
2314

A7W93-67097 Main PCA center mount bracket Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67098 Tray 1 pick and separation assembly Left door assemblies on page
2311

A7W93-67099 PageWide door override kit Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67099 PageWide door override kit Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7W93-67100 Output 1 static assembly Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7W93-67100 Output 1 static assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Numerical parts list 2399

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W93-67102 Kit, service fluid electrical interconnect Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67102 Service fluid container electrical interconnect Printhead assembly on page

2318

A7W93-67103 Kit, supply interconnect Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

A7W93-67105 Fan, aerosol Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

A7W93–67077 Stapler/Stacker REDI Reflector Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

A7W94-67007 ADF white backing kit (P774/P779) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

A7W94-67008 Tray 1 pick roller access cover Left door eject assemblies on
page 2312

A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

A7W95-67001 Cover, stand rear (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

A7W95-67002 Cover, stand left (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

A7W95-67003 Cover, stand front inner (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95-67003 Cover, stand front inner (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on
page 2335

A7W95-67004 Cover, stand front spanner (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on
page 2335

A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

A7W95-67005 Kit, skirt cover (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

A7W95-67012 Door, stand latch stop (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on
page 2335

A7W95-67016 Door, right (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

2400 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W95-67019 Castor, stand swivel (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W95-67019 Castor, stand swivel (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W95-67021 Door, right (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95-67024 Storage bin (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95-67024 Storage bin (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W95-67026 Stand tip foot assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W95-67026 Stand tip foot assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal
assemblies on page 2337

A7W95–67011 1x550 sheet tray right inner cover 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7W95–67013 3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7W95–67013 3x550 sheet feeder FFC Kit 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7W97-67001 Bezel, left tray and stand (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

A7W97-67002 Bezel, right tray and stand (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

A7W97-67003 Cover, stand front inner (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

A7W97-67004 Cover, stand front inner lower (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
covers on page 2339

A7W97-67005 HCI FFC Kit High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67006 Motor, tray lift assembly (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67007 Motor, tray lift interconnect PCA (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67008 Tray, left (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67009 Door, right (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

covers on page 2339

Numerical parts list 2401

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

A7W97-67009 Door, right (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67010 Path jam assembly (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67011 Path jam drive assembly (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray
internal assemblies on page
2340

A7W97-67012 Tray, right (HCI) High-capacity input (HCI) tray

internal assemblies on page
2340

A7X02-60028 Tray 2 Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

A7X02-67001 Cover, right (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray covers on page

2328

A7X02-67002 Cover, left (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray covers on page

2328

A7X02-67003 Cover, rear (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray covers on page

2328

A7X02-67004 Cover, front inner (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray covers on page
2328

A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7X02-67005 PCA, tray (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet internal assemblies on
page 2333

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (3x550-sheet feeder) 3x550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2337

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray covers on page
2328

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 Assembly Kit Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (1x550-sheet tray with storage cabinet) 1x550-sheet tray with storage
cabinet covers on page 2331

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (3x550-sheet tray) 3x550-sheet tray covers on

page 2335

A7X02-67006 Tray 2-5 assembly (550-sheet tray) 550-sheet tray internal

assemblies on page 2329

B5L29-67903 Kit, HDD (500 GB standard secure drive) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

2402 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

B5L53-67901 Analog fax PCA (fax models only) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z04-67901 Cover, USB (SFP) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

J7Z04-67902 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z04-67903 Formatter PCA (765/E751/P752; SFP) China/India Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z04-67904 Cover, top assembly (SFP) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

J7Z04-67905 Cable, SFP control panel to formatter Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z04-67906 Cable, SFP USB to formatter Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z04-67907 Cable, SF HIP-2 to formatter Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z04-67908 eMMC module (8GB; 755/765/E751/P752) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly Floor standing finisher covers

WUR on page 2346

J7Z09-67001 Bridge assembly (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67002 MPCA, bridge (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67003 PCA, bridge distribution (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67004 Cover, bridge MPCA (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67005 Bridge electrical interconnect (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67006 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67006 Sensor, bridge jam access (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67007 Sensor, REDI (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67008 HPR duct and exhaust fan upper( FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67010 HPR duct (with fan) (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Numerical parts list 2403

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67011 Fan, exhaust (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67013 Exhaust boot upper (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67014 Exhaust boot lower (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67015 Fan 2, exhaust (with HPR duct) (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67015 Fan, cooling 1 (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing

finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67017 Roller, calendar assembly (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67018 PCA, conditioner main (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67019 Supply illumination LED (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67020 Bridge jam clear LED (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67020 Lower transport exit guide assembly (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67021 Power supply, conditioner (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67022 Sensor, HPR output jam assembly (REDI) (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67023 HPR electrical interconnect (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67024 Cover, conditioner MPCA (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67026 Sensor, motor wall temperature (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67027 Motor, calendar drive (FSF printers) Bridge assemblies (floor

standing finisher models) on
page 2320

J7Z09-67029 Sensor, front door (conditioner) (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

2404 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67030 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67030 Sensor, HPR entrance exit (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67032 Conditioner upper paper path module (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67033 Kit-Hi Roller Airflow Repair Airflow and right door

assemblies on page 2313

J7Z09-67034 Conditioner (bridge) dual HE LMOD assembly (FSF printers) Chassis assemblies (floor
standing finisher models) on
page 2322

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC HPR jam wrap Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner distribution interior 1 Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC conditioner jam access Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC media transport output motor Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC mount assembly Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67035 Kit, FFC post HPR jam sensor PCA Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67036 Cable, conditioner media transmission interconnect Discrete cables and FFCs (floor
standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67037 Cable, fans Discrete cables and FFCs (floor

standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67038 Cable, finisher to printer Discrete cables and FFCs (floor

standing finisher) on page 2327

J7Z09-67044 Stapler/Stacker Diverter Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

J7Z09-67044 Stapler/Stacker Diverter Left door assemblies on page

2311

J7Z09-67044 Stapler/Stacker Door extension/diverter kit - Rev B Inline finisher mezzanine

assemblies on page 2344

J7Z09-67901 HIP cover (MFP) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67902 USB cover (MFP w/ center nose cone) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Numerical parts list 2405

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67904 Control panel bezel w/ center CP (large touchscreen Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67905 Control panel bezel w/ left CP (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67905 USB cover (MFP w/ left nose cone) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67906 Cover, keyboard fill Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67907 Scanner control board (SCB) (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67908 Scanner control board (SCB) (Workflow 780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67909 US English keyboard Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67910 UK English keyboard Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67912 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MFP) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67913 Formatter PCA (780/785/E776; MPF) China/India Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67914 Left lower nose cone assembly (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67915 Center lower nose cone assembly Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67916 ADF lock Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67919 Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67920 Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Enterprise Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67921 Cable, MFP ISA cable assy Workflow Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67922 Cover, inline SS rear assembly (MFP) Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

J7Z09-67922 Stapler/Stacker rear cover Inline finisher covers on page

2341

J7Z09-67922 Stapler/Stacker support strut Inline finisher mezzanine

assemblies on page 2344

2406 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67923 Cover, scanner rear w/o SS and spacer (MFP) Covers (780/785/E776/P774/
P779 models) on page 2301

J7Z09-67924 Spacer assembly (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67926 ADF white backing kit (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67928 Control panel (large touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67929 ADF whole unit kit (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67930 ADF whole unit kit (Workflow 780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67931 ADF Hinges Kit Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67932 Kit, image scanner whole unit (780/785/E776) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

J7Z09-67935 Cover, formatter assembly Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

J7Z09-67935 Cover, formatter assembly Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

J7Z09-67936 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lLock plate Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

J7Z09-67936 Cover, formatter assembly w/ lock plate Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

J7Z09-67937 Cover, formatter cage Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67938 Cover, rear Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

J7Z09-67938 Cover, rear Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

J7Z09-67940 Power supply assembly 110/220V Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67941 Cable, Power supply cables Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67941 Cable, power supply to MPCA Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

J7Z09-67942 Cable, HDMI ECB to formatter Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67943 Cable, ECB to formatter power Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67944 Cable, ECB to formatter Discrete cables on page 2326

Numerical parts list 2407

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67945 Formatter cage and SFP/MFP faceplates kit Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67946 Island of Data (IOD) PCA Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67946 Island of data PCA and FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

J7Z09-67947 Engine control PCA FFC kit FFCs and engine FFC kits on
page 2325

J7Z09-67948 Cable, PC to AC control module Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67949 Cable, MFP HDMI SCB to formatter w/o finisher Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67950 Cable, MFP SCB to ECB/formatter w/o finisher Discrete cables on page 2326

J7Z09-67951 Smart transducer monitor system Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67952 Kit, HDD (320 GB drive w/ accelerator board) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

J7Z09-67954 Stapler/Stacker right cover Inline finisher covers on page

2341

J7Z09-67955 Stapler/Stacker inner rear cover Inline finisher covers on page

2341

J7Z09-67956 Stapler/Stacker inner left cover Inline finisher covers on page

2341

J7Z09-67956 Stapler/Stacker left door upper trim cover Inline finisher mezzanine
assemblies on page 2344

J7Z09-67959 Staple paper sensor flag Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67960 Stapler/Stacker main PCA Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67961 Stapler/Stacker leading edge clamp kit Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67962 Stapler/Stacker upper bin and moveable tray Inline finisher internal
assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67963 Stapler/Stacker upper bin motor assembly Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67964 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67965 Stapler/Stacker cartridge assembly Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67966 Stapler/Stacker ejection path assembly Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67967 Stapler/Stacker bin full sensor Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67970 Stapler/Stacker compiler assembly Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

2408 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67973 Stapler/Stacker FFC kit Inline finisher FFCs on page

2345

J7Z09-67976 Stapler/Stacker support motor assembly cover Inline finisher covers on page
2341

J7Z09-67977 Stapler/Stacker vertical cable guide Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67978 Stapler/Stacker bin illumination assembly Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67979 Stapler/Stacker horizontal cable guide Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67980 Stapler/Stacker bin mezzanine idlers retainer Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67982 Stapler/Stacker main PCA cover Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09-67985 Door, conditioner cartridge (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67986 Door, upper front (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67987 Cover, conditioner right (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67988 Cover, bridge right (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67989 Cover, conditioner left-front inner (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67990 Cover, bridge front (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67991 Cover, conditioner inner HPR (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67992 Cover, conditioner left upper trim Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67993 Cover, conditioner left upper add-on Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67994 Cover, conditioner front top (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67994 Cover, conditioner rear (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67996 Cover, front-right support (FSF printers) Covers (floor standing finisher
models) on page 2305

J7Z09-67997 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 110V) (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09-67997 Kit, heated pressure roller 110V Floor standing finisher covers
WUR on page 2346

J7Z09-67998 Kit, heated pressure roller (HPR; 220V) (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

Numerical parts list 2409

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

J7Z09-67998 Kit, heated pressure roller 220V Floor standing finisher covers
WUR on page 2346

J7Z09-67999 Motor wall assembly (FSF printers) Vapor module (floor standing
finisher models) on page 2323

J7Z09–67933 Stapler/Stacker staple cartridge Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

J7Z09–67953 Stapler/Stacker front cover Inline finisher covers on page

2341

J7Z09–67953 Stapler/Stacker mezzanine repair kit Inline finisher mezzanine

assemblies on page 2344

J7Z09–67981 Stapler/Stacker ISA hinge kit Inline finisher internal

assemblies on page 2342

JC31-00163B Motor step, ip Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC31-00178B Motor, lift Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

JC32-00020A Sensor Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC32-00020A Sensor, rp Floor standing finisher

entrance guide, mid jam, and
main exit on page 2361

JC32-00020A Sensor, rp Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC39-02322A Harness, 3k finisher exit pat Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC39-02610A Cable, power and communication Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

JC39-02612A Cable, sensor Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

JC61-00426A Bushing Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

JC61-00426A Bushing Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

JC61-07189A Guide Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

JC61-07192A Guide Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

2410 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

JC61-07196A Guide, top jam Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07204A Guide, buff div Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC61-07205A Guide, diverter Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07206A Guide Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC61-07408A Spring, es Floor standing finisher

entrance guide, mid jam, and
main exit on page 2361

JC61-07409A Spring, es Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07410A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07411A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07413A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC61-07414A Spring Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

JC61-07415A Spring, es Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07417A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC61-07418A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC61-07427A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

JC61-07428A Spring, ts Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

JC61-08258A Plunger, back Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

JC61-08295A Spring Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

Numerical parts list 2411

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

JC62-01328A Seal Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC62-01328A Seal Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC63-04984A Ground Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

JC63-04986B Rear cover Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-04987B Cover-r, lower Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-04995B Cover-t, tray Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC63-04996B Output bin, top (cover-t) Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-05002B Output bin, lower (cover-m) Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-05003B Output bin sub-tray (cover-s, tray) Floor standing finisher covers
on page 2348

JC63-05715A Cover, top (left) Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-05716A Cover, rear-right upper Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-05717A Cover, rear-right lower Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC63-05787A Cover, caster Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC66-04525A Actuator, top exit Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC66-04526A Actuator Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC66-04602A Gear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC66-04604A Gear Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

JC66-04722A Roller, main-feed entrance Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

JC66-04767A Hinge Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC66-05209A Shaft Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

JC67-00817A Main-brush, exit Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

2412 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

JC67-00818A Top-brush exit Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

JC70-40360A Ict-pin, paralled, p/u Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC81-07637A Stacker, CSP-worm Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

JC81-08263A Magnet Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC81-08263A Magnet Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01404A Clutch drive Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01409A Finisher sub-ejector unit Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

JC90-01414A Motor, SCU assembly Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

JC90-01415B Motor, main tray lift assembly Floor standing finisher SCU
motor and STK motor on page
2358

JC90-01445B Finisher sub-top door Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC90-01451A Finisher sub-exit main Floor standing finisher

entrance guide, mid jam, and
main exit on page 2361

JC90-01453A Finisher sub-drv buffer Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01453A Motor, buffer assembly Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC90-01455A Finisher sub-top jam Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

JC90-01455A Top jam access path Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC90-01457A Finisher sub-right jam Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

JC90-01457A Finisher sub-right jam Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01458A Finisher sub-div cam Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

Numerical parts list 2413

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

JC90-01458A Finisher sub-div cam Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly Floor standing finisher internal
assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, entrance assembly Floor standing finisher transfer
buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly Floor standing finisher internal
assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01459A Finisher sub-hb mtr, exit assembly Floor standing finisher transfer
buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01461A Motor, paddle assembly Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01466A Finisher sub-end fence Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01467A Finisher sub-ef mtr, fence Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01467A Motor, fence assembly Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

JC90-01474A Finisher sub-clutch div Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01672A Finisher sub feed Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

JC90-01673A Motor, buffer exit Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01674A Finisher sub exit Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 2 on page 2352

JC90-01674A Finisher sub exit Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC90-01675A Solenoid Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 3 on page 2354

JC90-01743A Finisher sub-top cover assembly Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC90-01765A Finisher sub-staple unit Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 4 on page 2356

JC90-01771B Shield, lower Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC90-01779A Door, rear Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

2414 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

JC90-01784A Shield, upper Floor standing finisher covers

on page 2348

JC90-01784A Shield, upper Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

JC90-01794A Finisher sub-tamper front Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

JC90-01794A Front tamper unit Floor standing finisher front

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2364

JC90-01796A Backpack, assembly Floor standing finisher

backpack assembly on page
2368

JC90-01806A Floor standing finisher Floor standing finisher covers

WUR on page 2346

JC90-01807A Finisher sub-tamper rear Floor standing finisher internal

assemblies 1 on page 2350

JC90-01807A Rear tamper unit Floor standing finisher rear

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2365

JC93-01001A Drive motor, step Floor standing finisher transfer

buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
motor, and paddle motor on
page 2362

JC93-01001A Drive motor, step Floor standing finisher upper

shield on page 2366

JC93-01001B Driver motor, step Floor standing finisher front

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2364

JC93-01001B Driver motor, step Floor standing finisher rear

alignment (tamper) unit on
page 2365

JC93-01155A Drive motor, step Floor standing finisher drive

buffer, top lower, and top jam on
page 2359

JC93-01156A Motor, step Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

JC95-02143A Cover, front upper and lower (with door) Floor standing finisher covers
on page 2348

JG70-40542A Cartridge, ICT-PIN Floor standing finisher SCU

motor and STK motor on page
2358

K0Q15-67901 Control panel assembly (SFP; 765/E751) Covers (765/E751/P752 models)

on page 2303

Not orderable Printhead wiper drive assembly Printhead wiper assemblies on

page 2319

RC4-A7W93-67087 Cover, lower front cover retainer kit Covers (780/785/E776/P774/

P779 models) on page 2301

Numerical parts list 2415

 Table 2-51 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RC4-A7W93-67087 Cover, lower front cover retainer kit Covers (765/E751/P752 models)
on page 2303

Y3Z60-67901 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MFP) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Y3Z60-67902 Formatter PCA (P774/P779; MPF) China/India Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Y3Z60-67903 ADF whole unit kit(P774/P779) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67904 Kit, image scanner whole unit (P774/P779) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67905 Scanner control board (SCB) (P744/P779) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67906 eMMC module (16GB; P774/P779) Electrical assemblies 2 on

page 2316

Y3Z60-67907 Left lower nose cone assembly (small touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67908 Control panel bezel w/left CP (small touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner
(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67909 Spacer assembly (small touchscreen) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67910 Cable, MFP (P752/P774/P779) ISA cable assy Discrete cables on page 2326

Y3Z60-67911 Control panel assembly (P774) Document feeder and scanner

(780/785/E776/P774/P779) on
page 2299

Y3Z60-67912 Engine control board MPCA Electrical assemblies 1 on page

2314

2416 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams

Index

Symbols/Numerics 3x550-sheet and 1x550-sheet 550-sheet tray internal

feeders) assemblies, parts 2329
1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet
remove and replace 1454
feeders)
3x550-sheet feeder inner front A
remove and replace 1454
cover
1x550-sheet feeder latch assembly accessories 2288
removing and replacing 1458
removing and replacing 1477 accessories, input)
3x550-sheet feeder latch
1x550-sheet feeder lift assembly remove and replace 1454
assemblies
removing and replacing 1491 accessories, output)
removing and replacing 1477
1x550-sheet feeder pickup roller remove and replace 1588
3x550-sheet feeder lift assemblies
arm(s) accessories, toner part
removing and replacing 1491
removing and replacing 1495 numbers 2288
3x550-sheet feeder pickup roller
1x550-sheet feeder printed circuit accessories)
arm(s)
assemblies (PCA) remove and replace 1420
removing and replacing 1495
removing and replacing 1471 accessory
3x550-sheet feeder printed circuit
1x550-sheet feeder tray pick clutch small outline dual in-line
assemblies (PCA)
removing and replacing 1482 memory module,
removing and replacing 1471
1x550-sheet feeder width detect install 1420
3x550-sheet feeder rear cover
sensor accessory, install
removing and replacing 1454
removing and replacing 1488 stapler/stacker punch assembly
3x550-sheet feeder right door
1x550-sheet feeder with storage (finisher) 1434
removing and replacing 1461
cabinet inner front cover airflow and right door assemblies,
3x550-sheet feeder separation
removing and replacing 1458 parts 2313
assembly
1x550-sheet feeder with storage assemblies (front access), remove
removing and replacing 1500
cabinet rear cover and replace 357
3x550-sheet feeder tray pick
removing and replacing 1454 assemblies (left access), remove
clutches
1x550-sheet feeder with storage and replace 702
removing and replacing 1482
cabinet right door assemblies (multiple accesses),
3x550-sheet feeder width detect
removing and replacing 1461 remove and replace 1039
sensors
1x550-sheet feeder with storage assemblies (rear access), remove
removing and replacing 1488
cabinet separation assembly and replace 769
3x550-sheet tray components,
removing and replacing 1500 assemblies (right access), remove
parts 2335
1x550-sheet tray with storage and replace 751
3x550-sheet tray covers,
cabinet components, assemblies (top access), remove
parts 2335
parts 2331 and replace 953
3x550-sheet tray internal
1x550-sheet tray with storage assembly locations 2293
assemblies, parts 2337
cabinet covers, parts 2331 authorized service providers,
4000-sheet feeder (HCI))
1x550-sheet tray with storage parts 2288
remove and replace 1512
cabinet internal assemblies,
550-sheet tray components, B
parts 2333
parts 2328
3,250-sheet floor standing finisher backpack assembly (finisher)
550-sheet tray covers,
components, parts 2346 removing and replacing 1933
parts 2328

Index 2417
 backpack inner assemblies cartridges, toner part cover
(finisher) numbers 2288 SS finisher 1854
removing and replacing 1952 caster cover (finisher) Cover, left upper add-on (floor
backpack plungers (finisher) removing and replacing 1975 standing finisher printers)
removal and caution 4 removing and replacing 181
replacement 1851 chassis assemblies floor standing Cover, left upper trim (floor
bin full sensor, inline finisher finisher, parts 2322 standing finisher printers)
removing and replacing 1715 compiler, inline finisher removing and replacing 183
bin illumination sensor, inline removing and replacing 1682 covers
finisher components, floor standing remove and replace 127
removing and replacing 1698 finisher view MFP covers floor standing finisher,
bracket, rear-left support; locating 2295 parts 2305
conditioner power supply components, front view MFP covers MFP, parts 2301
removing and replacing 776 locating 2293 covers SFP, parts 2303
bridge assemblies floor standing components, front view SFP CSR A
finisher, parts 2320 locating 2296 control panel (large
bridge assembly (floor standing components, rear view MFP touchscreen) 56
finisher printers) locating 2294 control panel (small
removing and replacing 358 components, rear view SFP touchscreen 765/E751/P752/
bridge distribution printed circuit locating 2297 P774) 64
assembly (floor standing conditioner dual HE LMOD (floor document feeder
finisher printers) standing finisher printers) reflector 103
removing and replacing 538 removing and replacing 1060 document feeder rollers 75
bridge electrical interconnect conditioner inner HPR cover (floor eMMC 29
(floor standing finisher printers) standing finisher printers) HCI tray (left) 109
removing and replacing 391 removing and replacing 488 HCI tray (right) 113
bridge jam access sensor (floor conditioner left-front inner cover HDD (accelerator drive) 47
standing finisher printers) (floor standing finisher printers) HDD (standard) 39
removing and replacing 382 removing and replacing 480 heated pressure roller
bridge jam clear LED (floor conditioner main printed circuit (HPR) 10
standing finisher printers) assembly (PCA) (floor standing printhead wiper kit 14
removing and replacing 453 finisher printers) service fluid container kit 20
bridge REDI sensor (floor standing removing and replacing 770 staple cartridge 26
finisher printers) conditioner power supply and tray roller kit (tray 2-X) 82
removing and replacing 365 rear-left support bracket (floor CSR B
bridge right cover (floor standing standing finisher printers) tray 1 roller kit 117
finisher printers) removing and replacing 776 CSR part numbers 2291
removing and replacing 441 conditioner right cover (floor customer self-repair (CSR) A parts
buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) standing finisher printers) and accessories 10, 117
removing and replacing 2178 removing and replacing 186 customer self-repair kits 2291
conditioner top front cover (floor
C standing finisher printers) D
removing and replacing 127
cables (discrete), parts 2326 deskew front drive assembly
control panel (MFP large
cables (discrete)and FFCs floor removing and replacing 608
touchscreen models)
standing finisher, parts 2327 deskew front drive gear assembly
removing and replacing 56
calendar motor assembly (floor removing and replacing 623
control panels (small touchscreen
standing finisher printers) deskew, feedshaft, and drop detect
765/E751/P752/P774)
removing and replacing 466 assemblies, parts 2309
removing and replacing 64
calendar roller assembly (floor diagrams 2298
controller PCA (finisher)
standing finisher printers) discrete Cables and FFCs floor
removing and replacing 2014
removing and replacing 419 standing finisher, parts 2327
conventions used 4
calendar roller, assembly (floor discrete cables, parts 2326
cooling fan 1 and coupling (floor
standing finisher printers) document feeder
standing finisher printers)
removing and replacing 419 removing and replacing 268
removing and replacing 506

2418 Index
document feeder and scanner exploded views, parts and floor standing finisher right cover
whole units, parts 2298 diagrams 2298 removing and replacing 186
document feeder hinges external panels floor standing finisher SCU motor
removing and replacing 274 remove and replace 127 and STK motor 2358
document feeder reflector (MFP floor standing finisher transfer
models only) F buffer, right jam, div cam, hb
removing and replacing 103 motor, and paddle motor 2362
fan, cooling 1 and coupling(floor
document feeder, parts 2298 floor standing finisher upper
standing finisher printers)
doors shield 2366
removing and replacing 506
remove and replace 127 floor standing finisher whole unit
fan; exhaust lower (and HPR duct)
drop detect, deskew, and feedshaft replacement (WUR),
(floor standing finisher printers)
assemblies, parts 2309 parts 2346
removing and replacing 514
dual in-line memory module floor standing finisher)
feed entrance motor (M1)
accessory remove and replace 1849
removing and replacing 2161
install 1420 Foreign interface harness (FIH)
feed exit motor (M2)
dummy feed guide removing and replacing 1433
removing and replacing 2170
removing and replacing 2038 formatter
feed motor assembly
duplex path and tray pick removing and replacing 785
removing and replacing 592
assemblies, parts 2307 formatter cage
feed motor encoder PCA
removing and replacing 814
removing and replacing 577
E front cover (floor standing finisher
feed shaft
printers)
eject flap drive assembly removing and replacing 637
removing and replacing 400
removing and replacing 1306 feedshaft, drop detect, and
front cover, inline finisher
ejection path assembly, inline deskew assemblies,
removing and replacing 1617
finisher parts 2309
front deskew and rear deskew
removing and replacing 1650 FFCs and discrete cables floor
REDI sensors
ejector unit standing finisher, parts 2327
removing and replacing 1275
removing and replacing 2072 FFCs and engine FFC kits,
front door assembly (finisher)
electrical assemblies 1, parts 2325
removing and replacing 1875
parts 2314 finisher, inline, parts 2341
front door sensor (conditioner
electrical assemblies 2, floor standing finisher backpack
(floor standing finisher printers)
parts 2316 assembly, parts 2368
removing and replacing 497
electrostatic discharge 7 floor standing finisher conditioner
front lower cover (finisher)
embedded MultiMedia Card rear cover
removing and replacing 1883
(eMMC) removing and replacing 133
front tamper motor (M6)
removing and replacing 29 floor standing finisher covers,
removing and replacing 2191
eMMC parts 2348
front tamper unit
removing and replacing 29 floor standing finisher drive buffer,
removing and replacing 2102
entrance jam wrap sensors (floor- top lower, and top jam 2359
front tower cover
standing finisher printers) floor standing finisher entrance
removing and replacing 140
removing and replacing 1039 guide, mid jam, and main
front-right support cover (bridge)
exhaust boot upper and lower exit 2361
(floor standing finisher printers)
(floor standing finisher printers) floor standing finisher front
removing and replacing 431
removing and replacing 527 alignment (tamper) unit 2364
exhaust distribution duct (floor floor standing finisher internal
H
standing finisher printers) assemblies 1, parts 2350
removing and replacing 527 floor standing finisher internal hard disk drive (accelerator drive)
exit guide lower (floor standing assemblies 2, parts 2352 removing and replacing 47
finisher printers) floor standing finisher internal hard disk drive (standard drive)
removing and replacing 710 assemblies 3, parts 2354 removing and replacing 39
exit guide lower air duct (floor floor standing finisher internal HCI inner front cover
standing finisher printers) assemblies 4, parts 2356 removing and replacing 1520
removing and replacing 1078 floor standing finisher rear HCI jam cassette
alignment (tamper) unit 2365 removing and replacing 1523

Index 2419
 HCI latch assemblies High capacity input (HCI) 4000- inline finisher leading edge clamp
removing and replacing 1556 sheet feeder) kit
HCI left cover remove and replace 1512 removing and replacing 1798
removing and replacing 1581 high-capacity input (HCI) tray inline finisher left door (printer)
HCI pickup roller arm(s) covers, parts 2339 extension/diverter kit
removing and replacing 1527 high-capacity input (HCI) tray removing and replacing 1637
HCI printed circuit assembly (PCA) internal assemblies, inline finisher mezzanine
removing and replacing 1551 parts 2340 assemblies, parts 2344
HCI rear cover high-capacity input tray inline finisher mezzanine repair kit
removing and replacing 1517 components, parts 2339 removing and replacing 1818
HCI right door hinge (cartridge door left) inline finisher MPCA
removing and replacing 1574 removing and replacing 564 removing and replacing 1601
HCI separation assemblies hinge (cartridge door right) inline finisher MPCA cover
removing and replacing 1532 removing and replacing 551 removing and replacing 1593
HCI tray components, parts 2339 HP Support 5 inline finisher rear cover (engine)
HCI tray lift motor assembly HPR removing and replacing 1588
removing and replacing 1568 kit (heated pressure roller) 10 inline finisher right cover
HCI tray pick clutch and jam HPR duct and exhaust fan lower removing and replacing 1624
cassette drive assembly (floor standing finisher printers) inline finisher stapler carriage
removing and replacing 1562 removing and replacing 514 assembly
HCI tray presence sensors HPR, entrance exit sensors (floor- removing and replacing 1750
removing and replacing 1543 standing finisher printers) inline finisher stapler flag
HCI tray width detect sensors removing and replacing 1039 removing and replacing 1733
removing and replacing 1547 HPR, inner cover (floor standing inline finisher support motor
HCI tunnel REDI sensor finisher printers) assembly
removing and replacing 1512 removing and replacing 488 removing and replacing 1672
HCI) HPR; electrical interconnect(and inline finisher upper bin
remove and replace 1512 lower duct) (floor standing removing and replacing 1770
HDD (accelerator drive) finisher printers) inline finisher upper bin motor
removing and replacing 47 removing and replacing 1092 removing and replacing 1660
HDD (standard drive) inline finisher vertical cable cover
removing and replacing 39 I removing and replacing 1609
heated pressure roller (HPR) inline finisher, parts 2341
image sensor and motor
CSR A 10 inline finisher)
removing and replacing 1338
removing and replacing 10 remove and replace 1588
inline finisher
heated pressure roller electrical install
staple cartridge 26
interconnect (floor standing internal USB ports 1426
inline finisher bin illumination
finisher printers) small outline dual in-line
sensor
removing and replacing 1092 memory module
removing and replacing 1698,
heated pressure roller entrance accessory 1420
1715
exit sensors (floor-standing SODIMM accessory 1420
inline finisher compiler
finisher printers) stapler/stacker punch assembly
removing and replacing 1682
removing and replacing 1039 (finisher) 1434
inline finisher covers, parts 2341
high capacity input (HCI) 4000- internal assemblies (front
inline finisher ejection path
sheet feeder left tray access) 357
assembly
removing and replacing 109, internal assemblies (left
removing and replacing 1650
113 access) 702
inline finisher flat flexible cables
high capacity input (HCI) 4000- internal assemblies (multiple
(FFCs), parts 2345
sheet feeder left tray, removing accesses) 1039
inline finisher front cover
and replacing 109 internal assemblies (rear
removing and replacing 1617
high capacity input (HCI) 4000- access) 769
inline finisher internal assemblies,
sheet feeder right tray, internal assemblies (right
parts 2342
removing and replacing 113 access) 751
internal assemblies (top
access) 953

2420 Index
internal parts (front access), M parts 2288, 2298
remove and replace 357 parts and diagrams, using 2298
main printed circuit assembly
internal parts (left access), remove parts internal (front access),
(MPCA)
and replace 702 remove and replace 357
removing and replacing 906
internal parts (multiple accesses), parts internal (left access), remove
main printed circuit assembly
remove and replace 1039 and replace 702
(MPCA) cover, inline finisher
internal parts (rear access), parts internal (multiple accesses),
removing and replacing 1593
remove and replace 769 remove and replace 1039
main printed circuit assembly
internal parts (right access), parts internal (rear access),
(MPCA), inline finisher
remove and replace 751 remove and replace 769
removing and replacing 1601
internal parts (top access), remove parts internal (right access),
main tray moving motor (M11)
and replace 953 remove and replace 751
removing and replacing 2274
internal USB ports parts internal (top access), remove
mezzanine repair kit, inline finisher
install 1426 and replace 953
removing and replacing 1818
parts list and diagrams, how to
module left paper path (floor
K use 2298
standing finisher printers)
parts, 1x550-sheet tray with
kits, customer self-repair 2291 removing and replacing 703
storage cabinet covers 2331
motor wall assembly (floor
L parts, 1x550-sheet tray with
standing finisher printers)
storage cabinet internal
leading edge clamp kit, inline removing and replacing 1052
assemblies 2333
finisher motor wall temperature sensor
parts, 3,250-sheet floor standing
removing and replacing 1798 (floor standing finisher printers)
finisher components 2346
LED, bridge jam clear (floor removing and replacing 1069
parts, 3x550-sheet tray
standing finisher printers) motor, calendar assembly (floor
components 2335
removing and replacing 453 standing finisher printers)
parts, 3x550-sheet tray
LED, supply illumination (bridge) removing and replacing 466
covers 2335
(floor standing finisher printers) motors, deskew front
parts, 3x550-sheet tray internal
removing and replacing 409 removing and replacing 608
assemblies 2337
left door motors, feed
parts, 550-sheet tray
removing and replacing 224 removing and replacing 592
components 2328
left door (printer) extension/ motors, feed motor encoder PCA
parts, 550-sheet tray
diverter kit, inline finisher removing and replacing 577
covers 2328
removing and replacing 1637 motors, image sensor
parts, 550-sheet tray internal
left door assemblies, parts 2311 removing and replacing 1338
assemblies 2329
left door eject assemblies, parts, airflow and right door
N
parts 2312 assemblies 2313
left upper add-on cover (floor nose cone (center control panel) parts, bridge assemblies floor
standing finisher printers) removing and replacing 147 standing finisher 2320
removing and replacing 181 nose cone (left control panel) parts, chassis assemblies floor
left upper trim (floor standing removing and replacing 157 standing finisher 2322
finisher printers) note 4 parts, covers floor standing
removing and replacing 183 finisher 2305
left-top cover (SS finisher) O parts, covers MFP 2301
removal and parts, covers SFP 2303
orderable parts 2288
replacement 1854 parts, discrete cables 2326
output bin, standard
lower front cover parts, discrete Cables and FFCs
removing and replacing 248
removing and replacing 205 floor standing finisher 2327
lower shield assembly parts, document feeder 2298
P
removing and replacing 1978 parts, document feeder and
pad, document feeder separation scanner whole units 2298
(MFP models only) parts, electrical assemblies
removing and replacing 75 1 2314
panels, external parts, electrical assemblies
remove and replace 127 2 2316

Index 2421
 parts, feedshaft, drop detect, and parts, order by authorized service R
deskew assemblies 2309 providers 2288
rear cover (floor standing finisher
parts, FFCs and engine FFC parts, orderable 2288
printers)
kits 2325 parts, ordering 2288
removing and replacing 133
parts, finisher, inline 2341 parts, printer components 2301
rear cover (inline finisher; engine
parts, floor standing finisher parts, printhead assembly 2318
removing and replacing 1588
backpack assembly 2368 parts, printhead wiper
rear door (finisher)
parts, floor standing finisher assemblies 2319
removing and replacing 1893
covers 2348 parts, scanner 2298
rear tamper motor (M7)
parts, floor standing finisher drive parts, tray pick and duplex path
removing and replacing 2222
buffer, top lower, and top assemblies 2307
rear tamper unit
jam 2359 parts, vapor module floor standing
removing and replacing 2131
parts, floor standing finisher finisher 2323
rear-lower covers cover (finisher)
entrance guide, mid jam, and parts, x550-sheet tray with storage
removing and replacing 1912
main exit 2361 cabinet components 2331
rear-right lower cover (finisher)
parts, floor standing finisher front PCA, distribution (bridge) (floor
removing and replacing 1869
alignment (tamper) unit 2364 standing finisher printers)
rear-right upper cover (finisher)
parts, floor standing finisher removing and replacing 374
removing and replacing 1864
internal assemblies 1 2350 PCA, main; conditioner
rear-upper cover (finisher)
parts, floor standing finisher removing and replacing 770
removing and replacing 1902
internal assemblies 2 2352 PCA; bridge interior distribution
REDI sensor
parts, floor standing finisher (floor standing finisher printers)
bridge (floor standing finisher
internal assemblies 3 2354 removing and replacing 538
printers) 365
parts, floor standing finisher PCA; conditioner dual HE LMOD
removal and replacement 1
internal assemblies 4 2356 (floor standing finisher printers)
backpack plungers
parts, floor standing finisher rear removing and replacing 1060
(finisher) 1851
alignment (tamper) unit 2365 post service tests
considerations 6
parts, floor standing finisher SCU print quality test 9
left-top cover (SS
motor and STK motor 2358 power supply
finisher) 1854
parts, floor standing finisher removing and replacing 837
removal and replacement
transfer buffer, right jam, div precautions
procedures 10
cam, hb motor, and paddle disassemble or reassemble 1
removal and replacement
motor 2362 electrical 1
strategy 6
parts, floor standing finisher upper ingestion hazard 1
introduction 6
shield 2366 laser radiation hazard 1
remove and replace
parts, floor standing finisher whole mechanical hazard 1
1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet
unit replacement (WUR) 2346 thermal hazard 1
feeders 1454
parts, HCI tray components 2339 printed circuit assembly (bridge)
accessories 1420
parts, high-capacity input (HCI) (floor standing finisher printers)
accessories, input 1454
tray covers 2339 removing and replacing 374
accessories, output 1588
parts, high-capacity input (HCI) printed circuit assembly
external panels, covers, and
tray internal assemblies 2340 (distribution; bridge) (floor
doors 127
parts, high-capacity input tray standing finisher printers)
floor standing finisher 1849
components 2339 removing and replacing 374
High capacity input (HCI) 4000-
parts, inline finisher 2341 printer components, parts 2301
sheet feeder 1512
parts, inline finisher covers 2341 printhead assembly
inline finisher 1588
parts, inline finisher flat flexible removing and replacing 1170
trays (printer base) 1418
cables (FFCs) 2345 printhead assembly, parts 2318
remove and replace, internal parts
parts, inline finisher internal printhead wiper
and assemblies (front
assemblies 2342 removing and replacing 14
access) 357
parts, inline finisher mezzanine printhead wiper assemblies,
remove and replace, internal parts
assemblies 2344 parts 2319
and assemblies (left
parts, left door assemblies 2311 punch assembly, s/s finisher
access) 702
parts, left door eject install 1434
assemblies 2312

2422 Index
remove and replace, internal parts 3x550-sheet feeder separation conditioner left-front inner
and assemblies (multiple assembly 1500 cover (floor standing finisher
accesses) 1039 3x550-sheet feeder width printers) 480
remove and replace, internal parts detect sensors 1488 conditioner main printed circuit
and assemblies (rear 3x550-sheet tray pick assembly (PCA) (floor
access) 769 clutch 1482 standing finisher
remove and replace, internal parts backpack assembly printers) 770
and assemblies (right (finisher 1933 conditioner power supply and
access) 751 backpack inner assemblies rear-left support bracket
remove and replace, internal parts (finisher 1952 (floor standing finisher
and assemblies (top bin full sensor, inline printers) 776
access) 953 finisher 1715 conditioner rear cover (floor
removing and replacing bin illumination sensor, inline standing finisher) 133
1x550-sheet feeder latch finisher 1698 conditioner right cover (floor
assembly 1477 bridge assembly (floor standing standing finisher) 186
1x550-sheet feeder lift finisher printers) 358 conditioner top front cover
assembly 1491 bridge electrical interconnect (floor standing finisher
1x550-sheet feeder pickup roller (floor standing finisher printers) 127
arm(s) 1495 printers) 391 control panel (MFP large
1x550-sheet feeder separation bridge front cover (floor touchscreen models) 56
assembly 1500 standing finisher control panels (small
1x550-sheet feeder tray pick printers) 400 touchscreen 765/E751/P752/
clutch 1482 bridge interior distribution P774) 64
1x550-sheet feeder width printed circuit assembly controller PCA (finisher) 2014
detect sensor 1488 (floor standing finisher cooling fan 1 and coupling (floor
1x550-sheet feeder with printers) 538 standing finisher
storage cabinet inner front bridge jam access sensor (floor printers) 506
cover 1458 standing finisher deskew front drive
1x550-sheet feeder with printers) 382 assembly 608
storage cabinet rear bridge jam clear LED (floor deskew front drive gear
cover 1454 standing finisher assembly 623
1x550-sheet feeder with printers) 453 document feeder 268
storage cabinet right bridge REDI sensor (floor document feeder reflector (MFP
door 1461 standing finisher models only) 103
1x550-sheet feeder with printers) 365 drive; HPR (floor standing
storage cabinet separation bridge right cover (floor finisher printers) 1052
assembly 1500 standing finisher dummy feed guide 2038
1x550-sheet feeders printed printers) 441 eject flap drive
circuit assemblies buffer motor, gear, and sensor assembly 1306
(PCA) 1471 (M3) 2178 ejection path assembly, inline
3x550-sheet feeder inner front calendar motor assembly (floor finisher 1650
cover 1458 standing finisher ejector unit 2072
3x550-sheet feeder latch printers) 466 embedded MultiMedia Card
assemblies 1477 calendar roller assembly (floor (eMMC) 29
3x550-sheet feeder lift standing finisher eMMC 29
assemblies 1491 printers) 419 entrance jam wrap sensors
3x550-sheet feeder pickup caster cover (finisher) 1975 (floor-standing finisher
roller arm(s) 1495 compiler, inline finisher 1682 printers) 1039
3x550-sheet feeder printed conditioner dual HE LMOD exhaust boot upper and lower
circuit assemblies (floor standing finisher (floor standing finisher
(PCA) 1471 printers) 1060 printers) 527
3x550-sheet feeder rear conditioner inner HPR cover exhaust distribution duct (floor
cover 1454 (floor standing finisher standing finisher
3x550-sheet feeder right printers) 488 printers) 527
door 1461

Index 2423
 exit guide lower (floor standing HDD (accelerator drive) 47 motor wall temperature sensor
finisher printers) 710 HDD (standard drive) 39 (floor standing finisher
exit guide lower air duct (floor heated pressure roller printers) 1069
standing finisher (HPR) 10 motor, image sensor 1338
printers) 1078 heated pressure roller electrical motors, deskew front 608
feed entrance motor (M1) 2161 interconnect (floor standing motors, feed 592
feed exit motor (M2) 2170 finisher printers) 1092 nose cone (center control
feed motor assembly 592 heated pressure roller entrance panel) 147
feed motor encoder PCA 577 exit sensors (floor-standing nose cone (left control
feed shaft 637 finisher printers) 1039 panel) 157
Foreign interface harness high capacity input (HCI) 4000- pad, document feeder
(FIH) 1433 sheet feeder left tray 109 separation (MFP models
formatter 785 high capacity input (HCI) 4000- only) 75
formatter, formatter cage 814 sheet feeder right tray 113 power supply 837
front cover, inline finisher 1617 hinge (cartridge door left) 564 printed circuit assembly
front deskew and rear deskew hinge (cartridge door (distribution; bridge) (floor
REDI sensors 1275 right) 551 standing finisher
front door assembly hinges, document feeder 274 printers) 374
(finisher) 1875 HPR duct and exhaust fan lower printhead assembly 1170
front door sensor (conditioner (floor standing finisher printhead wiper 14
(floor standing finisher printers) 514 rear cover (inline finisher;
printers) 497 image sensor and motor 1338 engine) 1588
front lower cover leading edge clamp kit, inline rear door (finisher 1893
(finisher) 1883 finisher 1798 rear tamper motor (M7) 2222
front tamper motor (M6) 2191 left door 224 rear tamper unit 2131
front tamper unit 2102 left door (printer) extension/ rear-lower cover (finisher) 1912
front tower cover 140 diverter kit, inline rear-right lower cover
front-right support cover finisher 1637 (finisher) 1869
(bridge) (floor standing left upper add-on cover (floor rear-right upper cover
finisher printers) 431 standing finisher (finisher) 1864
hard disk drive (accelerator printers) 181 rear-upper cover
drive) 47 left upper trim (floor standing (finisher) 1902
hard disk drive (standard finisher printers) 183 right cover, inline finisher 1624
drive) 39 lower front cover 205 rollers, document feeder pickup
HCI inner front cover 1520 lower shield assembly 1978 and feed (MFP models
HCI jam cassette 1523 main printed circuit assembly only) 75
HCI latch assemblies 1556 (MPCA) 906 rollers, tray 1 pickup and
HCI left cover 1581 main printed circuit assembly separation 117
HCI pickup roller arm(s) 1527 (MPCA) cover, inline rollers, tray pickup, feed, and
HCI printed circuit assembly finisher 1593 separation 82
(PCA) 1551 main printed circuit assembly scanner control board
HCI rear cover 1517 (MPCA), inline finisher 1601 (SCB) 819
HCI right door 1574 main tray moving motor scanner control board (SCB)
HCI separation (M11) 2274 cover 170
assemblies 1532 mezzanine repair kit, inline SCU motor (M10) 2252
HCI tray lift motor finisher 1818 sensor, output bin full (MFP, no
assembly 1568 module left paper path (floor inline finisher) 963
HCI tray pick clutch and jam standing finisher sensor, output bin full (MFP, with
cassette drive printers) 703 inline finisher) 998
assembly 1562 motor and bracket kit and sensor; motor wall temperature
HCI tray presence carriage kit, TBODD 1231 (floor standing finisher
sensors 1543 motor wall assembly (floor printers) 1069
HCI tray width detect standing finisher sensors, Front deskew and rear
sensors 1547 printers) 1052 deskew REDI 1275
HCI tunnel REDI sensor 1512 service fluid container 20

2424 Index
 service fluid container S stapler/stacker punch assembly
electrical interconnect (finisher)
safety precautions 1
kit 1139 install 1434
scanner control board (SCB)
spacer assembly 326 sub scanner assembly (SSA)
removing and replacing 819
standard output bin 248 removing and replacing 291
scanner control board (SCB) cover
staple cartridge 26 supplies 2288
removing and replacing 170
stapler carriage assembly, supply illumination LED (bridge)
scanner, parts 2298
inline finisher 1750 (floor standing finisher printers)
SCU motor (M10)
stapler flag, inline removing and replacing 409
removing and replacing 2252
finisher 1733 supply interconnect kit
sensor, bridge jam access (floor
stapler unit 2024 removing and replacing 1206
standing finisher printers)
sub scanner assembly support motor assembly, inline
removing and replacing 382
(SSA) 291 finisher
sensor, entrance jam wrap
supply illumination LED (bridge) removing and replacing 1672
removing and replacing 1039
(floor standing finisher
sensor, front door sensor
printers) 409 T
(conditioner (floor standing
supply interconnect kit 1206
finisher printers) TBODD sensor PCA
support motor assembly, inline
removing and replacing 497 removing and replacing 1231
finisher 1672
sensor, motor wall temperature through beam drop detect
through beam drop detect
and humidity (TBODD) motor and bracket kit
(TBODD) motor and bracket
removing and replacing 1069 and carriage kit
kit and carriage kit 1231
sensor, output bin full (MFP, no removing and replacing 1231
top cover (finisher) 1857
inline finisher) tip 4
top door (finisher) 1922
removing and replacing 963 toner cartridges, part
top jam access cover 2047
sensor, output bin full (MFP, with numbers 2288
top lower feed assembly 2056
inline finisher) top cover (finisher)
top output bin 1849
removing and replacing 998 removing and replacing 1857
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4)
sensor, REDI top door (finisher)
pickup roller arm(s) 657
bridge (floor standing finisher removing and replacing 1922
Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4)
printers) 365 top jam access cover
separation assembly 672
sensor; HPR entrance exit (floor- removing and replacing 2047
upper bin motor, inline
standing finisher printers) top lower feed assembly
finisher 1660
removing and replacing 1039 removing and replacing 2056
upper bin, inline finisher 1770
service approach 8 top output bin
upper front door 177
after performing service 8 removing and replacing 1849
upper paper guide assembly /
before performing service 8 Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 2/3 (A4) pickup
top-of-form REDI
service fluid container roller arm(s)
sensor 1376
removing and replacing 20 removing and replacing 657
upper shield assembly 1994
service fluid container electrical Tray 2 (A3) or Tray 3 (A4) separation
vertical cable cover, inline
interconnect kit assembly
finisher 1609
removing and replacing 1139 removing and replacing 672
required tools 7
SODIMM accessory tray pick and duplex path
right cover, inline finisher
install 1420 assemblies, parts 2307
removing and replacing 1624
spacer assembly trays (printer base)
right door, and airflow, parts 2313
removing and replacing 326 remove and replace 1418
rollers, document feeder pickup
staple cartridge
and feed (MFP models only) U
removing and replacing 26
removing and replacing 75
stapler carriage assembly, inline upper bin motor, inline finisher
rollers, tray 1 pickup and
finisher removing and replacing 1660
separation
removing and replacing 1750 upper bin, inline finisher
removing and replacing 117
stapler flag, inline finisher removing and replacing 1770
rollers, tray pickup, feed, and
removing and replacing 1733 upper front door
separation
stapler unit removing and replacing 177
removing and replacing 82
removing and replacing 2024

Index 2425
 upper paper guide assembly / top-
of-form REDI sensor
removing and replacing 1376
upper shield assembly
removing and replacing 1994

V
vapor module floor standing
finisher, parts 2323
vertical cable cover, inline finisher
removing and replacing 1609

W
warning 4
wiper assemblies (printhead),
parts 2319

2426 Index